Skip to main content

Full text of "Managers and missionaries : library services to children and young adults in the information age"

See other formats


UNIVERSITY  OF 

ILLINOIS  LIBRARY 

<\T  URBANA  CHAMPAIGN 


The  person  charging  this  marensible  for 
its  return  to  the  library  from  which  it  was  withdrawn 
i  or  before  the  Latest  Date  stamped  below. 

,n'  and  Undertinin9  °f  •>«*»  -«  reason,  for  discipli- 

m"  di'mi8Ml  fr(Mn  *•  University. 

r,  333-8400 


UNIVERSITY    OF    ILLINOIS    LIBRARY    AT    URBANA-CHAMPAIGN 


NOVift 

,v* 

^ 

flEC^fW 

:W 

MAR  20  »"h? 
t&T* 

rySaz 


L161— O-1096 


Managers  and  Missionaries: 

Library  Services  to  Children 

and  Young  Adults 
in  the  Information  Age 


LESLIE  EDMONDS 

Editor 


University  of  Illinois 

Graduate  School  of  Library  and  Information  Science 
Urbana-Champaign,  Illinois 


ALLERTON  PARK  INSTITUTE 

Number  28 


Papers  Presented  at  the  Allerton  Park  Institute 
Sponsored  by 

University  of  Illinois 
Graduate  School  of  Library  and  Information  Science 

Cosponsored  by 

The  Youth  Divisions  of  the  American  Library  Association: 

American  Association  of  School  Librarians  (AASL) 

Association  for  Library  Service  to  Children  (ALSC) 

Young  Adult  Services  Division  (YASD) 

held 

November  14-16,  1986 
Chancellor  Hotel  &  Conference  Center 

1501  S.  Neil 
Champaign,  Illinois 


©  1989  by  The  Board  of  Trustees  of  The  University  of  Illinois 
ISBN  0-87845-075-0  ISSN  0536-4604 


020.715 

A434 

No.    28  6QPY-  3 

Cet>' 3  CONTENTS 


INTRODUCTION 1 

Leslie  Edmonds 

CHANGING  PRIORITIES  FOR  SERVICE 

TO  CHILDREN  AND  ADOLESCENTS  IN  SCHOOL 

AND  PUBLIC  LIBRARIES 5 

Marilyn  L.  Miller 

MANAGEMENT  OF  YOUTH  SERVICES: 

POLITICAL,  FINANCIAL,  AND 

SOCIAL  IMPLICATIONS 17 

Regina  Minudri 

DESIGN  OF  YOUTH  SERVICES 29 

Julie  Cummins 

COALITION-BUILDING:  MAYBE  TOMORROW? 

MAYBE  TODAY! 41 

Christy  Tyson 

ACCESS  TO  INFORMATION:  PROFESSIONAL 
RESPONSIBILITY  AND  PERSONAL  RESPONSE 55 

Frances  M.  McDonald 

PART  I:  FUNDING  FOR  YOUTH  SERVICES- 
HOW  TO  DO  IT  AND  WHERE  TO 
FIND  IT 65 

Su5an  Rosenzweig 

PART  II:  FUNDING  FOR  YOUTH  SERVICES- 
LIBRARY  SERVICES  AND  CONSTRUCTION  ACT 75 

Ruth  E.  Faklis 

MARKETING  YOUTH  LIBRARY  SERVICES: 

A  USER  APPROACH 79 

Craighton  Hippenhammer 

THE  RIGHT  STUFF:  RECRUITMENT  AND 

EDUCATION  FOR  CHILDREN'S  AND  YOUNG 

ADULT  SPECIALISTS 89 

Margaret  Bush 


CREDENTIALS,  COMPETENCIES,  AND 

CERTIFICATION 103 

Joan  L.  Atkinson 

CONTINUING  EDUCATION:  PROVIDING 

FOR  CHANGE,  RENEWAL,  AND  GROWTH 115 

Jana  Varlejs 

HALOS  AND  PITCHFORKS:  QUESTIONS  ABOUT 

LIBRARIANS  SERVING  YOUTH 121 

Margaret  Mary  Kimmel 

WHAT  LIBRARY  SCHOOLS  OFFER  THAT  SCHOOL 

LIBRARY  MEDIA  SPECIALISTS  AND  YOUTH 

SERVICES  LIBRARIANS  NEED 129 

Helen  Lloyd  Snoke 

WHAT  DO  PUBLIC  LIBRARIES  NEED  FROM 

MANAGERS  AND  MISSIONARIES  FOR 

CHILDREN'S  SERVICES? 137 

Judith  A.  Drescher 

WHAT  DO  SCHOOLS  NEED? 141 

Delores  Zachary  Pretlow 

EVALUATION  AND  MEASUREMENT  OF 

YOUTH  SERVICES 147 

Gerald  G.  Hodges 

DEVELOPING  A  YOUTH  AGENDA  FOR  THE 

INFORMATION  AGE  157 

Dawn  H.  Heller 

INDEX..  ,.163 


Introduction 


The  1986  Allerton  Institute  was  developed  to  provide  a  forum  for  discus- 
sion of  theories  and  means  of  meeting  the  information  needs  of  children 
and  young  adults  in  both  school  and  public  library  settings.  The  institute 
was  cosponsored  by  the  Graduate  School  of  Library  and  Information 
Science,  University  of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign  and  the  three  youth 
divisions  of  the  American  Library  Association  (ALA):  the  American  Asso- 
ciation of  School  Librarians  (AASL),  the  Association  for  Library  Service  to 
Children  (ALSC),  and  the  Young  Adult  Services  Division  (YASD).  The 
conference  was  supported  by  the  World  Book — ALA  Goal  Award  and 
twenty  Illinois  participants  received  grants  from  the  Illinois  State  Library  to 
enable  their  attendance  at  the  conference.  The  conference  program  was  devel- 
oped with  the  particular  help  of  Ann  Weeks  and  Evelyn  Shaevel,  both  of  ALA. 

Speakers  gave  an  overview  of  issues  in  the  field  of  youth  librarianship 
and  presented  perspectives  on  specific  issues  challenging  librarians  and 
media  specialists.  Speakers  and  conference  participants  worked  together  to 
determine  directions  and  strategies  for  the  profession  as  we  look  to  a 
changing  information  environment  in  the  years  to  come. 

Four  focus  areas  were  the  basis  of  the  presentations.  The  papers  that 
follow  were  written  and  presented  by  nationally-known  leaders  and  are 
meant  to  provide  a  summary  of  activity  in  the  field.  The  four  focus  areas 
are:  (1)  management  of  youth  services,  (2)  recruitment  and  education  for 
children's  and  young  adult  specialists,  (3)  evaluation  of  services  to  children 
and  young  adults,  and  (4)  the  development  of  a  "Youth  Agenda"  for  the 
youth  divisions  of  the  American  Library  Association  and  the  profession. 

The  idea  of  a  national  conference  grew  out  of  a  concern  that  we  have  a 
paucity  of  comprehensive  and  serious  treatment  of  issues  in  the  field  of 

1 


Managers  and  Missionaries 


youth  librarianship.  The  previous  1977  Allerton  Institute  addressed  the 
status  of  children's  services  in  public  library  settings.  All  three  youth 
divisions  of  ALA  regularly  address  the  issues  of  importance  to  each  of  their 
constituencies.  There  seemed  to  be  few  opportunities  to  address  issues 
across  age  and  type  of  library  boundaries.  This  Allerton  Institute  was 
created  to  give  both  practitioners  and  academics  a  forum  to  address  profes- 
sional topics  and  to  delineate  areas  of  concern,  problems  in  the  field,  and 
direction  for  professional  activity  as  we  approach  a  new  century  and  a  new 
and  changing  information  environment. 

Marilyn  Miller,  in  her  keynote  presentation,  gives  an  insightful  over- 
view of  the  issues  likely  to  be  facing  us  in  providing  library  sen  ice  to  youth 
in  the  twenty-first  century.  She  draws  both  on  her  background  as  a  leader 
both  in  AASL  and  ALSC  as  well  as  thoughtful  consideration  of  current 
library  practice  to  present  an  analysis  of  information  services  to  young 
people  in  the  next  twenty  years. 

Regina  Minudri,  director  of  the  Berkeley  Public  Library  and  president 
of  the  American  Library  Association,  draws  on  her  experience  as  a  youth 
librarian  and  manager  of  a  major  public  library  to  set  out  issues  in 
management  of  youth  services.  Julie  Cummins  presents  issues  in  the 
design  of  services  to  youth;  Christy  Tyson  addresses  issues  of  image, 
cooperation,  and  coalition  building  for  youth  service;  and  Frances 
McDonald  explores  access  to  information  and  youth  rights.  Susan  Rosen- 
zweig  and  Ruth  Faklis  address  needs  for  funding  for  services  to  youth,  and 
Craighton  Hippenhammer  presents  a  model  for  marketing  youth  services 
effectively. 

The  second  area  of  focus  is  presented  by  Margaret  Bush.  She  deals  with 
issues  of  preparation  and  career  development  of  professionals  who  serve 
youth.  Special  issues  in  library  education  are  presented  by:  Joan  Atkinson, 
who  discusses  standards  and  performance  appraisal  of  personnel;  Jana 
Varlejs,  who  presents  issues  in  the  need  for  and  delivery  of  continuing 
education;  and  by  Margaret  Kimmel,  who  provides  demographic  informa- 
tion on  the  profession.  Also  presented  is  an  analysis  of  library  education  by 
Helen  Snoke,  from  the  School  of  Library  Science  at  the  University  of 
Michigan;  Judith  Drescher,  director  of  Memphis-Shelby  County  Public 
Library;  and  Delores  Pretlow,  Media  Center  coordinator  for  the  Rich- 
mond, Virginia  Public  Schools. 

In  the  important  area  of  evaluation  of  service  to  children  and  young 
adults,  Gerald  Hodges  presents  various  measures  of  service  as  well  as  issues 
in  the  field  of  measurement.  Dawn  Heller  articulates  areas  of  concern 
expressed  by  conference  participants  which  have  been  the  basis  of  goal 
development  for  the  ALA  youth  divisions. 

The  ALA  youth  divisions  responded  to  the  recommendations  from 
this  Allerton  Institute  by  creating  the  Allerton/ Alliance  Joint  Youth  Di\  i- 


Introduction 


sions  Task  Force.  The  task  force  had  representatives  from  each  youth 
division,  and  each  member  had  attended  the  1986  Allerton  Institute.  The 
task  force  was  charged  with  the  creation  of  a  position  paper  based  on  the 
Allerton  Institute  and  the  Alliance  for  Excellence  Task  Force  Report.  The 
report  of  the  Allerton/Alliance  Joint  Youth  Divisions  Task  Force  was 
submitted  to  the  Joint  Youth  Divisions  Executive  Committee  at  the  ALA 
Annual  Conference  in  New  Orleans  in  July  1988.  The  recommendations  of 
this  task  force  were  for  the  adoption  of  the  task  force  report  by  the  youth 
divisions  of  the  ALA  and  ALA  Council  and  that  an  ALA  task  force  be 
appointed  to  draft  an  implementation  plan  for  the  recommendations  of 
the  task  force. 

The  premise  of  this  Allerton  Institute  and  for  the  subsequent  work  of 
the  Task  Force  is  that  the  quality  of  service  provided  by  libraries  and  media 
centers  is  important  to  the  social,  cultural,  and  intellectual  life  of  the  youth 
served.  Further,  it  is  the  responsibility  of  librarians  serving  youth  to  be 
advocates  for  excellent  service  to  young  patrons.  It  is  the  role  of  the 
American  Library  Association  to  provide  leadership  and  education  to 
youth  services  librarians  so  that  they  are  prepared  to  be  effective  service 
providers  in  the  complex,  technological  information  environment  of  the 
society  of  the  future. 

It  is  through  the  interweaving  of  these  elements  and  responsibilities 
that  progress  in  youth  services  will  be  made.  It  is  hoped  that  this  Allerton 
Institute  and  the  published  proceedings  will  be  important  steps  in  address- 
ing the  issues  facing  the  field  on  a  national  level.  We  need  to  look  carefully 
at  ourselves,  our  institutions,  and  youth  themselves  from  the  varying 
perspectives  of  supervisors,  grassroots  service  providers,  the  professional 
association,  and  library  educators.  This  institute  was  the  work  of  many 
people,  planners,  speakers,  and  participants  and  as  such  represents  a 
coalition  of  individuals  who  can  contribute  to  the  growth  and  change  of 
library  service  to  youth  as  we  move  toward  the  twenty-first  century. 

LESLIE  EDMONDS 

Editor 


MARILYN  L.  MILLER 

Professor  and  Chair 

Department  of  Information  and  Library  Studies 
University  of  North  Carolina 
Greensboro,  North  Carolina 


Changing  Priorities  for  Service 

to  Children  and  Adolescents 
in  School  and  Public  Libraries 


This  paper  is  an  attempt  to  present  some  issues  and  concerns  that  will  have 
to  be  addressed  as  continued  plans  are  made  for  library  programs  for  young 
people  that  will  serve  them  effectively  in  the  coming  decade. 

This  Allerton  Institute  is  a  milestone  in  the  history  of  the  development 
of  library  service  to  American  youth.  What  is  now  organized  as  three  youth 
divisions  of  the  American  Library  Association  (ALA) — The  American 
Association  of  School  Librarians  (AASL),  The  Association  for  Library 
Service  to  Children  (ALSC),  and  The  Young  Adult  Services  Division 
(YASD) — was  at  one  time  a  single  body  representing  all  youth  services. 
Youth  services  librarians  worked  together  originally  as  an  organized, 
integrated  group.  They  separated  thirty-five  years  ago  to  develop  unique 
areas  of  specialization  by  type  of  library  and  age  level.  Now  in  a  different 
and  fast  changing  period  of  time,  youth  services  librarians  are  being  forced 
to  confront  the  inescapable  fact  that  they  may  have  to  come  together  again 
in  some  way  to  provide  more  effective  service  to  a  shrinking  youth  popula- 
tion beset  by  tremendous  social  and  cultural  change  and  unrelenting  rapid 
technological  development. 

Organizationally,  youth  services  librarians  have  tried  for  the  past 
several  years  to  have  more  jointly  sponsored  programs  at  national  confer- 
ences. ALA  candidates  and  forums  have  been  sponsored  at  the  ALA  Mid- 
winter meetings,  the  three  executive  committees  have  met  regularly  twice  a 
year  to  discuss  ways  of  cooperating  and  positions  that  might  be  taken  fora 
political  impact  on  ALA.  Overlapping  services  and  activities  are  begin- 
ning to  be  thought  of  as  possibilities  for  cooperation — ideas  coming  from 
the  Alliance  for  Excellence  and  joint  publications.  And  on  the  home  front 
in  various  cities  and  small  towns  across  the  country,  there  have  been 


Managers  and  Missionaries 


cooperative  efforts  at  book  evaluation  and  selection,  union  catalogs, 
resource  sharing,  homework  hotlines,  school  visits,  and  public  library 
field  trips.  All  of  these  things  have  been  and  are  good,  and  these  must 
neither  be  denigrated  nor  stopped.  However,  it  is  suggested  that  the  time 
has  come  to  confront  strategies  and  methods,  prejudices,  and  territorial 
imperatives  and  to  look  at  some  changing  priorities  for  delivering  library 
service  to  the  young.  From  that  effort,  youth  services  librarians  could 
develop  heightened  understandings  of  each  other  and  those  served,  decide 
to  pool  efforts,  to  share  expertise,  and  to  plan  more  effectively  to  improve 
both  organizational  efforts  and  program  delivery  in  more  home  communi- 
ties than  is  now  done. 

Library  services  are  offered  within  a  social  context.  The  society  that  is 
shaping  the  current  crop  of  children  is  very  different  from  the  society  most 
of  us  grew  up  in.  Children  now  sitting  in  preschools  will  graduate  in  the 
year  2001.  They  will  not  remember  a  time  without  computers  and  VCRs. 
The  children  we  are  talking  about  serving  in  the  next  fifteen  years  will  be 
confronted  by  unrelenting  and  rapid  changes  in  the  demographic  compo- 
sition of  society,  family  structure,  schooling,  and  technology.  In  addition, 
the  changing  economy,  with  its  developing  global  nature,  especially  a 
transnational  work  force  competition  that  is  forcing  a  national  move  away 
from  an  emphasis  on  an  indigenous  skilled  blue  collar  work  force  and 
small  family  farms,  forms  a  backdrop  against  which  all  other  social  issues 
swirl  and  take  shape. 

Demographics  must  be  considered  in  designing  future  library  service 
to  youth.  Census  statistics  reveal  that,  in  general,  we  will  have  an  older 
population,  fewer  children,  and  a  different  ethnic  mix.  The  traditional 
nuclear  family  has  broken  up,  and  many  single  parent  homes  managed  by 
women  are  homes  of  poverty.  Specifically,  the  ethnic/linguistic  composi- 
tion of  the  population  is  changing  rapidly  and  drastically.  The  birthrate 
for  white  women  in  the  United  States  has  dropped  from  a  peak  of  2.9 
children  per  woman  during  the  baby  boom  era  to  1.7  in  1984.  In  compari- 
son to  1970,  there  are  some  100,000  fewer  white  children  under  the  age  of 
five  and  280,000  more  black  children.  The  fastest  growing  minority  group 
is  Mexican-American,  whose  birthrate  of  2.9  children  per  woman  is  cur- 
rently the  highest  in  the  nation.  (Asian-American  populations  are  also 
growing  rapidly  but  because  of  immigration  and  not  birthrates.)  In  1985, 
two-thirds  of  all  immigration  in  the  world  was  to  the  United  States.  The 
first  institution  to  receive  the  children  of  these  immigrants  is  the  school, 
the  second  is  the  church,  and  it  is  hoped  that  the  third  is  the  public  library. 
Fully  27  percent  of  all  public  school  students  in  the  United  States  represent 
minorities,  and  each  of  the  nation's  twenty-four  largest  city  school  systems 
has  a  "minority  majority."  By  approximately  the  year  2010,  one  of  every 
three  Americans  will  be  black,  Hispanic,  or  Asian-American. 


Changing  Priorities  for  Service  to  Children  and  Adolescents 


In  1983,  for  the  first  time  in  history,  there  were  more  people  over  65 
than  there  were  teenagers.  Of  the  24  million  Americans  over  65, 2.2  million 
are  over  85  and  30,000  are  over  100.  One  forecaster  has  predicted  that  by  the 
year  2000  there  will  be  over  100,000  people  over  100  years  of  age.  In  essence 
we  are  talking  about  a  smaller  generation  of  workers  containing  a  larger 
percentage  of  women  and  minorities  that  must  supply  the  financial  sup- 
port for  not  only  a  huge  number  of  retired  parents  and  grandparents  but  for 
the  public  schools  and  libraries  and  other  public  institutions  that  serve  the 
young.  Every  forecaster  reminds  us  that  youth  will  become  relatively 
scarce.  Children  will  truly  become  national  treasures  eagerly  recruited  by 
colleges,  the  military,  and  employers.  (McDonald's,  I  was  told  last  spring 
on  a  professional  visit  to  Connecticut,  now  buses  teenagers  from  the  Bronx 
into  Connecticut  suburbs  to  keep  the  glow  on  the  golden  arches  and  the 
eggs  in  the  McMuffins.)  Tomorrow's  children  will  have  even  more  oppor- 
tunities (or  problems)  than  their  predecessors. 

A  few  years  ago,  this  author  saw  a  fascinating  film  for  the  teaching  of 
visual  literacy.  One  section  of  the  film  had  pulled  together  a  montage  of 
television  commercials  depicting  the  typical  American  family  as  portrayed 
by  cereal  and  Jello  commercials  in  the  fifties.  The  typical  Jello  family — 
father  in  business  suit,  mother  in  pretty  dress  with  two  children  (a  boy 
child  and  a  girl  child)  all  sitting  at  a  formally  laid  dining  room  table 
having,  of  course,  good  conversation  about  the  day's  activities  as  they 
consumed  a  well-balanced  meal  of  salad,  meat,  vegetable,  potato,  and 
dessert  (Jello,  of  course).  That  two-child,  two-parent  family  doesn't  exist 
anymore.  Urie  Bronfenbrenner  (1977)  stated  unequivocably  in  a  report  ten 
years  ago  that:  "The  family  is  not  currently  a  social  unit  we  value  or 
support"  (p.  39). 

Although  the  present  administration  would  have  us  believe  otherwise, 
the  devastating  cuts  in  human  aid  programs  give  lie  to  the  word.  And  the 
shunning  by  adolescents  of  adult  family  contact,  advice,  and  company  for 
the  sharing  of  ignorance  and  myth  of  their  peers  is  a  concern  addressed  by 
few.  The  partial  results  of  this  contemporary  youth  society  and  the  break- 
down of  the  family  unit  and  support  systems  can  be  seen  in  the  9,000 
teenage  suicides,  the  majority  of  whom,  some  say,  are  gifted  and  talented, 
and  the  25,000  deaths  by  automobile  in  1985  alone — a  total  of  34,000 
teenagers.  This  is  more  teenagers  than  attend  the  high  schools  in  the 
Durham,  Raleigh,  Chapel  Hill  area. 

Of  today's  children,  14  percent  are  illegitimate,  40  percent  will  be 
living  with  a  single  parent  by  their  eighteenth  birthday,  30  percent  are 
latchkey  children,  and  20  percent  live  in  poverty.  One-third  of  all  Ameri- 
can children  will  experience  poverty  sometime  before  reaching  adulthood. 
Fifteen  percent  of  today's  children  speak  another  language,  1 5  percent  have 
physical  or  mental  handicaps  (Hodgkinson,  1986),  and  10  percent  have 


Managers  and  Missionaries 


poorly  educated  parents.  Fifty  percent  of  children  under  six  have  working 
mothers  while  60  percent  of  children  ages  6- 17  have  working  mothers  (U.S. 
Bureau  of  the  Census,  1985,  p.  6). 

As  we  all  know  full  well,  the  educational  pendulum  swings  back  and 
forth  with  great  regularity  in  this  country.  The  blessing  and  the  curse  of 
living  in  a  democracy.  The  populace,  it  must  be  admitted,  is  fickle  when  it 
comes  to  dealing  with  social  issues.  Attention  is  short-lived  and  easily 
deflected.  That  is,  of  course,  why  missionaries  are  needed  to  keep  the  faith 
and  remain  steady  to  the  resolve  even  when  the  public's  attention  is 
diverted.  When  the  pendulum  sweep  starts  back,  the  missionaries  are  ready 
to  lead  the  forward  motion. 

The  problems  facing  education  are  disquieting.  This  is  really  not  new 
considering  the  function  of  schools.  But  concern  today  is  about  the  inequi- 
ties brought  about  by  a  philosophy  that  views  an  interstate  highway  system 
as  federally  fundable  but  not  a  fiscal  floor  for  educational  budgets  to  ensure 
a  national  minimum  access  to  educational  equity.  Experts  seem  to  agree 
that  in  addition  to  diminishing  financial  resources,  there  will  be  declining 
enrollment  along  with  substantial  shifts  in  enrollment  at  all  levels  of 
education.  Some  say  the  dropout  problem  will  disappear  in  the  next  fifteen 
years  because  the  job  market  and  the  military  will  be  so  hungry  for  the 
young  that  those  disaffected  with  formal  education  will  simply  disappear 
and  continue  their  learning  in  the  informal  educational  institutions  unbo- 
thered  by  the  formal  educational  power  structure  because  they  are  "off  the 
streets." 

There  is  no  doubt  that  a  power  struggle  for  control  of  the  curriculum 
exists.  Who  will  determine  what  texts  are  to  be  used?  What  subject  matter  is 
to  be  taught?  Schools  have  traditionally  taught  the  values  of  the  culture, 
thus  they  are  always  a  little  behind,  and  when  values  shift  drastically,  as 
certain  elements  of  society  today  would  have  us  believe  is  happening,  the 
schools  truly  get  caught  in  the  crossfire.  The  battle  lines  are  being  drawn 
all  over  the  country  on  the  teaching  of  religion,  sex  education,  values 
education,  and  global  relationships,  to  name  only  a  few.  During  this 
author's  tenure  in  education,  there  has  been  a  power  shift  from  the  local 
community,  to  the  state,  to  the  federal  government,  back  to  the  local 
community,  and  now  seeming  to  shift  again  to  local  competing  commun- 
ity groups  and  competing  professional  organizations.  If  the  school  library 
media  specialist  cannot  or  will  not  buy  materials  objected  to  by  commun- 
ity groups,  will  the  public  library  stand  strong? 

School  faculties  are  graying.  It  is  predicted  that  two-thirds  of  the 
current  crop  of  school  library  media  specialists  will  be  gone  within  the 
decade.  A  few  years  ago  the  average  age  of  teachers  in  San  Francisco  was 
fifty-five. 


Changing  Priorities  for  Service  to  Children  and  Adolescents 


An  increasingly  litigious  society  and  strident  parents  and  students 
will  continue  to  cast  shadows  on  the  desirability  of  remaining  in  the 
teaching  profession.  However,  there  is  an  exciting  other  side.  The  demand 
for  teachers  will  be  accompanied  by  a  call  for  increasing  the  rigor  as  well  as 
the  quality  of  the  curriculum  and  for  teaching  students  to  think — i.e.,  to 
select,  to  compare,  to  evaluate,  to  synthesize.  The  Association  for  Supervi- 
sion and  Curriculum  Development  (ASCD)  is  but  one  professional  group 
calling  for  the  teaching  of  thinking  skills.  ASCD  is  involved  in  a  Collabo- 
rative on  Teaching  Thinking  which  is  working  to:  ( 1 )  define  thinking  skills 
and  processes,  (2)  encourage  publishers  to  develop  instructional  materials 
and  tests  that  promote  student  thinking,  (3)  establish  a  research  agenda, 

(4)  establish  and  encourage  adoption  of  standards  on  teaching  for  pre- 
service  and  inservice  education  of  both  teachers  and  administrators,  and 

(5)  promote  teaching  thinking  in  a  national  public  awareness  campaign 
(Hughes,  1986,  p.  33).  Librarians — both  school  and  public— need  to  watch 
this  movement  in  terms  of  both  selection  and  programs.  Materials  and 
activities  which  require  students  to  develop  higher  order  thinking  skills 
will  be  essential,  and  teachers  will  be  turning  to  us  in  both  schools  and 
public  libraries  for  those  resources. 

A  few  of  the  global  problems  that  demand  a  well-educated  and 
informed  citizenry  are  a  shrinking  world  with  a  burgeoning  population, 
shortages  of  natural  resources  and  a  decline  in  food  sources  such  as  fish  and 
fertile  areas  for  farming,  the  rising  tide  of  masses  of  refugees,  17  million 
economic  and  political  exiles  now  live  in  a  land  other  than  their  birth  and 
thereby  draw  on  the  resources  of  wealthier  nations. 

Last,  but  not  least,  of  the  trends  affecting  the  future  is  the  rapid 
development  of  communications  technology — i.e.,  the  global  village, 
microchip  technology,  publishing  on  demand,  the  digital  transformation 
of  the  way  messages  are  sent  and  received,  new  languages,  read  only 
memory  discs,  compact  discs,  handheld  computers,  voice  activated  calcula- 
tors, books  printed  on  wafers  to  be  used  in  calculators  (which  some  predict 
may  make  the  necessity  for  learning  to  read  and  write  unnecessary). 

With  all  of  these  wonders,  one  might  hasten  to  add  that  the  citizenry 
can  also  be  instantaneously  galvanized  and  trivialized  with  the  same 
media.  The  destruction  of  tradition,  the  creation  of  true  masses,  the 
"dumbing  down"  of  textbooks  have  all  become  reality  in  the  mid-1980s. 
Everything  everybody  ever  knew  can  be  stored.  Data  can  be  collected  about 
people  and  their  lives  and  hoarded  away  to  be  used  in  ways  few  dreamed 
could  ever  be  possible.  The  poorest  scholar  can  tap  information  at  its 
creation.  So  impressed  by  microchips,  information  is  beginning  to  be 
equated  with  education  and  knowledge.  One  should  be  reminded  that 
technology  is  used  to  provide  information  that  people  can  use  to  become 


10  Managers  and  Missionaries 


educated  and  to  gain  knowledge  so  that  they  may  live  full,  useful,  and 
productive  lives. 

The  electronic  classroom  of  the  future  is  here.  The  May-June  1986 
issue  of  The  Futurist  (Larick,  1986,  pp.  21-22)  describes  the  first  phase  of 
the  Placentia  Unified  School  District's  (Orange  Co.,  California)  develop- 
ment of  electronic  classrooms.  There  is  a  similiar  installation  in  Michigan 
(described  in  the  School  Library  Journal  by  the  library  media  director, 
Bernice  Lamkin  [1986])  an  installation  that  is  being  replicated  in  a  large 
number  of  high  school  renovations  all  over  the  country.  These  systems 
coordinate  multiple  technologies — i.e.,  satellite-delivered  instructional 
programming,  laser  discs,  computers,  videocassettes,  and  closed-circuit 
television.  The  coordinated  system  can  be  directed  and  monitored  from  a 
central  workstation.  Information  can  be  obtained  from  international, 
national,  regional,  and  local  databases  via  microwave,  cable,  telephone,  or 
fiber  optics  and  put  into  the  district  resource  computer  from  which  it  can 
be  transmitted  to  classrooms  upon  request  (Larick,  1986,  p.  22). 

Against  this  backdrop  of  reality  is  changing  demographics,  shrinking 
financial  resources,  continued  debate  on  education  and  its  problems  and 
strategies,  and  continued  revolution  in  communications  technology.  How 
should  goals  and  priorities  be  examined?  The  next  step  is  to  examine  what 
is  to  be  done  based  on  demonstrated  need  and  then  decide  how  to  do  it.  First 
it  is  decided  what  can  be  done  to  help  this  nation  become  a  nation  of 
readers.  Then  the  approaches  are  examined:  collections,  coalitions,  com- 
munity education  to  support  the  effort,  and  strategies  to  get  children  to 
recognize  the  importance  of  reading  and  to  want  to  read.  Then  available 
resources  needed  to  accomplish  the  task  are  examined — e.g.,  personnel, 
other  community  agencies,  collections,  funding.  Then  strategies  are  deve- 
loped for  meeting  the  shortfall — i.e.,  acquisition  of  different  kinds  of 
materials,  staff  development,  development  of  a  volunteer  cadre,  commu- 
nity publicity,  and  legislative  lobbying.  The  overriding  concern  is  to  an- 
swer the  question:  "How  can  we  best  effect  the  delivery  of  information  and 
educational  programs  to  the  young  that  will  enhance  their  growth  and 
development  into  healthy  productive  citizens  of  a  democratic  society?" 
The  following  goals  should  be  considered  as  deliberations  are  begun  on 
new  priorities: 

— Attack  the  aliteracy  problem.  Work  with  those  who  know  how  to  read 
but  do  not  (an  adolescent  problem  that  one  Westchester  County  library 
manager  who  is  an  active  spokesperson  for  service  to  young  adults  told 
me  recently  is  the  most  critical  information/education  problem  facing 
educators  who  work  with  teenagers). 
— Participate  in  the  teaching  of  basic  information  skills. 
— Assist  in  the  teaching  of  critical  thinking  skills. 
— Help  immigrants  maintain  their  culture. 


Changing  Priorities  for  Service  to  Children  and  Adolescents         11 


— Advocate  services  by  other  agencies  and  support  those  services  with  in- 
formation resources. 

— Raise  literacy.  Support  adult  literacy  programs. 
— Support/implement,  enrich,  and  extend  school  curricula. 
— Shelter/after-school  activities — i.e.,  provide  a  safe  place. 
— Provide  materials  for  counseling — i.e.,  bibliotherapeutic  use. 
— Make  common  knowledge  of  society  available  in  appropriate  forms. 
— Provide  services  to  unserved  groups  in  the  population. 
— Provide  referral  services  to  other  human  services  agencies. 
— Provide  information  on  social  and  medical  problems  of  concern  to  the 

young. 

— Be  more  effective  in  working  with  adults  who  work  with  children — i.e., 
parents,  teachers,  grandparents,  social  workers. 

As  these  priorities  are  discussed  and  fleshed  out,  arguments  to  consider 
are:  (1)  missions:  where,  as  type  of  library,  youth  services  librarians  differ 
and  where  they  support  each  other;  (2)  patterns  of  service  and  collection 
development;  (3)  recruitment  and  library  education  efforts;  and  (4)  the 
possibilities  of  forming  coalitions. 

As  these  missions  are  considered,  remember  that  both  school  and 
public  libraries  are  educational  institutions.  The  school  library  is  con- 
cerned with  both  the  schooling  of  the  young  and  their  education.  The 
public  library  which  has  traditionally  seen  itself  as  an  educational  institu- 
tion has  also  felt  that  it  offered  these  experiences  informally  and  voluntar- 
ily. The  serendipity  of  the  public  library  experience  is  truly  one  of  the  most 
intriguing  aspects  of  the  library  for  those  who  use  it  well.  But  if  a  coalition 
to  improve  information  services  is  going  to  be  formed,  public  librarians 
need  to  cast  off  the  idea  that  curriculum  is  a  word  or  process  that  is  to  be 
avoided.  For  some  the  definition  of  curriculum  as  planned  learning  expe- 
riences suffices  to  begin  a  discussion.  Both  school  and  public  librarians 
serving  youth  must  be  cognizant  of  what  is  being  planned  and  taught  in 
the  schools  if  collections  are  to  be  developed  that  serve  the  information, 
learning,  and  developmental  needs  of  children. 

One  major  thing  that  prevents  moving  comfortably  into  this  arena  of 
joint  understanding  is  a  tension  between  school  and  public  library  service 
to  children  that  is  untenable  as  youth  services  librarians  plan  for  the  future. 
This  tension  needs  to  be  resolved  by  a  recognition  of  that  tension — i.e.,  its 
roots  and  its  counterproductivity. 

Braverman  (1979)  traces  this  tension  back  at  least  to  1913 — the  year 
that  Edwin  White  Gaillard  was  eased  out  of  his  New  York  Public  Library 
job  as  superintendent  of  work  with  the  public  schools  and  Anne  Carroll 
Moore  brought  all  services  to  children  under  her  jurisdiction.  As  Braver- 
man notes,  the  roots  of  this  tension  are  both  economic  and  philosophic, 
and  since  the  real  disagreements  and  uneasinesses  are  tacit  and  often 


12  Managers  and  Missionaries 


unrecognized,  it  is  possible  for  most  to  pay  lip  service  to  the  ideal  of 
cooperation  between  school  and  public  libraries,  but  it  may  not  be  possible 
to  cooperate  without  first  confronting  a  few  personal  implicit  beliefs.  As 
Braverman  (1979)  documents  this  period,  she  notes  that  Gaillard  "worked 
systematically  to  bring  library  resources  to  the  schools,  which  then  had  few 
library  services.  [This]  included  supplying  classroom  collections  and  help 
to  teachers,  the  setting  up  of  a  model  school  library,  as  well  as  providing 
reference  services  for  students,  special  collections  for  teachers  and  class 
visits  to  the  branches"  (p.  16).  Apparently,  reports  Braverman,  Gaillard's 
jurisdiction  overlapped  with  Moore's  more  than  his  philosophy  did. 
"Moore  thought  that  libraries  should  be  used  informally  and  voluntarily 
to  promote  the  joy  of  reading"  (p.  17).  What  a  shame  that  a  mission 
statement  that  encompassed  all  of  those  objectives  could  not  be  hammered 
out  except  for  the  interactions  or  lack  of  interactions  and  communication 
of  those  early  leaders. 

On  a  personal  note,  one  of  the  genuinely  exciting  events  of  being 
president  of  ALSC  was  participating  in  a  U.S.  mission  to  visit  children's 
libraries  in  the  U.S.S.R.  Participants  visited  many  public  libraries,  some 
school  libraries,  and  trade  union  and  pioneer  palace  libraries.  The  first 
goal  of  all  libraries  in  the  U.S.S.R.  that  serve  children  is  to  support  and 
encourage  children  to  read  and  to  see  that  the  materials  rtecessary  to 
complete  school  assignments  are  available.  Soviet  librarians  have  organ- 
ized study  areas  in  public  libraries,  and  public  and  pioneer  palace  libraries 
have  reserve  school  and  text  collections.  It  was  emphasized  over  and  over 
again  how  important  it  is  for  children  to  learn  to  read  and  to  want  to  read. 
It  is  not  suggested  that  present  models  be  replaced  with  the  Soviet  model, 
but  it  is  suggested  that  programs  developed  in  isolation  from  each  other  do 
not  serve  youth  well. 

In  the  United  States,  people  are  socialized  by  separate  organizations, 
separate  association  journals,  and  separate  library  school  classes,  and  by 
careful  distinctions  made  by  commission  or  omission.  Through  socializa- 
tion, a  blend  of  routines,  ideals,  selection  techniques,  programming  hab- 
its, and  expectations  are  acquired.  Things  are  learned  that  conflict  and 
which  cannot  be  believed  simultaneously  with  any  logic,  but  youth  ser- 
vices librarians  go  on  believing  them  because  they  are  too  busy  even  to 
notice  that  they  have  been  learned. 

Patterns  of  service  and  collection  development  in  school  and  public 
libraries  must  be  reviewed  in  terms  of  resource  sharing  demanded  by 
diminishing  financial  resources  and  continued  acceleration  of  informa- 
tion produced  by  research,  discovery,  and  publication  by  scholars,  creative 
artists,  industry,  and  groups  of  citizens  demanding  to  be  heard.  Acquisi- 
tion of  materials  based  on  an  identification  of  information,  idea,  and 
knowledge  needs  determined  by  educational  and  developmental  needs  of 


Changing  Priorities  for  Service  to  Children  and  Adolescents         13 


users  is  crucial.  A  view  of  nonfiction  collections  that  match  needs  shaped 
by  sex,  age,  and  socioeconomic  condition  must  be  developed  if  the  young 
are  going  to  find  libraries  truly  essential.  The  response  to  a  child  or  student 
who  asks  for  a  "good  book"  should  be  motivated  by  the  need  of  the  child 
and  not  just  a  personal  aesthetic  response  to  children's  books.  And  one 
should  pursue  discussions  of  programs  for  the  next  century  by  realizing 
that  users  are  immersed  in  a  flood  of  information  from  a  startlingly  broad 
array  of  sources.  It  must  be  considered  that  without  intermediaries,  people 
can  still  be  information  poor  if  they  do  not  know  how  to  organize  it  for  use, 
deal  with  it  critically,  and  use  it  for  a  positive,  beneficial  purpose.  It  must 
also  be  realized  that  when  collection  development  is  discussed  for  the  next 
century,  the  discussion  should  not  be  just  about  collections  at  one  site.  It 
must  be  known  where  other  collections  are  located  and  how  data  can  be 
acquired,  repackaged,  and  disseminated.  The  consultant,  facilitator,  and 
producer  roles  will  define  youth  services  librarians  just  as  much  as  these  are 
the  roles  of  the  "special"  librarian,  for  all  users,  regardless  of  age,  will  have 
options  for  access.  This  author  must  confess  that  she  remains  momentarily 
helpless — still,  after  all  of  these  years — when  students  say  they  have 
decided  to  go  into  public  library  work  rather  than  school  library  work 
because  they  love  books  so  much.  The  future  will  place  many  different 
demands  upon  youth  services  librarians  because  of  personal  knowledge 
and  abilities.  "Just  the  books"  won't  be  enough. 

As  noted  earlier,  curriculum  is  not  a  naughty  word.  Going  to  school  is 
the  full-time  job  of  millions  of  residents  in  this  country.  These  residents 
need  good  school  libraries  and  good  public  libraries.  They  need  school 
libraries  which  are  available  to  them  during  the  day  and  which  are  not  full 
of  organized  classes  teaching  library  skills  in  isolation  of  what  is  being 
presented  in  the  classroom.  They  need  public  library  collections  that  will 
extend  and  support  what  they  are  learning  in  school  as  well  as  provide 
them  with  the  information  needed  to  develop  personally. 

Public  library  collection  development  policies  that  on  the  one  hand 
prohibit  acquisitions  that  might  support  school  work,  but  that,  on  the 
other  hand,  articulate  the  desire  to  serve  the  recreation,  information,  and 
cultural  needs  of  children  are  puzzling.  In  reviewing  several  selection 
policies,  I  have  found  that  many  are  vague  and  seemingly  unresponsive  to 
children's  school  needs  when  describing  in  positive  terms  the  great  infor- 
mational needs  of  the  young. 

When  examining  policies:  do  they  reflect  the  full-time  work  and  needs 
of  children?  Do  they  reflect  technology  other  than  books?  Are  they  positive 
supportive  statements  or  are  they  too  careful  to  list  the  restrictions?  Are 
nonfiction  books  being  recommended  to  an  adolescent  who  says  he/she 
needs  a  good  book?  Have  the  information  needs  of  patrons  been  examined 
and  then  materials  acquired?  Have  systems  for  keeping  nonfiction 


14  Managers  and  Missionaries 


collections  up-to-date  and  accurate  been  developed?  Are  public  and  school 
librarians  talking  together  in  a  community  about  sex  education,  child 
abuse,  careers  of  the  future,  alternatives  to  a  college  education,  drug  abuse, 
loneliness,  peer  pressure,  nuclear  war,  and  terrorism?  After  talking  about 
those  subjects  and  determining  what  is  being  collected,  are  discussions 
being  held  about  practices  and  patterns  of  program  development  for 
getting  those  resources  used  that  will  be  mutually  supportive?  Are  public 
and  school  librarians  talking  together  about  the  fact  that  34,000  teenagers 
died  in  1985?  All  ills  cannot  be  cured  nor  all  problems  solved,  but  the 
potential  in  contributing  to  answers  and  solutions  for  some  should  at  least 
be  rethought. 

Public  library  service  to  adolescents  as  dreamed  of  in  the  fifties,  sixties, 
and  seventies  is  not  to  be — at  least  in  this  century.  The  realities  of  school, 
work,  social  pressures,  and  communications  technology  confront  the 
avowed  mission  to  adolescents  with  too  much  to  overcome.  Youth  services 
librarians  should  face  this  fact.  Public  library  directors  have  had  to  make 
choices,  and  they  have  dared  to  allocate  this  specialization  to  school 
librarians,  and  they  have  gotten  away  with  it.  It  is  hoped,  however,  that 
there  will  always  be  public  librarians  with  a  passion  and  a  concern  for 
serving  adolescents  and  that  they  also  will  provide  leadership  through 
ALA  in  some  organized  form  both  to  make  certain  that  public  libraries  are 
serving  the  information  resource  needs  of  these  young  people.  It  is  hoped 
they  will  care  also  about  the  library  service  in  the  secondary  schools. 

The  question  nagging  at  many  youth  services  librarians  is:  where  are 
the  next  decades'  youth  services  librarians  coming  from?  In  my  own  state, 
the  gains  made  in  the  seventies  in  staffing  professional  children's  librar- 
ians in  public  libraries  is  being  eroded:  lower  salaries  than  the  public 
schools,  lower  salaries  than  surrounding  states,  and  a  desire  to  be  part  of  a 
career  ladder  are  taking  their  toll.  All  are  familiar  with  the  public  school 
situation — i.e.,  the  shunning  of  education  by  the  bright,  the  variety  of 
career  opportunities  now  open  to  women,  and  the  alarming  retirement 
projections  for  school  library  media  specialists.  Where  youth  specialists 
will  be  educated  is  slightly  less  a  concern  than  wondering  about  their 
recruitment.  Accredited  library  schools  continue  to  be  dismantled — one 
closing  announced  this  fall  and  one  undergoing  the  type  of  program 
evaluation  that  has  typically  led  to  closure.  The  American  Library  Associa- 
tion has  been  strangely  silent  about  this  phenomenon.  In  the  meantime, 
small  unaccredited  programs  in  schools  of  education  in  small  colleges  and 
universities  all  over  the  country  are  producing  large  numbers  of  school 
library  media  specialists  entering  the  field.  At  this  writing  neither  ALA  nor 
any  of  its  divisions  has  any  input  into  the  evaluation  and  guidance  of  the 
development  and  implementation  of  these  programs.  With  the  closure  of 
programs  has  gone  the  opportunity  to  provide  professional  public  library 


Changing  Priorities  for  Service  to  Children  and  Adolescents         15 


directors  and  children's  librarians  for  many  small  public  libraries,  and 
with  the  draining  of  the  pool  of  qualified  librarians  goes  access.  If  the 
American  Library  Association  is  not  going  to  promote  education  for  the 
operation  of  tomorrow's  libraries,  then  it  should  at  least  be  proposing  to 
study  alternatives  for  the  training  of  those  who  will  be  organizing  informa- 
tion for  delivery  to  various  communities. 

Certainly  we  are  beginning  to  forge  coalitions  by  coming  here  and 
thinking  about  the  future  as  public  and  school  library  media  specialists.  It 
is  believed,  however,  that  the  leadership  of  the  youth  professions  should 
move  more  publicly  and  diligently  to  identify  mutual  concerns  with  other 
educational  and  helping  professions.  School  library  media  specialists  are 
coming  to  see  that  they  can  reach  more  young  people  if  they  work  more 
diligently  with  the  teachers.  Public  librarians  may  serve  more  children  and 
adolescents  also  if  they  make  more  contacts  with  adult  youth  workers  in  the 
community.  It  was  made  clear  during  this  Allerton  Institute  that  the 
terrible  struggle  for  First  Amendment  survival  is  going  to  be  won  only  if 
coalitions  are  forged  between  and  among  organizations,  professions,  and 
the  general  public.  The  struggle  to  produce  physically  and  mentally 
healthy  young  adults  will  take  a  coalition  of  social  and  public  health 
workers,  service  groups,  the  law,  educators,  information  specialists,  librar- 
ians, and  governments.  Should  we  not  begin  to  identify  and  promote  some 
models  at  the  national  and  state  levels  to  help  communities  develop  some 
of  the  same  sorts  of  working  and  sharing  relationships? 

There  are  wonderful  public  and  private  schools  in  this  country.  There 
are  outstanding  public  library  and  school  library  media  programs  across 
the  nation.  They  set  the  pace  and  demonstrate  excellence.  But  as  we  look 
ahead  to  the  challenge  of  providing  leadership  to  the  next  generation  of 
librarians  who  will  serve  different  constituencies  than  have  many  of  us  in  a 
world  that  has  undergone  radical  social  change,  there  are  things  we  must 
address.  It  is  hoped  that  this  conference  will  produce  new  mandates  for 
library  school  researchers,  the  managers,  and  the  missionaries.  The  man- 
date is  to  examine  the  mission,  the  collections,  access  and  adequate  staf- 
fing, the  response  to  emerging  technologies,  and  cooperative  efforts. 

The  goal  should  be  to  have  library/media/information  services  to  the 
young  directed  by  a  professional.  As  a  profession,  answers  must  be  found  to 
the  questions  of  staffing,  educating,  and  recruiting  able  people  and  then 
work  to  provide  structure  to  enable  the  service  provider  to  offer  youth  the 
best  in  library/media  services. 


NOTES 

Braverman,  M.  (1979).  Youth,  society,  and  the  public  library.  Chicago:  ALA. 


16  Managers  and  Missionaries 


Bronfenbrenner,  U.  (1977,  February).  Disturbing  changes  in  the  American  family.  Education 

Digest,  42,  22-25. 

Hodgkinson,  H.  L.  (1986,  January).  What's  ahead  for  education?  Principal,  65(3). 
Hughes,  C.  S.  (1986,  Fall).  Teaching  strategies  for  developing  student  thinking:  Strategies  for 

teachers  and  for  library  media  specialists.  School  Library  Media  Quarterly,  75(1),  33-36. 
Lamkin,  B.  (1986,  November).  A  media  center  for  the  21st  century.   School  Library  Media 

Quarterly,  33(3),  25-29. 

Larick,  K.  T.  Jr.,  &  Fischer,  J.  (1986,  May/June).  The  Futurist,  20(3),  21-22. 
U.S.  Bureau  of  the  Census.  (1985).  Statistical  abstract  of  the  United  States:  1986  (106th  Ed.). 

Washington,  DC:  USGPO. 


REGINA  MINUDRI 

President,  American  Library  Association 
Director,  Berkeley  (California)  Public  Library 


Management  of  Youth  Services: 
Political,  Financial,  and  Social  Implications 


Why  is  it  so  hard  to  convince  people — adult  people — that  children  are 
important  and  that  they  are  the  brightest  and  need  the  best?  Why  do  we 
continually  undervalue  those  who  serve  children,  those  who  teach  chil- 
dren, and  those  who  care  for  children?  Why  must  libraries,  schools,  and 
other  educational  institutions  beg  for  crumbs  while  society  force  feeds  the 
bloated  military/industrial  complex?  Why  do  aging  leaders  forget  that 
youths  die  when  nations  fight?  Why  is  the  future  mortgaged  to  pay  for  the 
fantasies  of  the  past? 

Implications  of  the  Management  of  Youth  Services 

It  is  interesting  to  note  the  order  in  which  these  implications  are 
presented.  Five  years  ago  we  might  have  seen  the  fiscal  side  head  the  list. 
Ten  years  ago  there  was  a  fascination  with  social  implications  and  societal 
changes.  Today  politics  takes  first  position.  That  observation  is  not  meant 
to  imply  that  political  considerations  are  more  important  than  those  of  the 
budget  or  those  of  the  surrounding  communities,  but  it  is  the  juxtaposi- 
tion that  interests  this  author. 

For  decades  youth  services  librarians  have  been  missionaries  in  the 
most  generic  sense.  Our  foremothers  worked  long  and  hard  to  establish  the 
importance  of  library  services  to  young  people,  to  establish  patterns  and 
methods  of  serving  youth,  to  communicate  a  strong  sense  of  commitment, 
and  provide  a  solid  philosophical  base.  For  many  years  these  dedicated 
individuals  toiled  hard  in  the  fields  nurturing,  pruning,  weeding,  and 
tending  the  garden.  They  made  it  possible  to  develop  means  and  methods 
for  today.  Youth  services  librarians  owe  them  a  very  large  debt. 

The  only  way  that  debt  to  our  foremothers  can  be  paid  is  to  guarantee 
that  quality  library  services  to  children  and  youth  continue  to  exist  and,  in 
fact,  continue  to  grow  and  develop.  We  know  that  children  are  the  future  of 

17 


18  Managers  and  Missionaries 


the  world.  We  know  that  just  as  there  is  a  debt  to  the  past,  there  is  an  equal 
debt  to  the  future.  This  debt  must  be  repaid  in  the  form  of  a  legacy  of 
superior  library  services,  of  humanistic  and  careful  administration,  and  of 
institutions  which  respond  easily  and  quickly  to  user  needs.  It  is  important 
that  we  work  hard  to  pave  the  way  for  the  librarians  who  will  follow;  the 
librarians  who  will  continue  the  job  after  we  are  long  gone. 

Political  Implications 

The  political  implications  of  life  in  the  1980s  and  1990s  force  us  to 
recognize  where  funding  responsibilities  lie,  how  these  can  be  understood, 
how  these  can  be  affected,  and  how  best  to  position  youth  services  so  that 
adequate  financial  resources  allow  the  provision  of  superior  services.  Lots 
of  folks  say  that  they  don't  want  to  be  bothered  with  political  activity,  that 
it  is  too  time-consuming,  that  it  doesn't  have  anything  to  do  with  their 
chosen  field  of  endeavor,  etc. 

Youth  services  librarians  serve  the  most  visible  and  most  vocal  clien- 
tele in  all  of  libraryland.  Children  are  the  most  photogenic  of  library  users. 
They  are  cute  and  just  about  everyone  agrees  that  children  are  important. 
The  job  is  to  get  people  to  put  their  money  where  their  mouths  are  and 
establish  priorities  that  serve  youth  well.  That  requires  political 
considerations. 

So  often  it  appears  as  though  we  forget  what  truly  useful  skills  youth 
services  librarians  possess.  It  is  easy  to  use  publicity  skills  and  promotional 
abilities.  To  begin  with,  see  to  it  that  flyers  announcing  programs  are 
always  sent  to  library  management  trustees,  city  councils,  and  other 
governmental  agencies.  Invite  politicos  to  awards  ceremonies.  Be  sure  to 
have  a  photographer  there  to  take  pictures,  and  be  sure  that  the  politicos 
are  aware  that  a  photographer  will  be  there.  Don't  forget  the  effectiveness 
of  the  kissing  babies  syndrome.  Post  the  photographs  and  send  them  to  the 
media.  It  is  assumed  here  that  you  know  what  to  send,  where  to  send  it,  and 
who  will  help  to  get  it  published. 

Lobbying  and  political  strategies  are  mostly  common  sense. 
Remember  that  strength  is  in  numbers  and  that  real  strength  lies  in 
affiliating  with  others  who.  have  similar  interests.  When  E.J.  Josey  used 
coalitions  as  the  theme  for  his  ALA  presidential  year,  he  really  had  the 
right  idea.  It  is  important  that  legislators,  no  matter  at  what  level — local, 
regional,  state,  or  national — see  that  there  is  a  community  of  interest  and 
broad  support  for  the  issues  we  champion.  There  are  the  obvious  cohorts 
such  as  child  care  providers,  schools,  recreation  centers,  and  the  not-so- 
obvious  like  senior  centers,  health  care  providers,  social  workers,  book- 
sellers, local  chambers  of  commerce,  and  the  like.  You  can  find  common 
ground  with  just  about  all  these  folks,  they  can  support  you,  and  you  can 
support  them.  That  is  what  coalition  building  is  all  about. 


Management  of  Youth  Services  19 


It  is  also  important  that  we  keep  ourselves  well  informed,  that  we 
inform  allies,  and  that  we  speak,  if  not  always  with  one  voice,  then  at  least 
in  the  same  key.  Be  logical,  know  the  issues,  and  know  the  interests  of  your 
legislators.  Don't  worry  if,  when  you  call,  you  speak  to  an  aide.  It  is  often  a 
legislator's  aide  that  makes  decisions,  assists  in  making  policy,  and  advises 
the  boss. 

Be  more  than  a  single  issue  person  (you  will  find  yourself  doing  this  as 
you  build  coalitions).  It  is  important  that  you  watch  and  read  so  you  are 
aware  of  where  your  legislator  stands.  1 1  is  helpful  to  be  able  to  refer  to  some 
earlier  action  of  the  legislator  that  you  liked,  some  issue  on  which  you 
agree  with  her/him. 

If  a  legislator  does  right  by  you,  send  thanks.  Let  the  legislator  know 
that  you  appreciate  the  help  and  that  you  recognize  the  good  he  or  she  has 
done.  Remember  that  we  often  complain  and  rarely  compliment  elected 
officials.  They  are  human  too  and  certainly  appreciate  knowing  that 
somebody  likes  what  they  are  doing  just  as  you  would  if  you  were  in  that 
position.  A  brief  note  will  do. 

Utilize  library  support  groups  like  Friends  of  the  Library.  Everybody 
needs  friends,  and  thank  God  that  libraries  have  them.  Friends  of  the 
Library  are  often  listened  to  better  than  librarians  because  they  are  not 
perceived  to  have  a  vested  interest.  Local  officials  therefore  consider  them 
to  be  concerned  and  motivated  citizens  and  pay  attention  to  them.  Don't 
ever  underestimate  the  power  of  a  vocal,  well-informed  citizenry  on  any 
elected  official.  Therefore  be  sure  that  your  Friends  of  the  Library  are 
well-informed  and  are  kept  up  to  date.  They  are  extremely  valuable  to  any 
library.  If  you  think  all  of  this  takes  a  lot  of  work,  you're  right.  If  you  think 
you  may  not  be  able  to  do  it  on  work  time,  you're  right.  If  you  think  it  is  a 
long  row  to  hoe,  you're  right. 

Two  heartening  victories  in  California  demonstrated  how  important 
all  these  lobbying  efforts  are: 

1.  In  Berkeley  after  Proposition  13  we  passed  a  local  tax  measure  to 
support  the  public  library.  It  was  a  massive  effort  with  much  work  from 
the  library  staff,  the  Friends  of  the  Library,  and  many  interested  local 
folks.  We  passed  the  measure  with  68  percent  of  the  vote.  It's  good  for 
ten  years  and  during  the  life  of  the  measure  it  will  bring  in  over  30 
million  new  dollars  to  the  library.  Not  bad  for  a  first  effort.  We  are  now 
planning  for  the  renewal  and  continuance  of  the  library  tax  in  1988.  We 
have  begun  the  effort  to  involve  the  Berkeley  community  at  the  primary 
planning  level  and  are  in  the  process  of  identifying  critical  issues  and 
long-range  needs  for  the  library  and  its  services. 

2.  In  1983  California's  legislature  created  the  Public  Library  Fund,  an  act 
which  gave  per  capita  support  to  the  state's  public  libraries  for  the  first 
time.  In  1983  it  was  $6  million,  in  1984  $12  million,  in  1985  $18  million, 


20  Managers  and  Missionaries 


and  we  anticipate  approximately  $20-22  million  in  1986.  All  for  public 
libraries. 

Neither  of  these  efforts  could  have  been  achieved  without  massive 
efforts  on  the  part  of  those  involved.  They  would  have  been  impossible 
without  the  help  and  support  of  the  citizenry  at  large  who  perceived  that 
public  libraries  were  a  public  good  and  believed  that  the  state  had  and 
continues  to  have  a  statewide  responsibility  to  public  libraries.  State  sup- 
port of  libraries — public,  academic,  and  school — is  critical  to  develop- 
ment, growth,  networking,  resource  sharing.  Youth  services  must  be  in- 
volved in  these  plans  and  represent  the  needs  of  their  clientele. 

There  are  a  couple  of  questions  for  you.  How  many  of  you  know:  Who 
your  mayor  is?  Who  the  members  of  the  City  Council  are?  Members  of 
County  Boards?  State  Assemblyman?  State  Senator?  U.S.  Congressperson? 
U.S.  Senator?  It  is  good  to  know  who  these  people  are  and  how  to  reach 
them.  Also,  how  many  of  them  know  you?  Think  about  that  for  a  moment. 

We  are  aware  of  the  past,  know  the  present,  and  must  be  ready  for  the 
future.  Because  of  special  skills,  knowledge,  and  abilities,  we  have  a  debt  to 
the  future  that  cannot  be  minimized.  People  do  what  they  want  to  do.  We 
achieve  what  we  want  to  achieve.  Our  potential  is  truly  boundless.  We  have 
the  resources  and  the  intelligence.  We  also  have  the  drive  and  the  need.  All 
we  need  now  is  to  go  out  and  do  it. 

Financial  Implications 

Budgets  are  compilations  of  numbers.  They  are  meant  to  help,  to 
assist,  and  to  guide.  They  are  often  used  to  distract,  to  restrain,  to  compel, 
and  to  obstruct.  Budgets  can  be  what  you  make  of  them.  Remember  that 
while  numbers  may  not  lie,  numbers  don't  always  tell  the  whole  truth. 

A  budget  is  a  true  test  of  priorities.  No  matter  what  people  might  say 
about  how  important  something  is,  you  must  always  look  at  how  they 
spend  their  money  in  order  to  get  a  clear  picture  of  what  is  really  impor- 
tant. Just  take  a  look  at  the  federal  budget  and  see  how  much  importance 
the  present  administration  places  on  education,  the  ecology,  and  defense. 
Your  library's  budget  will  demonstrate  clearly  the  library's  priorities  no 
matter  what  the  stated  objectives  may  be.  As  the  budget  is  examined  in  this 
light,  many  will  recognize  that  this  is  an  uphill  battle.  It  is  here  that 
internal  coalitions  and  internal  political  activity  develops  between  library 
units,  divisions,  and  departments. 

Just  as  we  use  intelligence  in  the  external  political  arena,  so  it  is 
necessary  to  know  how  things  work  internally — i.e.,  inside  the  bureau- 
cratic institutions.  The  same  rules  apply.  No  matter  what  the  library 
setting  is  like,  it  will  have  its  own  set  of  internal  political  considerations.  It 
is  important  to  develop  the  ability  to  lobby,  form  coalitions,  understand 


Management  of  Youth  Services  21 


climates,  communicate  effectively,  and  work  within  your  own 
bureaucracy. 

No  one  can  afford  to  be  isolated,  or  to  be  perceived  as  being  isolated  or 
aloof.  Today  the  team  or  task  force  approach  to  problem  solving  lends 
itself  well  to  increased  multilevel  participation  in  the  quest  for  solutions. 
Recognize  the  inherent  truth  in  the  old  adage  that  if  you  are  not  part  of  the 
solution  you  are  part  of  the  problem. 

Gathering  information,  building  bridges,  and  communicating  needs 
are  activities  that  help.  You  must  know  who  to  talk  to  and  when,  you  must 
understand  how  to  present  your  needs,  how  to  defend  them,  how  to  justify 
them,  and  how  to  relate  them  to  the  overall  goals  and  objectives  of  the 
library. 

As  you  enter  this  arena  you  need  to  know  how  to  play  the  game,  the 
lingo,  and  the  rules.  You  need  to  know  the  box  scores,  the  batting  averages, 
the  handicaps,  etc.  Learn  the  rules.  When  I  first  became  an  administrator,  I 
was  often  asked  why.  Why  did  I  leave  the  front  lines  of  library  service  and 
ensconce  myself  behind  a  desk  protected  by  a  secretary  and  inaccessible  to 
the  public?  Why  indeed?  I  became  an  administrator  because  I  thought  I 
could  do  the  job  and  because  I  felt  I  had  a  mission,  a  challenge,  and  a  goal 
of  superior  service.  I  hoped  to  make  the  library  responsive,  user-friendly, 
and  an  integral  part  of  the  community  it  serves.  I  also  hoped  to  enable  the 
staff  to  provide  the  highest  possible  level  of  library  services. 

This  is  not  a  challenge  that  can  be  met  in  a  single  summer  but  rather 
takes  a  lot  of  winters,  autumns,  springs,  and  summers.  It  takes  time,  effort, 
energy,  persistence,  tenacity,  and  sometimes  sheer  dumb  stubbornness.  A 
good  manager  must  not  be  afraid  to  make  mistakes  or  be  controversial.  As 
my  mother  once  said  when  I  complained  about  controversy  and  hassle:  if 
you  don't  have  controversy,  maybe  nothing  vital  is  happening.  You're 
doing  nothing  new,  no  changes  are  taking  place.  Nothing  risked  is 
nothing  gained. 

What  do  you  need  to  know  about  administration  in  order  to  survive 
and  to  become  more  vital  and  viable?  First,  you  have  to  know  the  ropes. 
You  have  to  become  aware  of  the  atmosphere,  the  milieu,  the  vibes.  It  is 
important  that  you  have  the  ability  to  speak  the  language  when  you  visit 
foreign  climes,  or  you'll  never  be  understood  by  the  natives,  and  for  sure 
you'll  never  find  the  secret  passageways  to  the  treasure  vaults.  Budget 
processes  generally  run  throughout  the  year  and  it  is  not  unusual  for 
administration  to  be  working  simultaneously  on  three  or  even  four  fiscal 
years.  It  is  important  that  the  library's  budget  cycle  is  clearly  understood 
and  that  the  calendar  of  events  and  deadlines  are  kept. 

When  dealing  with  justifications,  keep  in  mind  that  statements  need 
to  be  phrased  in  the  boiler  plate  used  inside  your  bureaucracy.  Trends  exist 
in  budgeting  just  as  they  do  in  fashion.  Relate  cause  to  effect,  effort  and 


22  Managers  and  Missionaries 


person  hours  to  quantifiable  goals  and  measurable  results.  Develop  pro- 
posals which  enhance,  enable,  and  extend  while  demonstrating  a  clear 
understanding  of  relationships  within  the  bureaucracy. 

Allocation  of  scarce  resources  (our  resources  are  always  scarce)  is  the 
single  most  important  activity  of  library  management.  Personnel  re- 
sources, more  commonly  known  as  people,  are  the  most  valuable  resource 
of  any  library  as  well  as  the  largest  single  expenditure — often  up  to  80 
percent  of  the  budget.  Extreme  care  must  be  taken  so  that  precious  time  is 
not  wasted  so  that  people  are  allowed  to  go  about  their  work  efficiently. 
Wasting  personnel  resources  is  like  throwing  money  into  a  dustbin.  In 
preparing  proposals,  take  care  that  the  right  people  are  doing  the  right 
things  at  the  proper  levels. 

There  is  no  special  club  for  managers,  no  secret  handshakes,  no 
Egyptian  robes  to  wear.  Management  is  a  constant  exercise  in  coping 
skills.  The  real  secrets  lie  in  understanding  where  you  are  going,  how  you 
are  going  to  get  there,  what  needs  to  be  done,  who  will  do  it,  and  when  to 
make  your  move.  It  is  always  necessary  to  be  fair,  direct,  and  honest  and  to 
treat  others  as  you  like  to  be  treated.  Common  sense,  imagination,  and 
empathy  serve  any  manager  well. 

Many  librarians  serving  youth  complain  that  they  aren't  taken 
seriously  by  their  administrators,  managers,  or  supervisors.  It  seems  that 
we  still  suffer  from  some  of  the  myths  about  youth  services  librarians. 
Following  are  some  common  myths  stated  in  negative  terms.  A  later 
discussion  will  show  how  they  can  be  turned  around  and  made  positive. 
Sadly,  some  of  these  are  self-perpetuating.  Youth  services  librarians:  are 
childlike,  overly  identified  with  client  group;  are  incapable  of  seeing  the 
big  picture;  don't  see  beyond  their  own  services;  are  emotional;  can't  be 
reasoned  with — are  stubborn;  live  in  an  Ivory  Tower;  are  inflexible;  fluster 
easily;  don't  understand  budgets;  don't  know  how  to  justify  requests 
(because  they  only  ask  for  what  is  right,  true,  just,  and  good);  can't  estimate 
or  forecast;  refuse  to  listen  to  reason — won't  compromise;  and  won't  set 
priorities  because  everything  is  important. 

Are  any  of  these  familiar?  Do  you  recognize  yourselves?  It  is  hoped  not. 
These  myths  can  be  turned  around  and  viewed  on  the  positive  side  and  then 
transferable  skills  can  be  recognized  as  being  possessed  by  those  serving 
youth. 

For  example,  anyone  who  can  manage  twenty  hyperactive  children  in 
a  story  hour  can  work  easily  with  a  group  of  reasonably  docile  adults. 
Anyone  who  can  produce  flyers,  bibliographies,  and  prepare  weekly  or 
monthly  programs  has  already  figured  out  how  to  deal  with  media  and 
promotion.  Anyone  who  can  coordinate  and  produce  summer  reading 
programs,  visits,  and  do  booktalks  to  classrooms  full  of  "spring-filled" 
young  adults  has  organizational  skills.  Anyone  who  can  evaluate  and 


Management  of  Youth  Services  23 


review  thousands  of  books  and  relate  them  to  thousands  of  others  in  the 
collection  can  certainly  understand  the  "big  picture." 

It  is  important  that  we  all  understand  and  use  the  language  of  admin- 
istration in  order  to  get  our  points  across.  Fie,  you  may  say,  "don't  want  to 
learn  gobbledygook  like  that."  You  had  best  learn  this  game  because  it's 
the  only  one  in  town.  If  you  want  to  get  what's  best  for  your  department, 
you  really  must  be  able  to  present  its  needs  carefully,  in  the  best  possible 
light,  to  those  who  make  the  decisions. 

It  is  equally  important  that  you  know  what  is  going  on  in  your  own 
local  situation.  You  should  be  aware  of  the  political  context  which  sur- 
rounds your  library.  It  is  important  that  you  be  cognizant  of  changes  in 
income  levels,  education  levels,  population  changes,  things  which  can 
become  predictors  of  future  trends.  We  are  an  aging  society.  Population 
forecasts  show  that  by  the  year  2000  we  will  have  more  people  over  sixty- 
five  than  under  eighteen.  These  changes  in  population  do  not  negate  the 
need  for  quality  library  services  to  youth.  You  must  be  prepared  with  your 
justifications,  your  arguments,  and  your  persuasive  forces  because  hard 
questions  will  be  asked.  You  will  be  expected  to  come  up  with  the  answers. 

I  am  convinced  that  youth  services  librarians  have  underestimated 
themselves  and  have  not  recognized  the  transferable  skills  they  possess. 
These  skills  make  people  eligible  for  advancement.  They  enable  and 
empower,  but  only  when  the  particular  skills,  knowledge,  and  abilities  are 
recognized,  are  translated  into  the  appropriate  jargon,  and  are  presented 
positively.  It  is  endemic  to  society  that  those  who  serve  children  and  youth 
are  undervalued.  Somehow  serving  children  and  youth  is  seen  as  less 
important  than  taking  out  the  garbage.  Anyone  can  do  it — after  all  they're 
only  kids.  What  a  false  and  fruitless  attitude.  However,  this  attitude  per- 
sists because  we  allow  it.  We  don't  sing  our  own  praises  or  shout  our 
accomplishments.  If  we  don't  care  enough  to  take  care  of  ourselves,  how 
can  we  expect  someone  else  to  do  the  job  for  us?  A  skilled  and  talented 
librarian  can  easily  have  a  dramatic  effect  on  the  rest  of  a  child's  life. 

Women's  professions  are  traditionally  underpaid.  Where  is  it  written 
that  a  secretary  should  earn  less  than  a  gardener?  The  concept  of  pay  equity 
is  being  heard  loud  and  clear  in  our  land,  and  women  in  many  jurisdic- 
tions are  fighting  for  equality,  pay  parity,  and  a  larger  slice  of  the  pie. 
Librarians  serving  youth  must  join  in  this  effort. 

This  song  rings  loud  and  clear  for  librarians,  80  percent  of  whom  are 
women  in  a  traditionally  undervalued  market.  Most  of  us  work  for  govern- 
ment. We  have  been  patient,  calm,  and  soft-spoken.  I  believe  that  era  is 
over.  More  and  more  women  are  speaking  out  or  are  refusing  to  take  a  pat 
on  the  head  and  a  high  sounding  title  instead  of  money.  We  are  insisting  on 
the  value  of  our  labor  and  the  worth  of  contributions  to  our  institutions. 

All  librarians  who  occupy  professional  positions  within  a  specific 


24  Managers  and  Missionaries 


library  should  be  paid  on  the  same  scale,  regardless  of  their  specialty.  This 
seems  almost  too  obvious  to  state.  A  librarian  is  a  librarian  no  less  because 
she  happens  to  serve  youth.  In  fact,  children's  and  young  adult  librarians 
must  know  two  collections  and  be  able  to  flow  easily  from  adult  to 
children's  materials  and  back  again  with  ease;  a  feat  not  usually  required  of 
specialists  in  other  services. 

Promotion  for  youth  services  librarians  generally  means  changing  the 
job  and  leaving  the  specialty.  I  have  often  felt  that  there  should  be  a  place 
for  advancement  for  persons  who  are  expert  in  an  area,  but  who  do  not 
choose  to  become  supervisors.  We  are  all  familiar  with  the  Peter  Principle 
of  advancement:  it  is  almost  a  truism  that  the  best  person  at  the  activity  is 
not  necessarily  the  best  supervisor.  We  must  begin  to  recognize  the  value  of 
a  highly  skilled  and  trained  children's  or  young  adult  librarian.  These 
folks  are  worth  their  weight  in  platinum.  Why  can't  public  libraries 
develop  a  plan  which  could  have  a  multitude  of  steps  in  the  salary  range  of, 
say,  10  to  15  with  advancement  based  on  continuing  education  classes, 
workshops,  conference  attendance,  and/ or  publication.  Public  schools 
have  similar  plans  which  allow  teachers  to  advance  through  a  deep  salary 
range.  I  don't  know  of  any  public  libraries  that  have  attempted  such  a 
system,  but  it  surely  can  be  worked  on  from  existing  educational  parallels. 

As  I  look  at  what  I  consider  to  be  promotable  qualifications,  I  am  ever 
drawn  to  the  skills,  knowledge,  and  abilities  I  see  exhibited  by  competent 
youth  services  librarians.  When  I  consider  what  I  want  to  see  in  a  branch 
supervisor,  I  look  for  a  person  who  can  deal  with  the  community,  who  will 
speak  out,  who  has  a  basic  understanding  of  budget,  who  understands  the 
local  neighborhood  and  the  library  system,  who  can  plan  ahead,  who 
enjoys  working  with  people,  and  who  is  eager  to  forge  ahead.  Do  you 
recognize  any  of  your  knowledge,  skills,  and  abilities  in  what  I  just  said? 
Do  you  try  to  be  a  part  of  the  overall  library  system?  Do  you  contribute  to 
the  myriad  of  committees  and  efforts  that  are  taking  place  in  your  library?  I 
believe  that  advancement  of  competent  children's  and  young  adult  librar- 
ians will  serve  us  well  in  the  long  run,  putting  people  in  charge  who 
understand  and  support  youth  services. 

I  firmly  believe  that  we  must  be  proactive  if  we  are  to  get  the  kind  of 
continuing  education  we  need  and  want.  If  what  you  feel  is  important  to 
you  is  not  there — seek  it  out.  Investigate  all  the  resources  at  your  disposal. 
Talk  to  your  colleagues  and  see  if  your  system  might  be  willing  to  do  some 
in-house  work  and  make  suggestions  as  to  the  continuing  education 
subjects  in  which  you  are  interested.  Monitor  the  activities  of  your  local 
library  association,  your  state  association,  and  ALA.  If  you  identify  a 
course  that  you  wish  to  take,  be  prepared  to  show  how  that  course  will  help  in 
your  daily  work  (if  you  wish  your  library  to  send  you  and/ or  give  you  release 
time  to  attend).  Also  be  prepared  to  share  what  you  learn  with  your  colleagues. 


Management  of  Youth  Services  25 


It  is  important  to  avoid  attending  the  same  kind  of  workshop  or 
program  year  after  year.  It  is  tempting  to  attend  the  author  luncheons, 
storytelling  workshops,  or  booktalking  sessions.  I  also  know  and  under- 
stand how  stimulating  and  refreshing  they  are  and  how  you  can  return  to 
your  library  re-energized,  renewed,  and  revitalized.  However,  I  submit  that 
much  can  also  be  gained  from  things  outside  one's  specialty.  Workshops 
and  courses  on  time  management,  budgeting,  supervision,  and  evaluation 
will  also  give  fresh  insights  and  new  approaches.  You  can  adapt  what  you 
learn  to  your  specific  situation. 

A  brief  word  here  about  adaptability.  Adaptation,  in  my  opinion,  is 
one  of  the  great  skills  librarians  possess.  Background  and  training  allow  us 
to  examine  what  others  do  and  organize  the  activity  to  suit  various  situa- 
tions. Concrete  examples  of  this  can  be  seen  in  the  use  of  paperback  book 
racks,  in  use  of  graphics,  in  the  design  of  open  spaces,  and  in  the  ease  with 
which  we  become  accurate  reflectors  of  community's  needs.  I  have  seen 
librarians  examine  literature  racks  in  a  bank  carefully  and  then  create  an 
adaptation  for  the  library  that  works  better.  It  is  not  unusual  for  young 
adult  librarians  to  take  a  commercial  product  and  fix  it  so  it  works  for 
them.  It  is  not  only  those  obvious  adaptative  skills  that  are  impressive,  but 
also  the  constant  search  for  better  ways  and  improvements  that  has  always 
convinced  me  that  this  profession  is  much  more  than  the  sum  of  all  its 
parts.  It  is  also  one  of  the  reasons  that  the  average  library  is  the  best 
managed  department  in  a  city,  county,  or  district. 

I've  said  this  before  today  and  now  I  say  it  again.  No  one  blows  your 
horn  accurately  but  you.  You  know  all  these  things  already.  We  live  in  an 
age  of  assertion,  an  age  of  self,  and  an  age  of  proactivity.  It  is  important  that 
one  is  assertive  in  support  of  your  own  efforts  and  in  support  of  the  client 
group  served.  No  one  else  can  do  it  better;  few  others  will  do  it  at  all.  It  is 
vital  that  management  be  informed  of  how  great  your  service  is  and  how 
wonderfully  you  perform  your  duties  and  meet  your  objectives.  It  is  also 
important  that  youth  services  coordinators  become  part  of  the  library's 
management  team  and  take  part  in  the  decision-making  process. 

Social  Implications 

As  I  began  to  think  about  the  social  implications  inherent  in  the 
management  of  youth  services  today,  I  thought  it  would  be  a  breeze.  After 
all,  don't  we  always  love  to  discuss  philosophy  of  services,  the  good  that 
these  services  provide,  and  the  sheer  joy  with  which  these  services  are 
provided?  I  have  decided  that  perhaps  that  breeze  could  be  closer  to  hot  air 
and  that  indeed  it  is  time  to  take  a  new  look,  participate  in  a  new  vision, 
and  bring  ourselves  up  to  speed  with  tomorrow. 

Life  in  the  fast  lane  typifies  the  society  of  the  1980s.  Concorde  jets 


26  Managers  and  Missionaries 


decrease  travel  time  between  continents.  Tape  recorders  can  speed  up 
speech  so  we  can  listen  faster.  Fast  forward  and  rewind  buttons  are  used 
constantly.  Commercials  break  concentration  patterns  into  twelve  minute 
segments  and  batter  the  senses  with  ten  second  messages  selling  images  and 
not  products.  Political  leaders  are  packaged  and  sold  like  breakfast  cereals, 
and  no  one  takes  time  to  discuss  the  real  issues.  The  facade  has  become  the 
reality.  Individuals  feel  powerless  and  impotent.  Automation  controls 
institutions  that  have  major  impacts  on  life. 

It  is  easy  to  focus  on  the  difficulties  of  twentieth-century  life  and  the 
United  States  in  particular.  It  is  also  easy  to  refuse  to  acknowledge  them. 
Neither  path  is  fruitful.  Neither  path  affords  a  way  to  make  the  best 
possible  of  the  best  available. 

Librarianship  is  a  service  profession.  It  is  a  profession  which  enables 
us  to  use  our  developed  skills  to  empower  and  enrich  others.  Librarianship 
is  a  profession  which  opens  doors,  shares  knowledge,  and  makes  informa- 
tion public.  We  are  knowledge  brokers  in  the  best  and  most  positive  sense. 
We  are  not  power  brokers.  That  does  not,  however,  make  us  weak.  The 
profession  has  the  capacity  to  utilize  valuable  information  for  the  public 
good.  We  need  to  develop  ways  and  means  to  ensure  that  the  public  always 
has  access  to  the  information  and  resources  it  needs.  That  is  truly  the 
dilemma  this  service  profession  faces  today. 

I  am  inordinately  proud  of  us.  I  never  cease  marveling  at  our  ability, 
our  consistency,  our  intellectual  athleticism,  and  our  resiliency  in  the  face 
of  threats  and  cutbacks. 

Librarianship  is  also  a  nurturing  profession.  It  stands  for  self- 
development,  continual  learning,  individual  achievement,  and  personal 
curiosity.  Youth  services  librarians  continually  demonstate  those  nurtur- 
ing skills  within  bureaucracies.  The  guidance,  encouragement,  enthusi- 
asm, involvement,  and  assistance  given  to  youth  through  their  libraries 
and  their  librarians  bodes  well  for  the  future. 

Back  to  the  future  and  its  social  implications.  As  nurturers  and  service 
providers,  as  guides  and  enthusiasts,  librarianship  now  stands  at  the  gates 
of  tomorrow.  Whether  we  can  make  the  roads  clear  for  youth  to  advance 
easily  will  determine  youth  service  librarians'  value,  validity,  and  viability. 

Discussions  must  take  place  about  the  nature  of. resource  sharing  as  it 
applies  to  children,  to  school  libraries,  and  to  children's  materials.  It  is  not 
at  all  uncommon  to  see  that  children  and  juvenile  materials  are  excluded 
from  interlibrary  loan  processes.  When  the  formation  of  multitype  library 
networks  are  discussed,  school  libraries  are  usually  the  last  to  be  included. 
Generally  schools  are  last-in  because  of  costs,  decentralization,  lack  of  staff, 
and  an  often  perceived  lack  of  interest  in  the  resources  they  can  share. 

The  changes  that  affect  society  affect  youth.  How  do  we  manage 
information  services  for  youth  in  the  waning  days  of  the  twentieth  century? 


Management  of  Youth  Services  27 


How  do  we  assure  that  young  people  have  access  to  the  information  needed 
in  this  era  of  electronic  transfer  and  storage  of  information  on  electronic 
databases?  Do  young  people  even  need  them?  It  is  critical  that  the  informa- 
tion needs  of  clients  are  understood.  We  need  to  be  aware  of  how  young 
people  obtain  and  use  information.  As  more  information  changes  from 
print  to  electronic  storage,  we  must  address  the  needs  of  students  at  all 
levels  and  the  costs  of  accessing  the  information  that  they  need  to  acquire. 
Fees  for  service  can  make  it  impossible  for  children  and  young  people  to  get 
desired  data. 

Children  and  young  adults  are  creatures  of  their  times.  It  is  impossible 
to  deny  the  impact  of  television  on  these  individuals.  It  is  also  important 
that  we  recognize  that  a  generation  raised  on  television  and  computers 
reacts  differently  than  one  brought  up  without  the  furniture  that  stares 
back  and  without  the  appliance  that  interacts  electronically. 

I  do  not  advocate  tossing  out  tried  and  true  traditional  patterns  of 
services  or  approaches  to  children's  literature  and  interest  in  quality  and 
the  importance  of  the  oral  tradition  of  storytelling.  I  also  believe  that  the 
level  and  type  of  library  service  we  give  to  children  and  young  people  is  not 
merely  important  to  us;  it  is  critical  to  their  development  and  to  the 
nation's  future. 

I  lay  before  you  a  challenge.  Assist  the  American  Library  Association 
to  recognize  and  develop  an  agenda  for  the  twenty-first  century.  This 
agenda  will  help  the  profession  of  young  adult  librarians  to  develop  new 
service  patterns  for  today's  youth  which  will  serve  tomorrow's  adult.  I  call 
upon  the  leadership  of  ALA's  Youth  Divisions — ALSC,  AASL,  and 
YASD — to  begin  a  triple  barreled  approach  to  determine  a  road  map  which 
will  help  chart  the  course  and  begin  to  prepare  for  the  third  millenium. 

Let  us  examine  the  status  of  youth  services  today,  plan  what  it  should 
be  for  tomorrow,  recognize  what  changes  have  to  be  made,  look  at  new 
service  patterns,  develop  mission  statements  and  goals,  see  how  these  affect 
library  services  at  all  levels,  and  provide  the  ALA  with  a  position  and  a 
philosophy.  I  see  this  beginning  with  youth  and  then  becoming  broad 
based  and  truly  representative  of  library  services  at  all  levels.  This  study 
must  begin  with  youth  services  since  these  are  the  first  to  handle  the 
diversity  and  complexity  of  the  changing  society  through  our  children. 

Let  us  walk  down  these  new  avenues  together  and  begin  to  answer  the 
questions  that  are  only  now  being  formulated.  I  know  that  it  must  be  done, 
and  I  know  that  together  we  can  do  it. 


JULIE  CUMMINS 

Children's  Services  Consultant 

Monroe  County  Library  System 

Rochester,  New  York 


Design  of  Youth  Services 


How  will  the  public  library  or  school  media  center's  program  of  service 
relate  to  the  changing  needs  of  youth?  Take  the  word  design — how  do  you 
interpret  it?  As  the  grand  scheme  of  things,  the  master  plan,  a  schematic,  a 
blueprint?  A  blueprint  is  a  detailed  specific  set  of  guidelines  for  creating  a 
building  from  paper  to  brick.  For  the  purpose  of  this  discussion,  the 
concept  of  a  blueprint  will  be  used  as  an  approach  to  designing  youth 
services  for  a  specific  situation. 

When  a  blueprint  concept  was  selected  for  this  presentation,  actual 
blueprints  were  examined  to  ascertain  the  areas  and  specific  components 
for  a  building.  They  include:  elevations,  roof  plans,  foundations,  plumb- 
ing, mechanics,  electrical,  or  source  of  energy.  Use  this  approach  to  ener- 
gize your  thinking  of  designing  service  with  six  designated  areas.  Instead  of 
citing  areas  identified  as  the  living  room,  kitchen,  bedroom,  etc.  for  a 
household  building,  six  areas  are  identified  with  specif ic  functions  which, 
when  aligned  in  place  with  each  other,  comprise  a  total  children's  and 
young  adult  library  service  facility.  They  are: 

Communication  Center — In  Touch 

Reflections — Room  of  Mirrors — Image 

Information  Retrieval  Center — Access 

Library-Den-Study — Literacy,  education 

Energy  Center — Pulse,  power,  programs 

Community  Hub — Outreach,  community  involvement 

Communication  Center 

A  center  of  communication  means  being  in  touch  with  your  counter- 
part school  or  public  librarian,  parents,  teachers,  library  administrators, 
trustees,  and  community  agencies.  How  many  times  a  year  do  you  meet 
with  your  school  or  public  librarian,  have  lunch  together,  send  memos  to 
each  other,  forward  project  plans,  trade  reading  lists,  share  books  and 
equipment,  or  present  programs  jointly? 

29 


30 


Managers  and  Missionaries 


COMMUNICATION 


Figure  1.  Design  for  Youth  Service 


Do  you  offer  parents  evening  and  weekend  programs  on  how  to 
parent,  sessions  on  child  abduction,  programs  on  new  books  for  all  ages, 
computer  courses  where  parent  and  child  are  enrolled  together,  programs 
on  how  to  pick  a  nursery  school  or  summer  camp?  Youth  services  librar- 
ians must  also  be  in  touch  with  teachers.  This  involves  honoring  requests 
for  assignments  and  reading  lists  and  providing  specially-planned  pro- 
grams on  a  topic  such  as  science  fairs. 

Youth  services  librarians  must  also  be  in  touch  with  the  administra- 
tion of  the  library.  To  make  the  administration  an  advocate  and  supporter 


Design  of  Youth  Services  31 


of  youth  services,  they  must  be  informed  of  what  is  taking  place,  how 
services  are  being  provided,  and  what  is  needed  to  meet  the  community's 
needs.  Constant  reminders  should  be  made  to  administrators  of  how  the 
children's  department  makes  them  and  the  library  look  good.  Submit 
monthly  reports,  send  selected  new  books  once  a  month  for  administrators 
to  see,  provide  anecdotes  for  the  board,  and  report  to  the  board  on  a  special 
program  with  a  minimum  appearance  of  once  a  year. 

Another  group  to  keep  in  touch  with  is  trustees.  Have  you  taken  them 
on  a  tour  of  the  children's  area  or  sent  them  copies  of  any  booklists  you've 
prepared?  Do  you  know  their  names  so  you  can  greet  them  personally?  Are 
you  demonstrating  in  a  positive,  professional  way  that  the  library  is  not 
just  a  babysitting  service  for  children?  If  the  library's  program  of  service  is 
not  up  to  standard,  the  best  chance  of  raising  it  is  to  court  the  trustees. 

Other  agencies  serving  parents  and  youth  are  also  important  in  keep- 
ing in  touch  with.  You  need  to  know  what  they  are  doing,  and  they  need  to 
be  aware  of  the  library.  Have  you  applied  jointly  for  grant  funds  to  under- 
write a  project?  Have  you  discussed  a  joint  strategy  for  sponsoring  a  program? 

Yes,  all  this  sounds  like  you  are  doing  it  all.  Even  though  communica- 
tion is  defined  as  being  two-way,  your  communication  signals  have  to  be 
stronger  and  more  frequent  to  guarantee  a  return  of  even  25  percent. 

Communication  is  your  form  of  commercial.  It's  more  than  public 
relations.  It's  a  way  of  telling  what  you  have  to  offer  and  selling  your 
service.  Think  of  your  communication  center  as  the  hub  with  the  spokes 
sending  out  signals  to  the  school  librarian,  teachers,  parents,  children, 
administration,  and  agencies. 

The  reverse  holds  true  for  school  media  specialists.  Are  you  in  touch 
with  your  counterpart?  Are  you  in  touch  with  the  parents  of  your  students? 
What  service  are  you  providing  for  them?  Are  you  in  touch  with  teachers? 
Do  they  know  what  you  can  do  for  them?  Are  you  in  touch  with  your 
administration?  Aside  from  all  the  reports  you're  required  to  submit,  have 
you  sent  the  administration  one  memo  citing  an  especially  rewarding 
project  that  took  place  in  the  media  center  or  sent  a  photo  of  a  child  shown 
achieving  a  particular  level  of  success  with  a  computer  program  or  learn- 
ing kit  for  the  school  bulletin  board? 

Another  group  to  communicate  with  are  school  board  members.  Do 
you  know  who  they  are?  At  an  open  house,  have  you  targeted  a  packet  of  ma- 
terials for  them  or  a  bookmark  with  their  names  done  in  computer  graphics? 

Service  to  children  is  the  cornerstone  of  public  library  service  and 
school  education.  We  are  creating  the  library  users  of  tomorrow,  the  voting 
adults  who  pull  the  lever  for  library  funding  and  school  bond  issues,  and 
the  future  contributors  to  the  community,  state,  and  beyond.  Communica- 
tion is  your  form  of  commercial.  Use  it  to  sell  your  product — i.e.,  library 
service. 


32  Managers  and  Missionaries 


Reflections — Room  of  Mirrors 

What  kind  of  image  do  we  convey  within  the  profession,  to  other 
professions,  and  to  ourselves?  Numerous  publications  have  pressed  the 
point  that  it  is  not  sufficient  for  children's  and  young  adult  specialists  to 
just  have  skills  for  working  with  young  people.  They  must  also  have 
training  in  managerial  skills  and  must  be  seen  and  perceived  as  managers. 
Every  children's  specialist  serves  as  a  manager  on  two  separate  levels.  One 
level  covers  the  responsibilities  of  providing,  maintaining,  and  utilizing  a 
collection  of  materials  either  in  the  school  or  public  library.  These  are  the 
day-to-day  activities  involved  in  managing  a  children's  library  department 
(Cummins,  1980,  pp.  7-10). 

The  second  level  of  management  is  the  children's  specialist  as  a 
supervisor  and  a  member  of  the  management  team.  It  is  at  this  level, 
regardless  of  the  size  of  the  staff  or  library,  that  the  children's  librarian  has  a 
function  and  responsibility  as  part  of  the  overall  decision-making  process 
that  governs  the  library  and  its  service.  This  means  that  you  must  be  able  to 
present  your  program  of  service  in  terms  of  goals  and  objectives  and  learn 
to  use  statistics  to  make  a  case;  you  must  be  able  to  present  a  budget  in  terms 
the  director  can  use,  in  terms  that  governmental  forces  want  to  hear,  and  in 
terms  that  express  your  needs  and  programs  convincingly.  You  need  to  be 
able  to  make  a  public  presentation,  address  various  kinds  of  boards,  and 
talk  in  terms  that  a  particular  group  will  understand  and  nod  in 
agreement. 

You  need  to  be  politically  savvy.  The  board  or  council  as  a  whole 
determines  your  budget  but  individual  members  make  up  that  board.  Who 
knows  if  the  father  of  one  of  your  preschool  children  might  be  vice-mayor 
and  that  subtle  reinforcement  of  the  positive  aspects  of  library  programs 
could  eventually  translate  into  funds.  The  same  is  true  for  the  school  media 
specialist.  Know  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Education.  The  election  or 
appointment  of  a  librarian  or  Friend  of  the  Library  could  provide  benefi- 
cial support. 

To  keep  your  image  polished  requires  feeling  and  looking  alert  and 
energized.  Everyone  needs  stimulation  to  keep  abreast,  to  be  perceptive,  and 
to  be  invigorated,  and  that  requires  continuing  education.  Reading  journals 
and  talking  to  peers  and  other  librarians  will  provide  new  ideas  but  not  to 
the  extent  and  stimulation  that  workshops,  conferences,  institutes,  and 
in-service  training  will. 

Continuing  to  learn  after  two  or  twenty-two  years  on  the  job  is  a 
measure  of  professional  attitude  and  commitment  to  the  profession.  In- 
volvement in  library  associations  is  important.  Just  paying  dues  is  not 
sufficient  in  terms  of  presenting  image.  Involvement  builds  pride  in  being 
a  librarian  and  a  youth  specialist. 


Design  of  Youth  Services  33 


Information  Retrieval  Center 

Information  retrieval  requires  access.  A  multitude  of  information  is 
stored  in  the  center — how  and  when  may  young  people  retrieve  it,  and  how 
do  you  as  the  librarian  interface  with  it? 

The  first  way  to  provide  access  to  information  is  by  eliminating 
unseen  barriers.  Are  children  able  to  use  and  borrow  materials  from  any 
section  of  the  library?  Does  their  library  card  restrict  them  by  age  or  grade  to 
numbers  or  kinds  of  items  they  may  use  or  borrow?  Are  children  included 
in  interlibrary  loan  (ILL)  programs?  Are  there  any  rules — local  or  state — 
that  eliminate  them  from  being  able  to  request  materials  on  ILL?  If  so,  they 
are  being  denied  service. 

The  second  way  to  retrieve  information  is  by  format.  Can  children  use 
the  computer  in  the  library,  can  they  request  database  searches,  are  they 
allowed  the  use  of  the  microfilm  reader-printer?  When  automation  deci- 
sions are  made  on  the  administrative  level,  the  youth  specialist  must  insist 
on  equal  treatment  and  equal  consideration  for  young  people. 

A  third  aspect  of  access  is  physical.  For  young  children,  can  they  reach 
the  top  shelves,  especially  if  the  juvenile  nonfiction  is  intershelved  with 
adult  materials?  Are  steps,  counters,  and  furniture  scaled  appropriately  for 
primary  age  children?  If  not,  when  renovations,  remodeling,  or  new  build- 
ings are  planned,  it  is  incumbent  upon  the  children's  librarian  and  school 
media  specialist  to  provide  input  to  those  people  making  those  types  of 
decisions  to  "design"  with  children  in  mind,  including  placement  of  the 
children's  area.  Access  is  an  important  consideration.  Children  must  have 
it,  otherwise  they  are  inhibited  in  their  growth,  their  learning,  and  their 
attitude  toward  libraries. 

With  spoken  and  visual  formats  of  information  expanding  broadly, 
another  element  of  access  comes  into  play.  Adele  Fasick,  in  "Moving  into 
the  Future  without  Losing  the  Past,"  talks  about  children's  need  to  hear 
language  and  speak  language  as  a  precursor  to  understanding  and  assimi- 
lating printed  language  and  words.  Background  and  experience  determine 
differing  responses  by  children  to  film  or  print  and  to  ways  in  which 
information  is  learned  and  received.  Librarians  need  to  be  able  to  assess 
and  evaluate  which  format  is  best  for  a  specific  child  (Fasick  1984,  pp. 
405-13). 

Then  there  is  access  to  information  for  the  youth  services  librarian. 
Another  communication  link  could  be  formed  between  the  school  librar- 
ian and  the  public  librarian  by  ordering  materials  via  computer.  If  the 
public  or  school  librarian  can  punch  up  a  screen  to  see  if  a  particular  title 
has  been  ordered,  that  is  access  to  information  that  translates  into  wise 
collection  management. 

If  this  is  not  feasible,  does  the  public  librarian  send  reports  or  records 


34  Managers  and  Missionaries 


of  selection  lists  or  new  books  and  nonprint  acquired  to  the  school  person? 
Does  the  school  media  specialist  in  turn  send  lists  of  new  software,  equip- 
ment, and  project  assignments  to  the  public  library  person? 

You  as  the  librarian  are  the  advocate  for  access  to  information  for 
children.  Also  remember  that  access  to  information  for  you  is  another 
interface  with  the  whole  information  center. 

Library — Den — Study 

Literacy  and  education  as  a  broad  topic  encompasses  print  literacy, 
visual  literacy,  computer  literacy,  and  technology  literacy.  To  keep  up 
with  children,  librarians  must  be  computer  literate.  Children  are  as  com- 
fortable using  computers  in  various  facets  of  their  educational  life  as  well 
as  their  home  life  as  we  were  with  typewriters.  There  is  a  natural  affinity 
between  students  and  microcomputers.  The  public  library  and  the  school 
library  should  serve  as  links  between  the  natural  desire  of  the  child  to  learn 
about  his  world  and  the  equipment  necessary  to  accomplish  it  (Lintner, 
1985,  pp.  91-93).  We  need  to  know  how  to  operate  a  computer  or  word 
processor  and  know  what  computers  can  do  for  us. 

But  that  alone  is  not  sufficient.  The  rate  at  which  technology  is 
changing  and  advancing  is  extremely  fast.  It  is  not  conceivable  that  an 
individual  children's  librarian  can  keep  pace  with  or  on  top  of  the  newest 
format,  the  latest  development,  or  the  8000th  model  of  a  piece  of  equip- 
ment, but  it  is  conceivable — and  necessary — that  the  youth  librarian  be 
aware  of  what  is  developing,  knowing  that  change  is  constant,  and  being 
alert  to  updates  of  technology  through  journals  and  conferences. 

Of  course,  we  as  librarians  support  literacy,  but  you  must  decide  what 
is  the  library's  role  in  helping  with  the  literacy  problem.  Is  it  as  simple  as 
providing  space  for  tutors  to  work  with  students,  or  should  you  be  involved 
more  directly?  Philosophies  differ  on  this  issue  so  the  critical  thing  is  to 
determine  the  extent  of  the  library's  or  system's  responsibility.  Provision  of 
materials  for  both  children  and  adults  is  basic  and  so  is  a  congenial 
atmosphere.  Is  staff  time  also  made  available  for  them  to  work  with  tutors 
or  student  groups? 

Actually,  most  of  the  programs  children's  librarians  plan  have  literacy 
at  the  core — e.g.,  by  fostering  a  love  of  books  and  stories,  relating  books 
with  activities,  exploring  films  and  books  together,  sponsoring  reading 
clubs,  and  so  on. 

Other  programs  that  can  be  used  to  visibly  promote  reading  in  the 
community  are  read-a-thons  with  local  celebrities,  media  coverage  for  the 
March  of  Dimes  Reading  Champions,  and  other  agency  campaigns.  Learn 
to  use  any  connections  as  features  of  literacy — e.g.,  local  people  on  award 
committees,  a  local  sports  figure  to  hand  out  prizes  or  certificates  at  library 


Design  of  Youth  Services  35 


activities,  pictures  of  the  mayor  reading  with  his/her  grandchildren  or 
holding  a  favorite  children's  book.  Use  all  of  the  available  national  promo- 
tions and  add  a  local  twist. 

At  the  recent  AASL  conference  in  Minneapolis,  William  Bennett,  the 
U.S.  Secretary  of  Education,  called  librarians  the  ambassadors  of  literacy. 
He  cited  the  most  important  responsibility  of  elementary  schools  is  to 
teach  children  how  to  read  and  become  active  and  avid  readers  (Flagg,  1986, 
pp.  737-739). 

Dr.  Seuss  put  it  more  succinctly  in  the  new  book,  Once  Upon  a  Time, 
published  for  the  20th  anniversary  of  Reading  is  Fundamental:  "The  more 
you  read,  /  the  more  things  you  know.  /  The  more  that  you  learn,  /  the 
more  places  you'll  go"  (Dr.  Seuss,  1986,  p.  41).  Recognize  that  unless  there 
is  a  commitment  to  literacy,  there  may  be  fewer  and  fewer  readers  to  serve. 

Energy  Center 

The  energy  center  is  the  power  behind  your  service,  the  pulse  of 
activity  that  energizes  program  offerings.  It  is  the  "life"  of  the  children's 
library  in  the  community.  The  energy  must  come  from  you,  the  children's 
librarian,  and  from  the  programs  you  plan. 

If  you  have  had  a  Saturday  morning  film  program  for  years  and  years 
and  the  attendance  has  dwindled  from  175  kids  to  25,  that  should  tell  you 
something.  For  many  reasons  this  program  no  longer  has  the  appeal  it 
previously  did — the  over-familiarity  of  16  mm  films  as  a  medium,  passive 
instead  of  active  programming,  and  a  program  format  that  has  become 
routine  and  dull.  Drop  it  or  change  it  and  in  its  place  try  something  that 
involves  children.  All  programming  does  not  have  to  be  passive. 

Try  having  children  make  their  own  films.  With  very  simple  equip- 
ment, kids  can  draw  on  film,  or  create  animation  with  live  characters  or 
clay  figures.  Do  a  whole  animation  series.  Have  children  make  flipbooks 
and  move  on  to  other  animation  forms.  A  show  could  be  presented  at  the 
end  of  the  series  and  maybe  a  local  camera  shop  would  sponsor  the  event  or 
supply  the  equipment. 

Expand  your  programming  with  other  age  levels.  Intergenerational 
programs  that  use  senior  citizens  with  elementary  age  children  can  bring 
new  life  to  both  groups.  Craft  workshops  and  reading  skill  groups  are 
examples,  but  the  possibilities  are  extensive.  In  exchange,  have  the  kids 
teach  computer  skills  to  the  seniors.  A  good  example  of  tapping  the  talents 
of  senior  citizens  to  use  with  children  is  a  program  created  in  Iowa  called 
"From  Sheep  to  Shirt."  Members  of  a  local  weavers  guild  brought  looms, 
two  craftswomen  brought  their  spinning  wheels  and  dye  pots,  and  a  4-H 
student  brought  her  sheep  to  demonstrate  sheep  shearing.  The  occasion 
provided  a  first-hand  experience  and  understanding  of  the  fabric  process 


36  Managers  and  Missionaries 


for  the  children  who  attended  (Irving,  1985,  pp.  82-84).  The  goodwill  and 
support  that  is  gained  from  this  approach  is  immeasurable — support  you 
can't  buy  but  is  worth  money  on  a  bond  issue. 

Expand  your  programming  to  other  agencies  and  institutions.  Con- 
sider jointly  sponsoring  a  program  with  the  art  or  science  museum.  Use 
special  exhibits  for  program  inspiration.  A  dinosaur  exhibit  could  spring- 
board into  a  program  of  dinosaur  models/ stories/ riddles,  or  a  medieval 
festival  at  the  gallery  would  be  perfect  for  dragon  tales  told  in  both 
locations.  A  unique  project  could  take  place  by  applying  jointly  for 
funding  from  Arts  Councils,  Poets-in-Residence,  etc.  What  programs  can 
you  plan  with  the  local  Association  for  the  Education  of  Young  Children, 
YWCA,  or  YMCA? 

Expand  your  thinking  about  programs.  Look  for  new  ideas  and  topics 
that  will  be  featured  by  other  organizations,  ways  of  underwriting  projects 
that  need  funds,  and  initiate  communitywide  events  such  as  read-a-thons 
or  cosponsorship  of  an  author-illustrator  with  a  bookstore  or  PTA. 

Bring  technology  into  your  programming  particularly  in  the  schools. 
Use  interactive  video  to  involve  an  entire  school  building  in  a  project  on 
reliving  history  or  taking  a  trip  into  space.  Connecting  a  videodisc,  video- 
tape, filmstrip,  or  slide  projector  to  a  microcomputer  allows  the  student  to 
make  interactive  decisions  involved  with  a  scenario  (Troutner,  1983,  pp. 
337-340).  Think  of  the  possibilities. 

Does  your  school  or  library  have  cable  access  and  capabilities?  Besides 
routine  school  newscasts,  instructional  demonstrations,  and  story  pro- 
grams, how  about  having  students  present  book  reviews  on  the  air  and 
running  them  as  spot  announcements  during  the  day  or  in  the  school 
cafeteria  at  noon  time? 

The  Energy  Center  is  where  things  happen.  It  is  the  pulse,  the  power 
source  that  gives  your  library  vitality.  Make  it  come  alive  with  creative,  fun, 
and  involving  activities. 

Community  Hub 

To  get  community  involvement  you  need  to  know  your  community — 
i.e.,  percentages  of  population  by  age,  ethnic  groups,  diversity,  and  loca- 
tion. What  do  demographics  tell  you  about  the  community?  What  is  the 
birthrate  in  your  area?  What  ethnic  group  is  having  the  most  babies? 

The  1980  census  reveals  the  average  white  in  America  is  thirty-one 
years  old,  the  average  black  twenty-five,  and  the  average  Hispanic  only 
twenty-two,  which  shows  a  definite  population  momentum  for  minorities. 
It  indicates  that  the  average  Hispanic  female  is  just  moving  into  the  peak 
childbearing  years  while  the  average  white  female  is  moving  out  of  them 
(Hodgkinson,  1985,  p.  3). 


Design  of  Youth  Services  37 


This  is  why  California  now  has  a  majority  of  minorities  in  its  elemen- 
tary schools,  while  Texas  schools  are  46  percent  minority,  and  half  the 
states  have  public  school  populations  that  are  more  than  25  percent  non- 
white,  while  all  of  the  twenty-five  largest  city  school  systems  have  minority 
majorities  (Hodgkinson,  1985,  p.  3). 

The  1980  census  indicates  that  59  percent  of  the  children  born  in  1983 
will  live  with  only  one  parent  before  they  reach  eighteen — that  becomes  the 
normal  childhood  experience.  Of  every  100  children  born  today,  twelve 
will  be  born  out  of  wedlock,  forty  will  be  born  to  parents  who  divorce 
before  the  child  is  eighteen,  five  will  be  born  to  parents  who  separate,  two 
will  be  born  to  parents  of  whom  one  will  die  before  the  child  is  eighteen, 
and  forty-one  will  reach  age  eighteen  "normally"  (Hodgkinson,  1985,  p. 
3). 

You  don't  exist  without  your  community.  Libraries  are  next  to  Mom 
and  apple  pie,  but  without  people — children  and  adults — you  have  no 
business.  So  service  is  the  key.  Do  you  have  a  large  number  of  families 
where  both  parents  work?  Has  attendance  at  the  regular  morning  story 
hour  dropped  because  of  few  children  or  because  those  children  are  in 
day-care  centers?  Demographics  indicate  that  the  number  of  children 
eligible  for  Head  Start  type  of  programs  will  increase  in  the  next  decade  as 
the  number  of  children  in  poverty  continues  to  expand.  That  number  of 
eligible  children  has  increased  by  one-third  while  the  funding  for  the 
programs  remained  the  same  as  in  1985.  How  does  that  affect  preschool 
services  in  schools  and  public  libraries?  Should  an  evening  story  hour 
program  be  offered  to  those  parents?  Should  the  public  library  plan  weekly 
sessions  with  Head  Start,  should  the  Head  Start  groups  meet  in  the  public 
library  or  in  the  school  library,  where  will  Head  Start  programs  get 
materials  and  books  without  sufficient  funds? 

Reading  parents  have  reading  children.  Libraries  should  foster  pro- 
grams for  parents,  informational  and  educational  programs  to  help  them 
"parent" — e.g.,  how  to  choose  day-care  facilities,  how  to  choose  educa- 
tional toys,  discussions  of  quality  videos  that  are  available  for  purchase, 
computer  instruction  with  their  kids,  cable  TV  programs  on  good  books, 
etc.  Consider  parent-child  learning  centers  as  an  alternative  approach  to 
programming  for  preschoolers.  The  learning  centers  are  special  places  in 
the  library  where  parents  and  children  interact  together.  The  tactile  expe- 
riences, "hands-on"  art  processes,  music,  and  physical  activities  are 
designed  to  enhance  the  development  of  prereading  skills  and  directly 
involve  the  parent  in  the  learning  process  (Rogers  &  Herrin,  1986,  pp. 
343-355).  The  benefits  are  parent  education,  service  to  children,  and  a 
positive  attitude  toward  the  library. 

Other  programs  and  services  that  reach  out  into  the  community  are 
read-a-thons  with  local  bookstores  and  local  celebrities,  summer  reading 


38  Managers  and  Missionaries 


programs  for  which  schools  loan  copies  of  their  books  to  public  libraries 
for  the  summer,  reading  competitions  that  reward  quality  reading  in 
liaison  with  the  schools,  a  holiday  activity  program  on  a  Saturday  for 
children  to  allow  parents  to  go  shopping  without  them. 

The  library  should  be  seen  as  a  focal  point  of  the  community,  provid- 
ing service  and  responding  to  its  needs.  A  major  factor  in  families  is  the 
high  percentage  of  women  in  the  work  force.  The  number  of  latchkey 
children  has  shown  a  major  increase  and  will  continue  to  rise.  There  are  at 
least  4  million  school  age  latchkey  children  in  the  United  States  (Hodgkin- 
son,  1985,  p.  8).  Where  are  they  after  school  in  your  community? 

Susan  Rosenzweig,  information  manager  for  the  Center  for  Early 
Adolescence,  has  identified  criteria  for  developing  responsive  after-school 
programs  for  young  adolescents  that  are  what  children  and  parents  want. 
The  successful  programs  use  community  resources,  invite  parent  partici- 
pation, provide  staff  training,  utilize  interagency  cooperation,  and  demon- 
strate longevity  in  the  community.  They  are  proof  that  energetic  and 
committed  adults  can  meet  the  challenge  of  aiding  and  promoting  the 
healthy  development  of  adolescents  (Center  for  Early  Adolescence,  1983, 
pp.  37-47). 

Agencies  are  part  of  the  community  hub.  Can  your  library  assist  with 
providing  collections  of  books,  provide  training  to  leaders  and  staff  in 
areas  like  puppet  making  and  how  to  share  and  read  a  book,  or  write  a 
newsletter  every  several  months  with  titles  of  new  preschool  books  avail- 
able at  the  public  library? 

For  teachers  and  school  librarians,  how  about  an  annual  open  house 
to  talk  about  the  best  children's  books  of  the  year?  The  books  the  public 
librarian  is  "selling"  to  kids  are  the  ones  the  school  librarian  needs  to  know 
since  children  may  be  asking  for  them.  If  the  public  librarian  prepares  a 
booklist  of  gift  books,  it  should  be  sent  to  the  school  librarian.  Even  better, 
almost  every  school  district  has  a  newsletter  that  is  sent  to  parents  and 
taxpayers.  The  school  and  public  librarian  should  jointly  write  an  article 
on  books  to  give  as  gifts  to  children.  Corresponding  displays  are  a  good 
reinforcement.  Share  your  enthusiasm  for  books  by  helping  teachers  bring 
books  into  the  classroom,  helping  school  librarians  keep  current  with  new 
titles,  and  helping  parents  select  books  to  buy  with  recommended 
booklists. 

These  people  are  paying  the  taxes  that  support  your  library,  school  or 
public.  Plan  your  service  to  benefit  them  and  involve  them. 

Conclusion 

Does  all  of  this  sound  like  you're  expected  to  be  six  people  rolled  into 
one?  Yes,  it  does.  The  truth  of  the  matter  is  that  the  children's  librarian  and 


Design  of  Youth  Services  39 


school  media  specialist  are  the  Renaissance  people  of  the  profession.  You 
are  expected  to  know  how  to  run  the  children's  department,  know  the 
children's  materials  both  print  and  nonprint,  plan  programs,  work  at  the 
adult  reference  desk  to  help  cover  the  schedule  (or  fill  in  in  the  classroom), 
know  the  best-sellers  and  adult  reference  materials,  understand  computers 
and  automation,  provide  outreach  to  the  community,  know  how  to  deal 
with  teenagers,  have  competent  managerial  skills,  often  serve  as  second  in 
command,  and  smile  as  you  try  to  cram  sixty  hours  of  work  into  a  thirty- 
five  to  forty  hour  work  week.  Is  the  adult  librarian  expected  to  know 
children's  books?  Is  a  teacher  expected  to  fill  in  in  the  school  library?  Who 
covers  the  children's  section  when  you  are  not  there — most  likely  a  page  or 
an  aide?  Is  the  director  or  supervisor  expected  to  have  specialist  skills  as 
well  as  administrative  ones?  The  answers  are  no.  Nor  is  this  inequity  likely 
to  change. 

So  how  are  you  supposed  to  find  time  to  "design"  youth  services?  You 
make  time  (remember,  youth  specialists  can  do  anything).  If  you  don't 
have  a  vision  of  service  in  mind  and  goals  in  sight,  your  library's  service  to 
children  is  apt  to  be  underfunded,  unused,  uninviting,  or  unappreciated. 

Hugh  Atkinson,  in  his  article  "Strategies  for  Change:  Part  I,"  stated: 
"The  prime  thing  to  remember  when  trying  to  plan,  perform,  or  simply 
survive  library  activities  in  the  next  decades  is  that  the  value  of  library 
successes  comes  from  meeting  the  needs  of  the  patrons.  Those  patrons  are 
changing — their  attitudes,  their  economic  status,  their  needs.  When  our 
patrons  change,  then  we  must  change  too"  (Atkinson,  1984,  p  58). 

Take  a  step  backward  and  take  a  hard  look  at  your  current  program  of 
service.  Use  demographics  to  determine  the  changes  that  are  shaping  your 
future  community,  the  next  decade  of  children  and  parents,  and  the  decade 
after  that.  What  are  those  changes  telling  you  about  the  needs  of  the 
community? 

Stop  and  look  at  the  pie — plan,  implement,  and  evaluate  in  terms  of 
these  six  areas:  ( 1 )  communication  center,  (2)  reflections — room  of  mirrors, 
(3)  information  retrieval  center,  (4)  library — den — study,  (5)  energy  center, 
and  (6)  community  hub.  Are  you  in  touch;  does  your  image  shine;  are  all 
avenues  of  access  open  to  you  and  the  youth  you  serve;  what  is  your 
library's  role  in  literacy;  is  there  life,  vitality,  and  energy  lighting  up  your 
library;  and  do  you  know  your  community  and  are  you  involving  them  in 
using  the  library?  As  long  as  all  of  the  pieces  are  in  place  and  aligned  with 
each  other,  you  have  a  blueprint,  a  design  for  service.  You  are  establishing 
the  significance  of  libraries  in  an  individual's  life  and  the  community's 
existence.  The  library  youth  specialist  is  the  Renaissance  person  of  tomor- 
row. Work  from  the  past,  assess  the  now,  design  the  future. 


40  Managers  and  Missionaries 


NOTES 

Center  for  Early  Adolescence.  (1983).  3-6  p.m.:  after-school  programming  for  early  adoles- 
cence. Top  of  the  News,  40,  37-47. 

Cummins,  J.  (1980).  Management  in  children's  services.  The  Bookmark,  39,  7-10. 

Fasick,  A.  M.  (1984).  Moving  into  the  future  without  losing  the  past:  Children's  services  in  the 
information  age.  Top  of  the  News,  40,  405-413. 

Flagg,  G.  (1986).  In  the  news:  "no  adversary,"  says  Bennett.  American  Libraries,  17,  737-739. 

Hodgkinson,  H.  L.  (1985).  All  one  system:  Demographics  of education- kindergarten  through 
graduate  school.  Washington,  DC:  Institute  for  Educational  Leadership. 

Irving,  J.  (1985).  From  sheep  to  shirt:  Intergenerational  approaches  to  library  programs.  Illi- 
nois Libraries,  67,  82-84. 

Lintner,  B.  (1985).  Computers  and  kids:  Capitalizing  on  a  natural  compatibility.  Illinois 
Libraries,  67,  91-93. 

Once  upon  a  time....  (1986).  New  York:  Putnam. 

Rogers,  P.,  &  Herrin,  B.  (1986).  Parent-child  learning  centers:  An  alternative  approach  to  li- 
brary programming  for  preschoolers.  Top  of  the  News,  42,  343-355. 

Troutner,  J.  J.  (1983).  The  magic  of  interactive  video.  Top  of  the  News,  39,  337-340. 

Beckman,  M.  (1987).  Online  catalog  development  at  the  University  of  Guelph.  Library 
Trends,  35,  527-537. 

Florida  Center  j or  Library  Automation  Technical  Bulletin.  (1986).  1(5),  3. 

Florida,  Postsecondary  Education  Planning  Commission.  (1988,  February  25).  Automation 
and  Networking  for  Florida  Libraries,  p.  iv. 

Hildreth,  C.  R.  (1987).  Beyond  Boolean:  Designing  the  next  generation  of  online  catalogs. 
Library  Trends,  35,  647-667. 

Linsley,  L.  S.,  et  al.  (1986).  The  future  is  now — the  online  catalog.  Poster  Session,  19. 

Nielson,  B.,  &  Baker,  B.  (1987).  Educating  the  online  catalog  user:  A  model  evaluation  study. 
Library  Trends,  35,  571-585. 


CHRISTY  TYSON 

Young  Adult  Services  Coordinator 
Spokane  Public  Library 
Spokane,  Washington* 


Coalition-Building:  Maybe  Tomorrow? 
Maybe  Today! 


It's  Tuesday  morning  at  Spokane  Public  Library.  You  work  your  way  from 
the  car  to  the  employee's  entrance  through  thirty-five  people  clutching 
shopping  bags.  It's  the  annual  Friends  of  the  Library  Used  Book  Sale.  You 
can  get  in — they  have  to  wait  until  nine.  They  glare.  You  enter  rather  more 
quickly  than  usual.  "Hey,  Tyson!  Guess  what  your  kids  were  up  to  last 
night?"  It's  the  maintenance  man.  He  found  the  patron  sunflower  shell 
stash.  You  smile  and  move  on  not  stopping  to  point  out  that  last  week, 
when  they  spoke  to  the  city  council  in  support  of  library  funding,  they  were 
"our  kids."  A  reference  librarian  shares  the  elevator  with  you.  "You've got 
to  do  something  about  those  teachers!  I've  had  it  with  kids  who  have  to  read 
the  same  book — twenty-five  of  them  last  night  alone,  all  looking  for  some 
novel  that  went  out  of  print  in  1920."  "Yes."  you  smile.  "It's  always  hard 
when...."  "I  don't  want  sympathy.  I  want  action!" 

In  the  office  you  reach  for  the  phone.  A  call  to  the  school  is  in  order, 
but  the  director  stops  by  first.  "Nice  work  you  did  on  that  budget  justifica- 
tion."  You  begin  to  bask.  "Excellent  work  for  a  first  draft."  The  glow  fades. 
"You  will  have  the  fleshed-out  version  in  by  five,  won't  you?"  Oh  well. 
Who  needs  lunch?  You  reach  for  the  phone  again,  but  the  first  of  the  young 
adult  selection  team  drifts  in.  "I  hope  you  don't  expect  to  see  many  high 
school  book  talks  this  year.  I  just  can't  seem  to  get  in  the  door."  "Well, 
actually,  there  are  a  few  other  things  you  could  try...."  The  collection 
development  coordinator  leans  through  the  doorway.  "Meeting  today? 
Remember  if  you  want  the  rest  of  your  materials  allocation  for  this  year  I'll 
need  your  order  forms  by  this  afternoon."  "We're  losing  money?"  chorus 
the  rest  of  the  staff.  "But  I  need  more  D  and  D!"  "V.  C.  Andrews!"  "Sweet 

•Christy  Tyson,  now  Youth  Services  Consultant  with  the  Alabama  Public  Library  Service, 
was,  at  the  time  of  the  Allerton  Conference,  Young  Adult  Services  Coordinator  at  Spokane 
(Washington)  Public  Library. 

41 


42  Managers  and  Missionaries 


Valley  High!"  "Yes,  but  Nancy  here  has  an  interesting  problem.  How  do 
you  get  invited  to  a  school  if  your  first  contact  doesn't  work?"  "I  told  her 
what  worked  for  me.  She  just  didn't  want  to  listen."  "Can't  we  postpone 
this  until  next  month?  I  want  to  order  replacements  today." 

By  late  afternoon  you  can  breathe  a  minute.  The  budget  draft  is 
completed.  You've  submitted  your  order  forms.  You've  even  had  a  minute 
to  talk  with  a  few  young  adults  who  stopped  by.  You  pause.  You  reach  for 
the  phone.  The  acquisitions  clerk  brings  back  your  order  cards — 
"Incomplete."  Can't  call  now.  It's  time  to  search  for  missing  ISBNs. 

You  return  to  your  office.  The  mail  has  arrived.  The  phone  still  waits, 
but  it's  really  too  late  to  call  now.  You  sort  through  the  mail.  Three 
publisher's  catalogs — same  company — all  addressed  to  you  by  name.  An 
invitation  to  a  Planned  Parenthood  Open  House.  You'll  have  to  say  no.  It's 
the  same  time  as  your  shift  on  the  reference  desk.  A  newsletter  from  the 
regional  library  association  announcing  upcoming  workshops.  Today  the 
one  on  time  management  looks  especially  appealing.  You  check  the  dates. 
You  hope  the  people  who  attended  last  week  enjoyed  it.  You  pause  to  curse 
your  place  on  the  routing  slip.  Ah,  at  last — the  latest  issue  of  your  favorite 
library  journal.  You  open  the  cover,  lean  back,  and  freeze  as  you  read  the 
title  of  the  lead  article — "Better  Living  through  Coalition-Building.  "You 
look  at  the  phone.  You  hear  the  voice  of  your  library  professor  echoing  in 
your  memory:  "Good  outreach  is  action,  not  reaction."  The  line  on  your 
job  description  comes  back  to  haunt  you:  "Is  responsible  for  interacting 
regularly  with  other  youth-serving  agencies  in  the  community."  You 
gently  pound  your  head  against  the  desk  top. 

In  reality,  of  course,  most  days  are  not  quite  so  overwhelming.  I  do 
manage  to  find  time  to  interact  with  school  personnel,  usually  through 
monthly  lunches,  and  to  visit  most  of  the  youth-serving  agencies  in  the  city 
at  least  once  a  year.  However,  I  am  all  too  aware  that  there  is  much  more 
that  should  be  done  if  we  are  to  develop  a  program  that  supports  the  needs 
and  interests  of  Spokane's  young  people  as  fully  as  they  deserve.  I  also 
know  that  even  on  the  most  hectic  of  days  I  have  choices.  I  would  like  to 
think  that  those  choices  are  based  on  the  library's  goals  and  objectives. 
However,  I  know  that  there  are  other  factors  at  work  for  me,  and,  I  suspect, 
for  others  in  youth  services  as  well.  I  don't  find  much  value  in  harangues  or 
breast-beating.  Instead,  I  would  like  to  step  back  and  explore  how 
coalition-building  is  supported  or  resisted  by  the  profession. 

Coalitions  are  most  commonly  defined  as  groups  of  agencies,  organi- 
zations, or  individuals  with  different  missions  but  with  some  commonality 
of  concerns  or  interests,  coming  together  to  address  those  areas.  Coalitions 
may  be  informal — such  as  the  once-a-month  lunches  in  Spokane — or  may 
be  highly  formalized  national  or  even  international  groups — such  as  the 
Coalition  for  Literacy  or  the  National  Coalition  Against  Censorship. 


Coalition-Building  43 


Coalitions  often  lead  to  more  formalized  structures  such  as  networks  or 
cooperatives  in  which  contracts  are  drawn,  resources  allocated,  and  mis- 
sions modified  or  expanded  to  reflect  the  needs  of  participating  agencies  as 
well  as  the  new  organization  as  a  whole. 

From  the  earliest  days  of  youth  services  in  American  libraries,  exam- 
ples of  coalition-building  can  be  found.  As  early  as  1896,  when  Anne 
Carroll  Moore  became  head  of  the  Children's  Library  at  Pratt  Institute  in 
Brooklyn,  the  pattern  was  set.  She  worked  intensively  with  settlement 
houses  in  the  area  in  order  to  introduce  children  of  the  poor  to  the  library 
despite  restrictive  policies  and  protectionist  practices  of  the  time.  Her  work 
continued  through  the  1920s  at  New  York  Public  Library  where  she  is 
credited  with  bringing  thousands  of  children  into  the  library,  in  no  small 
part  due  to  the  cooperative  relationships  she  developed  with  local  agencies 
(Braverman,  1979,  pp.  16-72). 

In  1906,  New  York  Public  Library  set  another  early  example  of  pio- 
neering school-public  library  interaction.  A  position  was  established  just 
to  work  with  schools.  Branch  libraries  were  surveyed,  resources  relegated, 
staff  evaluated,  and  programs  planned  to  address  school-related  needs. 
Through  the  1950s  this  program  intensified  and  expanded  to  include 
vocational  and  parochial  schools  and  also  began  to  include  other  agencies 
concerned  with  youth  (Braverman,  1979,  pp.  79-113). 

In  Cleveland,  too,  the  pattern  of  coalition-building  was  established 
early.  By  the  1940s  Jean  Roos,  administrator  of  work  with  youth  at  Cleve- 
land Public  Library,  was  active  on  at  least  twenty  youth  committees  in  the 
area.  As  at  New  York  Public  Library,  the  connection  with  local  schools  was 
strong,  with  the  public  library  being  responsible  for  providing  school 
library  services  in  the  late  1800s  and  early  1900s.  By  the  1920s,  the  Board  of 
Education  had  assumed  responsibility  for  providing  the  quarters  for 
school  libraries  and  for  materials  that  directly  related  to  the  curriculum, 
but  the  public  library  shared  the  cost  of  salaries  and  provided  support 
materials,  a  model  of  joint  planning  that  continued  in  one  form  or  another 
through  1970  (Braverman  1979,  pp.  116-177). 

Such  models  are  not  solitary  exceptions  or  remnants  of  a  bygone  era. 
Indeed,  the  profession  itself  has  called  for  and  continues  to  call  for 
coalition-building  as  part  of  every  library's  youth  services  program. 
"Young  Adult  Services  in  the  Public  Library"  (Public  Library  Associa- 
tion, American  Library  Association  [ALA],  in  1960)  and  "Standards  for 
Children's  Services"  (1964)  both  call  for  cooperation  with  schools  and 
other  youth-concerned  agencies.  The  first  states,  "the  young  adult  librar- 
ian should  maintain  contacts  with  all  community  agencies  serving  teen- 
agers and  young  adults"  (Public  Library  Association,  1960).  It  goes  on  to 
recommend  that  if  a  forum  for  interaction  does  not  exist,  the  library  would 
do  well  to  take  the  lead  in  establishing  such  a  forum.  "Standards  for 


44  Managers  and  Missionaries 


Children's  Services  in  Public  Libraries"  echoes  this  recommendation  in  its 
Service  Objective  number  6:  "To  serve  as  a  social  force  in  the  community 
together  with  other  agencies  concerned  with  the  child's  welfare"  (Public 
Library  Association,  1964).  It  further  advises  that  this  responsibility  be 
extended  to  the  state  and  national  levels  as  well. 

At  the  state  level,  an  examination  of  guidelines  for  youth  services  in 
libraries,  from  those  states  that  have  such  guidelines,  reveals  that  the  call 
for  coalition-building  is  strong: 

— From  Illinois — "Communication  and  cooperation  with  schools  and 
other  community  agencies  serving  children  should  be  encouraged  and 
supported"  (Illinois  Library  Association,  1978). 

— From  Nebraska — "The  local  library  must  take  advantage  of  the  support 
available  from  the  library  system  and  the  state  library  agency  as  well  as 
cooperating  with  school  media  centers  and  other  community  agencies, 
groups  and  organizations  in  planning  programs  for  young  people" 
(Nebraska  Library  Commission,  1984). 

— From  New  York — "Cooperation  with  other  local  agencies  serving  youth 
and  close  working  relationships  with  schools  are  essential  for  the  public 
library  to  maintain  community  awareness.... Working  with  community 
agencies  can  help  the  children's  librarian  provide  better  service  to  chil- 
dren....The  children's  librarian  should  establish  cooperative  relation- 
ships with  other  libraries  in  the  community"  (New  York  Library  Associ- 
ation, 1984). 

— From  Ohio — "Cooperation  with  schools,  school  media  centers  and 
community  social  service  agencies  concerned  with  the  welfare  of  chil- 
dren is  encouraged.  A  sharing  and  blending  of  skills,  personnel  and 
ideas  will  benefit  all  involved"  (Ohio  Library  Association,  1984). 
— From  Vermont — "The  public  library  should  serve  as  a  social  force  in  the 
community  by  cooperating  with  other  agencies  concerned  with  the 
child's  welfare.. ..libraries  should  cooperate  with  other  agencies  in  the 
community  to  plan  and  carry  out  library-related  programs  for  children. 
This  means  the  library  going  into  the  community  as  well  as  groups 
coming  into  the  library.... There  is  a  need  for  continuous  communica- 
tion between  the  public  library  and  schools,  nursery  schools  and  day  care 
centers  in  order  that  all  children  benefit  from  the  services  the  public  li- 
brary can  provide.... A  library  has  the  civic  responsibility  to  cooperate 
with  social  agenices  and  institutions  involved  with  education,  enrich- 
ment and  well-being  of  children  in  the  community"  (Vermont  Depart- 
ment of  Libraries,  1979). 

The  1985  American  Library  Association  President's  Program  theme 
was  "Forging  Coalitions  for  the  Public  Good."  Three  of  the  eight  recom- 
mendations in  "Alliance  for  Excellence:  Librarians  Respond  to  A  Nation 
at  Risk"  are  based  on  intertype  library  cooperation.  Federal  funding  in  the 


Coalition-Building  45 


form  of  Library  Services  and  Construction  Act  Title  III  grants  have  been 
allocated  just  to  support  interlibrary  cooperation.  The  literature  contains 
many  examples  of  coalition-building,  and  most  of  these  include  a  strong 
call  for  others  to  begin  or  increase  their  commitment. 

Coalition-building  is  firmly  rooted  in  our  professional  traditions.  Its 
value  is  reflected  in  virtually  every  document  describing  youth  services 
from  the  state  or  national  perspective.  Calls  for  action  appear  regularly  in 
library  literature.  Then  coalition-building  must  be  an  established  part  of 
every  youth  services  librarian's  work.  Yet  my  experiences  in  Spokane  lead 
me  to  believe  differently.  A  1986  survey  conducted  in  Washington  State 
also  indicates  that  coalition-building  is  not  as  widespread  as  we  might 
assume.  Of  the  sixty-six  responding  children's  and  young  adult  librarians, 
only  twenty-six  or  39  percent  met  with  other  youth  services  librarians  in 
their  areas  to  discuss  issues  and  coordinate  activities  and  programs  with 
any  regularity  at  all.  Sixty  percent  had  not  interacted  with  other  youth 
services  librarians  outside  their  own  systems  at  all  during  the  last  year. 
This  disparity  between  professional  expectations  and  actual  experiences 
demands  further  consideration.  Each  of  us  must  ask  ourselves:  How  do  I 
feel  about  the  importance  of  coalition-building  in  my  work?  Is  it  a  high 
priority?  Am  I  doing  as  much  as  I  should?  Am  I  doing  as  much  as  I  would 
like?  Do  I  enjoy  the  coalition-building  I  do?  What  do  I  feel  are  the  major 
obstacles  to  doing  more? 

In  a  1986  survey,  thirty-one  children's  and  young  adult  services  spe- 
cialists representing  twenty-one  states  were  asked  similar  questions.  Some 
interesting  perceptions  were  revealed.  While  the  majority  viewed 
coalition-building  as  the  third  highest  priority  of  their  youth  services 
program  (following  collection  development  and  reference/reader's  guid- 
ance), 26  percent  admitted  that  they  were  doing  only  "so-so"  and  42 
percent  saw  themselves  as  doing  "not  much  of  anything"  in  terms  of 
achieving  success  (see  Appendix  1).  It  should  be  noted  that,  while  this 
perception  may  seem  rather  grim,  collective  assessment  of  success  in  out- 
reach is  even  lower.  However,  that  is  another  story.  For  our  purposes  the 
pattern  is  clear.  My  concerns  are  not  unique.  A  significant  portion  of  youth 
services  librarians  see  themselves  as  doing  almost  all  they  should  in  such 
in-house,  patron-responsive  functions  as  collection  development,  reader's 
guidance,  and  reference,  but  when  they  move  into  more  proactive  func- 
tions such  as  outreach,  programming,  and  coalition-building,  our  percep- 
tions of  success  take  a  decided  dip.  We  know  what  we  should  be  doing,  but 
we  don't  do  it.  A  number  of  respondents  chose  to  add  explanations  for  low 
success  citing  lack  of  administrative  support,  uncooperative  staff,  diffi- 
culty of  planning  for  activities  outside  the  library,  lack  of  time,  or 
lack  of  money.  I  have  no  doubt  that  all  these  factors  play  a  very  large  part. 
They  do  for  me.  However,  two  other  factors  must  also  be  considered— i.e., 


46  Managers  and  Missionaries 


perhaps  the  success  level  is  not  in  our  administrative  support  but  in 
ourselves. 

Even  Ferber,  a  library  consultant  and  specialist  in  human  resource 
development,  lists  the  following  as  necessary  for  effective  coalition- 
building: 

Interpersonal  Communication,  including  contacting  (establishing  rapport), 
active  listening  (attentiveness,  clarifying,  paraphrasing),  appropriate  nonverbals 
(eye  contact,  body  language). 

Negotiation,  including  data  gathering,  strategizing,  probing,  blocking  attacks, 
building  on  others'  ideas,  acknowledging,  constructively  criticizing. 
Group  Process  Facilitation,  including  maintenance  of  group  cohesion,  getting 
the  task  done. 

Assertiveness  and  Proactive  Skills,  including  self-initiating,  self-directing,  self- 
motivation. 

Networking  Skills,  including  initiating  contacts,  convening  groups,  acting  as 
liaison. 

Problem-Solving,  including  brainstorming,  problem  identification  and  analysis, 
action  planning. 

Organizational  Savvy,  including  knowledge  of  power  and  influence  in  the  orga- 
nization through  theory,  data  gathering  and  analysis. 

A  Healthy  Self  Image,  including  good  internal  sense  of  worth,  appropriate  dress 
and  appearance.  (Ferber,  personal  communication,  August  13,  1986) 

All  of  these  areas — even  the  last — can  be  strengthened  through  train- 
ing, yet  few  are  included  in  most  library  school  course  offerings.  An 
examination  of  course  listings  from  fifty-four  ALA-accredited  master's 
degree  programs  revealed  that  only  four  offer  courses  that  might  support 
students  in  the  development  of  any  of  these  skills.  Clearly  there  is  a  conflict 
between  professional  expectations  and  professional  training — at  least  at 
the  master's  degree  level.  Lack  of  training  cannot  help  but  contribute  to  the 
lack  of  confidence  which  must  impact  both  our  perceived  and  actual 
success  as  coalition  builders.  We  see  ourselves  as  doing  very  well  in  the 
areas  most  commonly  included  in  library  coursework — e.g.,  collection 
development  and  reference/reader's  guidance.  Respectively,  35  percent 
and  25  percent  felt:  "We  are  doing  all  we  should,"  and  64  percent  and  44 
percent  gave  themselves  at  least  an  above-average  rating  in  these  areas. 
However,  coalition-building,  one  of  the  areas  that  depends  on  the  kind  of 
skills  Ferber  describes,  was  rated  as  highly  successful  by  only  16  percent  of 
the  respondents  and  moderately  successful  by  an  additional  16  percent. 

An  additional  factor  that  may  influence  confidence  levels  in  coalition- 
building  is  the  nature  of  the  organizations  with  which  we  interact.  Of  the 
forty-one  groups  with  which  the  ALA's  Young  Adult  Services  Division 
and  Association  for  Library  Service  to  Children  have  established  contact, 
37  percent  represent  human  services  professions  that  include  interpersonal 
and  organizational  skills  as  part  of  their  training.  Not  only  do  we  lack  the 
skills  we  need  to  operate  with  full  effectiveness  in  coalition-building,  but 


Coalition-Building  47 


we  also  often  interact  with  people  who  are  extremely  skilled  in  just  those 
areas. 

Lack  of  training  can  be  corrected.  We  can  seek  out  training  experi- 
ences that  will  enrich  our  library  education.  We  can  work  with  local,  state, 
regional,  and  national  groups  that  support  continuing  education.  We  can 
encourage  library  schools  to  offer  courses  that  respond  to  our  needs  for 
behavioral  as  well  as  cognitive  knowledge. 

The  second  factor  that  may  influence  effectiveness  as  coalition- 
builders  is  not  a  matter  of  training  but  of  inclination.  Comments  included 
in  the  survey  responses  suggested  a  number  of  reasons  why  coalition- 
building  was  less  than  successful.  However  I  know  that  I  have  used  some  or 
all  of  those  reasons  to  justify  not  doing  things  I  didn't  want  to  do,  and  I 
have  managed  to  do  things  I  really  felt  were  important  despite  some  or 
occasionally  all  the  factors  mentioned  by  survey  respondents.  In  that 
typical  hectic  day  described  earlier,  I  made  choices  to  respond  to  adminis- 
trative deadlines,  to  take  time  to  talk  with  kids,  and  to  open  mail.  I  chose  to 
accept  my  floorwork  schedule  as  nonnegotiable.  I  made  these  decisions  and 
by  doing  so  did  not  respond  to  other  possibilities  including  two  that  would 
have  directly  supported  coalition-building.  Something  in  me  resisted  mak- 
ing those  actions  top  priority.  It  might  well  have  been  an  almost  subcon- 
scious response  to  system  goals,  but  it  also  might  have  been  personal 
inclination. 

Personal  preference — yours  and  mine — can  and  does  enter  into  our 
decision-making  processes.  It  is  vital  that  we  know  ourselves  well  enough 
to  detect  this  influence.  The  Myers-Briggs  Type  Indicator  is  a  tool  that  can 
be  helpful  in  just  this  area.  Based  on  Jung's  theory  of  psychological  types, 
it  measures  perception  and  judgment — the  way  we  look  at  things  and  the 
way  we  go  about  making  decisions  based  on  what  is  perceived.  It  is,  of 
course,  only  an  indication  of  tendencies.  However,  we  usually  develop 
more  skill  with  those  processes  we  prefer.  We  may  have  a  preference  for 
using  the  right  or  left  hand,  but  we  can  and  do  use  either  or  both  when 
needed.  The  four  areas  of  preference  measured  in  the  Myers-Briggs  Type 
Indicator,  then,  are: 

1 .  perception  directed  toward  the  outer  world  of  people  and  things  (called 
Extraversion  or  E)  or  toward  the  inner  world  of  theories  and  ideas 
(Introversion  or  /); 

2.  perception  based  on  known  facts  and  the  directly  observable  (called 
Sensing  or  S)  or  on  possibilities  and  relationships  (Intuition  or  N); 

3.  judgment  based  on  analysis  and  logic  (called  Thinking  or  T)  or  on 
personal  values  (Feeling  or  F); 

4.  judgment  in  a  planned,  orderly  way  (called  Judging  or  /)  or  in  a 
flexible,  spontaneous  way  (Perceptive  or  P)  (Myers  8c  McCaulley,  1985, 
pp.  1-5,  11-29). 


48  Managers  and  Missionaries 


While  all  these  factors  certainly  influence  how  we  approach  coalition- 
building,  the  first,  which  considers  our  preference  for  perceiving  through 
interaction  with  people  and  things  rather  than  through  theories  and  ideas, 
seems  most  significant  in  determining  any  personal  resistance  we  may 
have.  Myers-Briggs  surveyed  hundreds  of  people  in  a  variety  of  careers  and, 
based  on  267  librarians,  found  a  marked  preference  for  introversion — more 
than  60  percent  (Myers  &  McCaulley,  1985,  pp.  244-92).  However,  since  I 
have  heard  many  of  my  colleagues  express  on  more  than  one  occasion  that 
youth  services  specialists  may  well  be  more  people-oriented  than  librarians 
as  a  whole,  I  decided  to  explore  this  further. 

Twelve  youth  services  specialists  at  Spokane  Public  Library  agreed  to 
take  the  Myers-Briggs  instrument  and  share  the  results.  Each  of  us  reacted 
differently  to  the  experience.  Most  were  curious  and  gained  appreciation 
for  ourselves  and  our  colleagues  through  the  process.  For  some  the  expe- 
rience was  a  real  revelation  personally  as  well  as  professionally.  Comments 
ranged  from:  "No  wonder  I  get  so  tired  on  school  visit  days!"  to  "I  can't 
believe  it!  I  finally  know  why  I'm  different  from  the  people  around  me. 
And  it's  not  because  there  is  something  wrong  with  me!"  Now  we  often 
describe  our  actions  in  terms  of  the  results,  as  in  "Get  Marshall  to  explain 
this.  You're  sounding  too  W  for  me."  We  are  coming  to  cherish  differences 
and  to  capitalize  on  them. 

However,  in  combination,  a  clear  and  somewhat  frightening  picture 
emerged.  Of  the  twelve  specialists  who  took  the  instrument,  75  percent 
scored  in  the  /  range,  75  percent  in  the  N  range,  and  75  percent  in  the  F 
range  with  an  equal  division  between  P  and  /.  At  Spokane  Public  Library, 
according  to  the  Myers-Briggs  results,  youth  services  staff  is  more  con- 
cerned with  .possibilities  and  relationships  than  with  facts.  We  base  deci- 
sions more  on  personal  values  than  on  impersonal  analysis  and  logic.  We 
feel  more  comfortable  in  the  inner  world  of  theories  and  ideas  than  in  the 
outer  world  of  people  and  things,  even  more  so  than  librarians  in  general. 
No  wonder  we  have  such  difficulty  in  coalition-building.  Activities  based 
on  interaction  and  dependent  on  active  pursual  of  contacts  are  not  our 
preferred  styles.  Myers-Briggs  characterizes  the  /  personality  by  predicting 
that  such  people  would  find  work  .with  theories  and  ideas  energizing  and 
work  with  people  and  things  enervating.  However,  this  insight  allows  us 
to  do  something  about  it.  We  can  consciously  put  more  energy  into  those 
activities  we  know  are  not  typical  of  our  preferred  style.  We  can  acknowl- 
edge and  turn  to  those  that  operate  from  different  styles  for  strength  and 
support.  We  can  seek  out  training  opportunities  that  build  skills  and 
increase  confidence  in  areas  that  are  not  our  most  preferred.  We  can 
continue  to  explore  our  own  interests,  values,  and  skills  so  that  we  will  be 
as  aware  as  possible  of  the  factors  that  influence  our  work. 


Coalition-Building  49 


In  summary,  coalition-building  has  been  a  long-standing  tradition  in 
library  service  to  youth.  It  is  included  as  a  priority  in  virtually  every  set  of 
state  and  national  guidelines.  Calls  for  action  are  frequent  in  national 
forums.  Yet  our  perceptions  of  success  in  this  area  are  surprisingly  low. 
Two  factors  that  might  affect  this  have  been  examined:  lack  of  training  in 
interpersonal  and  organizational  skills;  and  personality  qualities  of  indi- 
vidual librarians  that  resist  proactive,  people-based  activities.  Yet  neither 
of  these  factors  is  insurmountable.  Instead,  I  recommend  that  as  individu- 
als and  as  a  profession  we: 
— seek  out  training  experiences  in  interpersonal  and  organizational  skills 

to  supplement  library  school  education; 
— actively  work  for  continuing  education  experiences  at  the  local,  state, 

and  national  levels  that  enhance  these  skills; 
— work  for  more  responsive  library  school  curricula; 
— reconsider  recruitment  of  library  school  students; 
— encourage  library  systems  to  provide  for  human  resource  development 

training  and  support;  and 
— accept  the  challenge  of  self-knowledge  and  learn  to  value  the  differences 

in  attitudes,  values,  and  skills  of  our  colleagues. 

More  research  is  necessary  in  both  issues  discussed  in  this  presenta- 
tion. My  inquiries  were  limited  and  basic,  but  the  tendencies  uncovered 
have  significance  for  current  and  projected  training  and  exploration.  Who 
we  are  as  real  or  potential  coalition-builders  is  not  solely  determined  by 
who  we  claim  to  be  in  policies  and  guidelines.  We  are  also  formed  by  our 
training  and  by  our  own  natures.  In  Spokane  we  have  begun  to  learn  more 
about  who  we  are  and  how  we  act  and  interact  in  order  to  increase  our 
effectiveness  at  work.  We  have  made  a  commitment  to  continue  this 
exploration.  However  we  must  all  commit  as  individuals  and  as  a  profes- 
sion to  honest  consideration  of  how  differences  in  skills  and  personalities 
impact  our  actions.  When  this  happens,  I  predict  the  next  survey  that 
comes  our  way  will  be  marked:  "We  are  doing  all  we  should." 


50  Managers  and  Missionaries 

APPENDIX 

Summary  of  a  1986  Survey  of  Youth  Services  Managers 

August  18,  1986 
Dear  Colleague, 

In  preparing  a  presentation  for  the  upcoming  Allerton  Institute  I  am  looking  into  youth 
services  managers'  attitudes  toward  delivery  of  service.  This  is  nothing  scientific  at  this  point. 
I  am  curious  only  about  general  trends  that  might  exist.  Please  take  a  minute  to  mark  the 
following  scales  and  send  me  your  responses  by  August  31.  A  self-addressed  envelope 
is  enclosed  for  your  use.  Remember  I'm  looking  for  your  impressions  as  to  how  well  your 
system  is  doing.  All  responses  will  be  kept  confidential.  THANK  YOU  FOR  YOUR 
COOPERATION! 

Christy  Tyson 
Spokane  Public  Library 


1.  Our  system  gives  collection  development  for  youth 

745% 3% 729% 10% 13%  7 

high  medium  low 

2.  Our  system  gives  reader's  guidance/reference  to  youth 

7  25% 19% 7  28% 9% 19%  7 

3.  Our  system  gives  in-house  programming  to  youth 

7  21% 6% 7  17% 6% 50%  7 

4.  Our  system  gives  coalition-building  with  other  youth-serving  agencies 

13%  723%  10%  32%  7 


5.  Our  system  gives  outreach  to  youth  (booktalks,  school  visits,  etc.) 

726% 13% 7  16% 3% 42%  7 

6.  In  the  area  of  COALITION-BUILDING, 

7  16% 16% 726% 0% 42%  7 

We  are  doing  so-so  We  aren't  doing 

all  we  should.  much  of  anything. 

1.  In  the  area  of  COLLECTION  DEVELOPMENT, 

735% 29% 7  19% 3% 13%  7 

8.  In  the  area  of  IN-HOUSE  PROGRAMMING, 

719%  19%  716%  10%  35%  7 


Coaliton-Building  51 


9.  In  the  area  of  OUTREACH, 

710%  23%  723% 


10.  In  the  area  of  REFERENCE/READER'S  GUIDANCE, 

7  25%  19%  7  34% 


50  surveys  sent  to  25  different  states 
31  responses  from  21  different  states 


52  Managers  and  Missionaries 


NOTES 

Braverman,  M.  (1979).  Youth,  society,  and  the  public  library.  Chicago:  ALA. 

Illinois  Library  Association,  Children's  Librarians'  Section,  Ad  Hoc  Committee  on  Stan- 
dards for  Children's  Library  Service.  (1978).  Guidelines  for  public  library  service  to 
children.  Pamphlet,  Illinois  Library  Association,  Springfield. 

Myers,  I.  B.,  &  McCaulley,  M.  H.  (1985).  Manual,  a  guide  to  the  development  and  use  of  the 
Myers-Briggs  type  indicator.  Palo  Alto,  CA:  Consulting  Psychologists  Press. 

Nebraska  Library  Commission.  (1984).  Guidelines  for  young  people's  library  service  in 
Nebraska.  Pamphlet  (draft),  Nebraska  Library  Commission,  Lincoln. 

New  York  Library  Association,  Youth  Services  Section.  Task  Force  on  Standards  for  Youth 
Services.  (1984).  Standards  for  youth  services  in  public  libraries  of  New  York  State. 
Pamphlet,  New  York  Library  Association,  New  York. 

Ohio  Library  Association,  Children's  Services  in  Libraries  and  School  Media  Centers  Divi- 
sion. (1984).  A  guideline  to  planning  public  library  service  to  children  in  Ohio.  Pam- 
phlet, Ohio  Library  Association,  Columbus. 

Public  Library  Association,  Committee  on  Standards  for  Work  with  Young  Adults.  (1960). 
Young  adult  services  in  the  public  library.  Pamphlet,  American  Library  Association, 
Chicago. 

Public  Library  Association,  Subcommittee  on  Standards  for  Children's  Services.  (1964). 
Standards  for  children's  services  in  public  libraries.  Pamphlet,  American  Library  Associa- 
tion, Chicago. 

Vermont  Department  of  Libraries,  Task  Force  on  Children's  Services.  (1979).  Recommenda- 
tions for  public  library  service  to  children  in  Vermont.  Pamphlet,  Vermont  Department 
of  Libraries,  Montpelier. 

Washington  Library  Association,  Children's  and  Young  Adult  Services,  Steering  Committee 
for  State  Guidelines  of  Youth  Services  in  Public  Libraries  of  Washington  State.  (1986). 
Survey  of  children's  and  young  adult  services.  Survey,  Washington  Library  Association, 
Olympia. 


ADDITIONAL  READING 

Wilson,  E.  (1983).  The  librarian  in  the  youth  services  network:  Nationally  and  locally.  In  E. 
V.  LiBretto  (Ed.),  New  Directions  for  young  adult  services  (pp.  103-15).  New  York:  R.  R. 
Bowker. 

Notes  on  Coalitions 

Allen,  P.  R.  (1983).  Toward  meeting  the  information  needs  of  young  people  in  New  York 

City.  In  E.  V.  LiBretto  (Ed.),  New  directions  for  young  adult  services  (pp.  1 17-28).  New 

York:  R.  R.  Bowker. 
Blake,  F.  M.,  etal.  (1985,  July).  Forging  coalitions  for  the  pub  lie  good.  Paper  presented  at  the 

American  Library  Association  President's  Program,  Chicago. 
Henington,  D.  M.  (1986).  Cooperation  in  serving  students.  In  A.  Ladenson  (Ed.),  The  urban 

public  library  makes  connections  for  better  service  (pp.  17-25).  Chicago:  Urban  Libraries 

Council. 

Howard,  E.  N.  (1978).  Local  power  and  the  community  library.  Public  Library  Reporter,  18. 
Miller,  S.  M.  (1983,  Fall).  Coalition  etiquette:  Ground  rules  for  building  coalitions.  Social 

Policy,  p.  19. 
Rosenzweig,  S.  (1986).  Libraries  and  liaisons:  Expanding  the  network.  TopoftheNews42(4), 

367-374. 
Sullivan,  P.  A.  (1979).  Library  cooperation  to  serve  youth.  In  J.  V.  Rogers  (Ed.),  Libraries  and 

young  adults  (pp.  113-18).  Littleton,  CO:  Libraries  Unlimited,  Inc. 


Coalition-Building  53 


Notes  on  Interpersonal 
and  Organizational  Exploration 

Forydyce,  J.  K.,  &  Weil,  R.  (1979).  Managing  with  people:  A  manager's  handbook  of  organiza- 
tion development  methods.  Reading,  MA:  Addison-Wesley. 

Hampden-Turner,  C.  (1982).  Maps  of  the  mind.  New  York:  Macmillan. 

Johnston,  D.  W.,  and  Johnson,  F.  P.  (1975).  Joining  together:  Group  therapy  and  group 
skills.  Englewood  Cliffs,  NJ:  Prentice-Hall,  Inc. 

Miller,  S.,  et  al.  (1981).  Straight  talk:  A  new  way  to  get  closer  to  others  by  saying  what  you 
really  mean.  New  York:  Rawson,  Wade  Publishing,  Inc. 

Powell,  J.  W.,  &  LeLieuvre,  R.  B.  (1979).  Peoplework.  Communications  dynamics  for  librar- 
ians. Chicago:  American  Library  Association. 


FRANCES  M.  McDONALD 

Associate  Professor 

Library  Media  Education 

Mankato  State  University 

Mankato,  Minnesota 


Access  to  Information:  Professional 
Responsibility  and  Personal  Response 


The  library  community  devotes  much  attention  to  outsiders  who  attempt 
to  impose  their  views  on  the  collection  development  process.  The  library 
community  expects  that  insiders  will  rally  and,  with  profound  indigna- 
tion, resist  efforts  by  outsiders  to  censor  library  resources.  Actual  happen- 
ings illustrate  that  this  does  not  always  occur.  In  fact,  well-publicized 
challenges  seem  to  result  in  restrictive  practices  by  some  librarians. 

A  school  librarian  declares  that  she  will  not  purchase  a  Judy  Blume 
book  because  Blume's  books  cause  too  much  trouble  (Hentoff,  1983,  p.  vii). 
A  secondary  school  librarian  states  that  "we  are  somewhat  selective  in  our 
choice  of  library  resources"  (McDonald,  1983,  p.  10).  A  public  librarian, 
after  a  successful  young  adult  Dungeons  and  Dragons  program,  vows  not 
to  repeat  the  program  because  of  isolated  community  reaction. 

There  is  no  indignation  at  these  events,  just  understanding.  There  is 
no  outcry,  just  a  recognition  that  the  librarian  was  acting  to  survive  and 
that  it  could  easily  have  been  any  librarian.  The  rationale  for  these  actions 
explains  the  difference  between  the  motivations  of  the  outsiders  and  the 
motivations  of  the  librarians.  They  say:  "I  disapprove  of  the  ideas  in  this 
book."  Librarians  say,  "the  book  has  no  literary  merit,"  or  "my  budget  has 
been  cut  and  I  can't  buy  everything."  The  outsiders  mean  that  they  fear  the 
ideas  in  the  book.  Librarians  mean  that  they  fear  the  results  to  themselves, 
and  they  fear  the  outsiders. 

While  virtually  all  of  the  voluminous  writing  on  censorship  focuses 
on  the  actions  of  outsiders,  much  of  the  actual  censorship  is  done  by 
librarians.  Quietly,  under  the  guise  of  selection,  spurred  by  rumors  of 
controversy,  or  the  tainting  of  an  author  because  of  continuous  efforts  to 
remove  her  books,  a  librarian  removes  a  book,  creates  a  restricted  shelf,  or 
neglects  to  buy  a  potentially  controversial  title. 

These  incidents  are  not  publicized;  they  never  reach  the  collective 
consciousness.  Librarians  do  not  report  their  self-censorship  to  the  press. 

55 


56  Managers  and  Missionaries 


In  effect,  librarians  erect  more  barriers  to  information  in  their  day-to-day 
activities  than  are  imposed  from  the  outside.  Persons  in  the  library  com- 
munity need  to  examine  their  reasoning  and  beliefs  and  face  the  fact  that 
the  most  serious  threat  to  access  to  information  comes  not  from  those 
outside  but,  in  fact,  results  from  the  fears,  values,  and  actions  of  librarians. 

The  library  community  has  known  that  librarians  have  censored 
materials  since  the  fifties  and  sixties  when  Fiske  (1959)  and  Farley  (1964) 
reported  their  research.  During  the  1970s,  Busha  (1972)  affirmed  earlier 
findings  and  added  significant  information  about  the  characteristics  of 
librarians  who  exhibit  censorious  inclinations.  Pope  (1974)  and  Woods 
and  Salvatore  (1981 )  provided  more  evidence  that  librarians  are  not  purists 
in  defending  intellectual  freedom.  Recently,  Hopkins  (1984,  pp.  9-22) 
reported  a  trend  toward  more  self-censorship  by  librarians.  The  for- 
merly secret  plague  of  librarians — self-censorship,  safe  selection,  restricted 
circulation — is  out  of  the  closet. 

Hopkins  (1984)  asked:  "How  widespread  is  precensorship  by  library 
media  specialists  and  what  can  the  profession  do  about  it  at  whatever  level" 
(p.  18)?  This  presentation  represents  one  person's  answer  to  that  question. 
It  is  time  for  the  profession  of  librarianship  to  stop  focusing  on  challenges 
to  resources  and  begin  to  examine  why  knowledge  of  intellectual  freedom, 
as  expressed  in  the  Library  Bill  of  Rights  and  the  Interpretations,  is  not 
enough  to  ensure  that  librarians  will  uphold  freedom-to-read  principles. 
Why  do  librarians  who  subscribe  to  a  Code  of  Ethics  (American  Library 
Association,  1985-1986,  p.  226),  violate  its  principles?  Why  do  librarians 
who  know  the  value  of  selection  policies  and  procedures,  fail  to  follow 
them?  The  library  profession  must  examine  why  librarians  are  able  to 
articulate  the  values  of  the  profession  and  yet  act  contrary  to  those  values.  Is 
it  the  preparation  programs?  Is  it  personal  characteristics,  levels  of  adult 
development,  or  the  cognitive  development  of  librarians?  Is  it  a  combina- 
tion of  factors? 

The  commitment  to  the  public's  right  to  read  must  go  beyond  the  verbalization 
stage  where  many  librarians  readily  give  lip  service  to  the  library  user's  right  to 
inquiry.  A  true  commitment  to  freedom  of  access  to  books  and  information  should 
progress  from  the  realm  of  abstract  conceptualization  to  functional  operation  in 
the  day-to-day  activities  of  the  librarian,  especially  when  a  library  is  confronted 
with  censorship  pressures.  (Busha,  1972,  p.  4) 

Based  on  observations  of  current  professional  practice  and  the  limited 
research  available,  it  is  possible  to  speculate  about  what  factors  affect  the 
inclination  of  librarians  to  act  in  a  manner  consistent  with  principles  of 
freedom  to  read.  Three  personal  components  appear  to  influence  reactions 
to  censorship  pressures:  first,  personal  characteristics  of  the  librarian; 
second,  level  of  commitment  to  a  professional  ethic;  and  third,  the  profes- 
sional preparation  of  the  librarian.  Three  external  components  appear  to 


Access  to  Information  57 


shape  the  personal  components:  first  the  milieu  in  which  the  librarian 
works — institutional  expectations,  the  authority  and  management  style  of 
supervisors,  and  the  characteristics  and  professional  commitment  of 
coworkers;  second,  actual  community  response  to  access  to  information, 
including  press  reactions  to  First  Amendment  freedoms  for  children  and 
young  adults;  and  third,  perceptions  of  community  values  and  likely 
tolerance  of  intellectual  freedom.  This  presentation  focuses  on  the  per- 
sonal components. 

Personal  Characteristics 

Librarians  talk  about  censorship  as  something  being  done  to  them. 
They  identify  the  censor  as  the  irate  parent  who  calls  the  principal,  or  stops 
at  the  office  of  the  head  librarian,  or  contacts  the  library  trustee.  However, 
definitions  of  censorship  make  it  clear  that  government  authorities  or  their 
agents  are  the  censors,  not  parents  or  other  citizens.  In  spite  of  Fiske's 
(1959),  Farley's  (1964),  and  Busha's  (1972)  findings,  librarians  refuse  to 
accept  the  term  for  themselves.  Librarians  compromise,  librarians  hold 
procensorship  attitudes,  and  librarians  censor.  Yet  librarians  profess  belief 
in  the  intellectual  freedom  principles  in  the  Library  Bill  of  Rights. 

Downs  (1984)  speculated  that  perhaps  there  was  something  in  the 
psychological  makeup  or  personality  of  librarians  which  led  to  their 
differing  approaches  to  the  selection  and  restriction  of  library  resources  (p. 
8).  Discussing  parental  reactions  to  young  adult  books,  but  applicable  in 
the  context  of  the  librarian  as  censor,  Broderick  (1984)  said  "it  is  unclear 
(because  we  have  no  real  psychological  research  into  the  characteristics  of 
censors)  whether  the  censors  have  never  achieved  the  formal  operations 
stage  in  their  cognitive  development  or  do  not  understand  the  process  that 
must  be  gone  through  to  achieve  this  level  of  thought"  (p.  44).  Fiske(1959) 
concluded  that  school  and  public  librarians  do  not  feel  strongly  enough 
"as  individuals  or  as  professionals  to  assert"  intellectual  freedom  values  in 
the  "face  of  public  disapproval"  (p.  1 10).  Busha  (1972)  showed  a  correla- 
tion between  authoritarian  beliefs  and  procensorship  attitudes  in  public 
librarians  (p.  336).  Farley  (1964)  found  that  more  than  half  of  the  secondary 
school  librarians  interviewed  expressed  "weak,  wavering,  uncertain,  or 
contradictory"  (p.  122)  attitudes  toward  library  censorship  and  concluded 
that  "librarians  censor  books  because  of  a  pressure  which  they  cannot 
identify"  (emphasis  added)  (p.  325). 

It  may  be  suggested  by  this  research.  .  .that  the  school  librarian  who  contemplates 
the  censoring  of  a  book  against  his  better  judgment  and  because  of  "pressure"  has 
a  professional  obligation  to  take  thought  and  to  attempt  to  identify  this  pressure 
to  his  own  satisfaction,  if  indeed  any  real  pressure  actually  exists,  (p.  335) 

Donelson  (1981)  said:  "I  have  no  idea  how  many  people  preach 


58  Managers  and  Missionaries 


freedom  and  education  while  stocking  only  those  books  that  please  the 
community,  placate  the  censor,  ignore  modern  problems,  eschew  moral 
issues,  and  therefore  avoid  controversies"  (p.  12).  The  Office  for  Intellec- 
tual Freedom  (1983)  described  four  factors  which  motivate  the  censor — 
family  values,  political  views,  religion,  and  minority  rights — and  added 
that  no  citizen  and  no  librarian  can  properly  assume  the  duty  or  right  to 
restrict  or  suppress  legally  protected  expressions  of  ideas  (pp.  173-74). 

The  library  profession  does  not  know  the  characteristics  of  a  librarian 
who  firmly  espouses  and  practices  intellectual  freedom  principles.  Also, 
the  profession  does  not  know  whether  librarians,  who  successfully  resist 
efforts  to  restrict  information,  exhibit  similar  characteristics.  The  profes- 
sion does  not  know  what  life  stages  or  passages  lead  to  the  ability  to 
comprehend  the  concepts  of  intellectual  freedom.  It  is  not  as  simple  as  age 
and  experience.  These  qualities  do  not  guarantee  upholding  the  Library 
Bill  of  Rights  or  only  first-  or  second-year  librarians  would  be  practicing 
self-censorship.  We  know  that  this  is  not  the  case. 

Professional  Ethics 

The  next  component  influencing  the  librarian's  reaction  to  censor- 
ship pressures  is  the  librarian's  level  of  commitment  to  a  professional 
ethic.  Behavior  in  a  challenge  situation  or  a  self-censorship  situation 
cannot  be  predicted  from  a  librarian's  verbal  report  of  valuing  an  ethical 
standard.  People  who  travel  around  the  country  speaking  to  librarians 
about  intellectual  freedom  issues  report  instances  of  rapt  audiences,  nod- 
ding in  agreement  at  every  intellectual  freedom  platitude  uttered,  with 
apparent  understanding  and  acceptance  of  the  principles  being 
expounded.  But,  invariably,  the  first  remarks  following  the  presentation 
illustrate  that  librarians  are  able  to  justify  self-censorship  by  the  unique 
conditions  in  which  they  work.  "Everything  you  say  is  right,  but  I  live  in  a 
conservative  community  (or  state),"  or,  "my  principal  has  said  I  must  keep 
the  community  in  mind  when  I  select."  Nat  Hentoff  illustrates  the  point 
with  descriptions  of  the  personal  reactions  of  several  librarians.  Two 
Minnesota  librarians  told  Hentoff.they  would  not  order  Judy  Blume  books 
because  her  books  are  "'too  much  trouble'  to  have  in  a  library.  "An  Illinois 
high  school  librarian,  convinced  that  abortion  is  murder,  will  have  no 
books  "that  may. ..encourage  students  to  commit  murder."  In  Massachu- 
setts, there  will  be  no  antiabortion  books  because  a  school  official  is 
convinced  that  these  books  promote  religion  (Hentoff,  1983,  p.  vii). 

Reading  a  Code  of  Ethics  or  the  Library  Bill  of  Rights  does  not  tell  the 
librarian  how  to  apply  the  principles  contained  in  the  documents.  Decid- 
ing what  to  do,  while  balancing  conflicting  claims  and  loyalties,  marks  the 
application  of  a  Code  of  Ethics.  Fully  subscribing  to  the  Code  of  Ethics 


Access  to  Information  59 


means  librarians  need  to  be  active  in  shaping  the  world  in  which  they  work 
and  not  remain  passive  and  be  molded  by  it.  If  the  people  the  librarian 
works  with  do  not  understand  freedom  to  read  concepts,  the  librarian  will 
experience  great  difficulty  in  exercising  ethical  behavior.  Confronted  with 
conditions  in  the  workplace  antithetical  to  intellectual  freedom,  the  librar- 
ian can  work  to  change  those  conditions  or  reject  the  ethics  of  the  profes- 
sion and  compromise.  Rather  than  accepting  the  view  of  the  principal,  the 
library  trustee,  or  the  vocal  citizen,  the  librarian  has  a  professional  respon- 
sibility to  proselytize  about  the  only  issue  on  which  there  are  no  opposing 
viewpoints.  If  librarians  do  not  explain,  exhort,  and  teach  the  importance 
of  the  principles  governing  librarianship,  who  will  do  it? 

Professional  Preparation  of  Librarians 

The  third  component  which  shapes  the  personal  responses  of  librar- 
ians is  their  professional  preparation.  No  one  disputes  the  fact  that  intel- 
lectual freedom  receives  attention  during  library  school.  Students  in 
library  media  education  courses  spend  considerable  time  studying  the 
principles  of  selection.  Students  learn  to  develop  and  apply  criteria  for  the 
selection  of  resources.  Librarians  are  taught  the  importance  of  following 
approved  policies  and  procedures  when  resources  are  challenged.  Freedom 
of  access  to  information  is  promoted  as  a  professional  value.  However,  in 
spite  of  passing  tests  on  principles  of  selection,  writing  drafts  of  selection 
policies,  and  being  able  to  apply  valid  criteria  to  the  selection  of  resources, 
librarians'  professional  practices  do  not  always  reflect  what  was  learned. 
Library  educators  appear  to  believe  that  if  students  are  presented  with  a 
Library  Bill  of  Rights  during  their  professional  preparation,  they  will 
have  learned  what  it  means  and  will  transfer  its  principles  to  behavior  at 
the  reference  desk,  the  circulation  desk,  or  when  selecting  resources. 
Apparently  library  media  educators  expect  that  if  cognitive  objectives  are 
met,  there  will  be  a  corresponding  development  of  appropriate  behavior. 
The  expectation  is  unfounded  because  self-censorship  suggests  that  library 
education  has  not  been  effective  in  teaching  students  to  apply  the  Library 
Bill  of  Rights  in  the  workplace. 

The  Proposed  Agenda 

Solving  the  problem  of  the  conflict  between  professional  responsibil- 
ity and  personal  reactions  requires  efforts  on  the  part  of  the  entire  library 
profession  including  library  media  educators,  professional  organizations, 
and  librarians  themselves.  A  threefold  agenda  is  being  proposed:  first,  an 
education  which  includes  affective  development  as  well  as  cognitive  devel- 
opment; second,  a  profession  willing  to  work  to  foster  community  under- 
standing of  the  First  Amendment  and  the  principles  of  freedom  to  read  and 


60  Managers  and  Missionaries 


to  create  a  climate  of  intellectual  freedom  among  the  persons  with  whom 
the  librarian  works — e.g.,  supervisors,  teachers,  administrators,  library 
trustees,  and  school  board  members;  and  third,  a  research  agenda  to  iden- 
tify the  factors  which  contribute  to  the  willingness  or  reluctance  of  librar- 
ians to  act  on  intellectual  freedom  principles. 

Library  Education 

Clearly,  an  entrance  requirement  that  incoming  students  demonstrate 
the  right  personal  characteristics  before  admittance  to  library  school  is  not 
being  suggested.  Granted,  the  task  would  be  easy  if  all  students  arrived 
with  an  understanding  of  the  First  Amendment  learned  in  eighth  grade 
civics  class.  They  do  not.  The  suspected  amount  of  self-censorship  indi- 
cates that  current  teaching  strategies  have  been  unsuccessful  in  helping 
librarians  apply  freedom  to  read  principles.  Library  media  educators  must 
examine  current  methods  and  revise  them.  Library  school  faculty  must 
develop  learning  strategies  designed  to  help  students  learn  to  transfer  the 
principles  of  the  First  Amendment  to  professional  library  practice. 

Educators  are  beginning  to  understand  how  to  accomplish  the  type  of 
learning  needed  to  prepare  library  media  specialists  who  are  willing  to  act 
on  their  expressed  beliefs.  Educational  psychologists  tell  us  that  there  are 
three  domains  in  the  learning  environment — cognitive,  affective,  and  psy- 
chomotor.  Since  the  psychomotor  domain  deals  with  physical  skills,  it 
does  not  apply  here.  The  cognitive  domain  represents  information — i.e., 
knowing  the  norms  of  the  group.  The  affective  domain  concentrates  on 
attitudes  and  values,  which  lead  to  behavior  consistent  with  the  norms  of 
the  profession  (Bloom,  1956;  Krathwol  et  al.,  1964).  Both  knowing  and 
valuing  are  essential  to  create  First  Amendment  activists. 

Library  education,  as  most  of  education,  emphasizes  knowing,  speci- 
fically the  lower  levels  of  cognitive  learning.  But  cognition  goes  beyond 
knowing  and  comprehending,  to  what  are  commonly  called  higher  order 
thinking  skills — application,  analysis,  synthesis,  and  evaluation.  It  is  these 
higher  thinking  skills  that  will  provide  the  librarian  with  the  ability  to 
analyze  actions,  to  consider  the  implications  of  actions,  to  weigh  compet- 
ing values,  and  to  make  judgments  consistent  with  the  values  of  the 
profession.  Educational  activities  designed  to  help  students  apply  and 
evaluate  intellectual  freedom  principles  in  the  context  of  professional 
practice  might  help  librarians  transfer  knowledge  to  the  workplace.  How- 
ever, educating  the  mind  and  hoping  that  appropriate  behavior  will  follow 
is  not  enough. 

Behavior  has  a  cognitive  component  and  an  affective  component. 
Learning  about  intellectual  freedom  will  only  lead  to  action  if  the  student 
has  an  opportunity  to  participate  in  activities  also  emphasizing  affective 


Access  to  Information  61 


learning.  Affective  learning  begins  with  awareness,  moves  to  attitudes  and 
valuing  and,  if  effective,  results  in  actions.  Library  education  must  not 
merely  focus  on  attitudes  in  the  abstract  but  must  present  concrete  situa- 
tions, real  and  simulated,  to  help  students  examine  how  committed  they 
are  to  their  expressed  values  and  how  their  values  must  translate  to  behav- 
ior. When  actions  do  not  reflect  stated  values,  the  librarian  rationalizes  in 
terms  of  competing  values  in  an  attempt  to  explain  the  discrepancy. 
Library  students  need  to  have  an  opportunity  to  analyze  these  competing 
pressures  and  examine  the  implications  of  actions.  While  raising  aware- 
ness alone  will  not  change  attitudes  or  values,  creating  dissonance  by 
allowing  students  to  experience  the  conflict  between  theory  and  practice 
does  contribute  to  a  clarification  of  values  and  might  prepare  students  to 
respond  to  the  pressures  they  will  face.  The  cognitive  and  affective  compo- 
nents in  a  response  to  a  censorship  incident  or  an  inclination  to  self- 
censorship  are  illustrated  in  Table  1. 

The  message  for  library  educators  goes  beyond  what  has  been  pro- 
posed in  curriculum  reform.  Library  school  faculty  must  also  model 
intellectual  freedom  behavior  and  activism.  All  facets  of  professional  prep- 
aration must  be  couched  in  the  spirit  of  intellectual  freedom.  Selection 
courses  are  not  the  only  place  where  principles  of  intellectual  freedom  are 
taught.  Discussions  in  reference,  administration,  cataloging,  and  other 
courses  must  illustrate  practices  that  enhance  or  create  barriers  to  access 
information.  A  total  library  school  curriculum,  viewed  as  the  forum  for  the 
education  of  intellectual  freedom  activists,  enhances  the  likelihood  of 
success. 


TABLE  1 

PROCESS  OF  RESPONSE  TO  INTELLECTUAL  FREEDOM  INCIDENT 


Component 

Cognitive 

Affective 

Perceiving  of  a  censorship  situation 

Information 

Awareness 

including  recognition  of  how 

Knowledge 

actions  might  affect  others. 

Integrating  of  various  considerations 

Reasoning 

Responding 

in  order  to  formulate  what  course  of 

Comprehension 

action  would  best  fulfill  an  ethical 

ideal. 

Deciding,  calculating,  weighing,  and 

Analysis 

Valuing 

considering  other  values. 

Synthesis 

Implementing  and  executing  a  plan  of 

Evaluation 

Acting 

action,  evaluating  competence,  and 

expected  difficulties. 

Adapted  from:  Rest,  J.  R.  ( 1984).  The  major  components  of  morality.  In  W.  M.  Kurtines  &  J. 
L.  Gewirtz  (Eds.),  Morality,  moral  behavior,  and  moral  development  (pp.  24-38).  New  York: 
John  Wiley. 


62  Managers  and  Missionaries 


Creating  a  Climate  of  Intellectual  Freedom 

Efforts  of  library  school  faculty  will  not  accomplish  all  that  is  needed. 
Librarians  do  not  work  in  a  vacuum.  The  institution  in  which  they  work 
provides  one  key  to  whether  librarians  will  act  on  their  intellectual  free- 
dom beliefs.  Many  librarians  find  themselves  working  in  hostile  environ- 
ments where  avoiding  controversy  and  compromise  are  the  predominant 
values.  Creating  an  intellectual  freedom  climate  under  these  circumstances 
presents  difficulties.  The  concepts  of  intellectual  freedom  must  be  trans- 
lated to  institutional  values  for  teachers,  administrators,  and  city  and 
county  officials.  Skills  of  persuasion  will  enable  librarians  to  counter  the 
censoring  efforts  of  coworkers,  supervisors,  and  the  community.  Members 
of  governing  boards  need  orientation  to  understand  the  importance  of 
protecting  access  to  information.  The  library  profession,  through  public 
education,  lobbying,  and  forming  coalitions  with  other  groups,  needs  to 
participate  in  fostering  a  climate  in  which  access  to  information  will 
flourish  and  individual  librarians  will  feel  secure  in  acting  on  their  profes- 
sional values  and  beliefs. 

Professional  Organizations 

Professional  organizations  share  the  responsibility  for  promoting  a 
climate  of  intellectual  freedom  and  for  the  continuing  professional  devel- 
opment of  their  members.  Programming  that  focuses  on  exchanging  infor- 
mation about  the  evils  the  censors  are  doing  will  not  accomplish  the  task. 
In  fact,  librarians  might  be  frightened  into  increased  self-censorship  with 
this  information.  Programming  at  professional  meetings  must  focus  on 
the  attitudes  and  behavior  of  librarians.  Exercises  like  the  ones  provided  by 
YASD  (Young  Adult  Services  Division)  and  AASL  (American  Association 
of  School  Libraries)  force  librarians  to  examine  their  practices  in  the  light 
of  association  policy.  This  consciousness  raising  might  cause  some  librar- 
ians to  reexamine  their  commitment  to  intellectual  freedom  (American 
Library  Association,  1982;  American  Library  Association,  1986).  Programs 
featuring  case  histories  demonstrate  how  censorship  pressures  can  be  re- 
sisted and  provide  encouragement  to  wavering  and  uncertain  librarians. 
Professional  organizations  contribute  to  the  continuing  education  of  their 
members  by  providing  opportunities  to  acquire  and  sharpen  skills.  Librar- 
ians do  not  need  to  hear  about  numbers  and  the  titles  that  have  been  cen- 
sored, but  they  do  need  to  practice  skills  and  see  examples  of  successful 
resistance  to  censorship  efforts. 

Research 

Current  research  only  hints  at  factors  contributing  to  the  discrepancy 


Access  to  Information  63 


between  professional  beliefs  and  professional  practices.  The  library  profes- 
sion needs  to  examine  studies  that  have  been  completed  and  verify  or  reject 
the  findings.  Do  the  personal  characteristics  of  individual  librarians  deter- 
mine their  responses  to  censorship  pressures?  Is  it  authoritarian  beliefs  as 
Busha  hinted?  Is  it  lack  of  commitment  to  a  professional  ethic  as  Fiske 
charged?  Is  it  a  personal  belief  system  as  Hentoff  illustrated?  Is  it  some- 
thing in  the  personality  or  psychological  makeup  of  librarians  as  Downs 
speculated?  Is  it  personal  values  as  Krug  intimated?  Or,  is  it  lack  of 
cognitive  development  as  Broderick  suggested?  Or  is  it  none  of  these  factors 
but  some  as  yet  unknown  variable?  Ignoring  the  hints  will  not  solve  the 
problem,  but  continued  investigation  might.  Research  could  provide  a 
scientific  base  for  curriculum  revision,  for  continuing  education  activities, 
and  for  a  professional  plan  to  eliminate  the  self-censorship  that  seems  so 
pervasive. 

Conclusion 

The  task  is  formidable,  but  supporters  of  the  First  Amendment  number  in 
the  millions.  The  library  profession  must  identify  its  allies,  enlist  their  aid, 
and  launch  a  massive  intellectual  freedom  effort.  This  effort  could  provide 
librarians  with  a  sense  of  community  as  well  as  professional  support 
thereby  encouraging  integrity  in  selection  and  access  decisions.  Further, 
librarians  must  assume  personal  responsibility  for  their  professional  prac- 
tices. They  must  stop  using  real  or  assumed  outside  pressures  to  excuse  or 
to  avoid  facing  their  violations  of  professional  ethics.  Librarians  must 
consciously  examine  the  values  that  lead  to  restrictive  library  practices. 
Through  library  media  education,  continuing  education,  and  program- 
ming at  professional  meetings,  it  is  possible  to  create  generations  of 
intellectual  freedom  missionaries  courageous  enough  to  act  on  the  belief 
system  they  all  profess.  Only  this  will  ensure  information  access  for  chil- 
dren and  young  adults. 

NOTES 

American  Library  Association.  (1985-1986).  On  professional  ethics.  In  ALA  Policy  Manual 
(p.  226).  Chicago,  IL:  ALA. 

American  Library  Association.  American  Association  of  School  Librarians.  (1986).  Intellec- 
tual freedom  and  censorship:  Do  school  practices  reflect  association  policy?  Unpublished 
questionnaire,  American  Library  Association,  American  Association  of  School  Librar- 
ians, Chicago. 

American  Library  Association.  Office  for  Intellectual  Freedom.  (1983).  Intellectual  freedom 
manual.  Chicago,  IL:  ALA. 

American  Library  Association.  Young  Adult  Services  Division.  (1982).  Does  your  library 
violate  the  library  bill  of  rights. ..and  not  know  it?  Unpublished  questionnaire,  American 
Library  Association,  Young  Adult  Services  Division,  Chicago. 


64  Managers  and  Missionaries 


Bloom,  B.,  et  al.  (1956).  Taxonomy  of  educational  objectives.  New  York:  David  McKay. 

Broderick,  D.  M.  (1983).  Adolescent  development  and  censorship.  In  School  library  media 
annual  (Vol.  1,  p.  6).  Littleton,  CO. 

Busha,  C.  H.  (1972).  Freedom  versus  suppression  and  censorship:  With  a  study  of  the  atti- 
tudes of  midwestern  public  librarians  and  a  bibliography  of  censorship.  Littleton,  CO: 
Libraries  Unlimited. 

Donelson,  K.  L.  Shoddy  and  pernicious  books  and  youthful  purity:  Literacy  and  moral  cen- 
sorship, then  and  now.  Library  Quarterly,  51,  12. 

Downs,  R.  B.  (1984).  The  first  freedom  today:  Critical  issues  relating  to  censorship  and  intel- 
lectual freedom.  Chicago,  IL:  ALA. 

Farley,  J.  J.  (1964).  Book  censorship  in  the  senior  high  school  libraries  of  Nassau  County, 
New  York.  Unpublished  doctoral  dissertation,  New  York  University. 

Fiske,  M.  (1959).  Book  selection  and  censorship:  A  study  of  school  and  public  libraries  in  Cali- 
fornia. Berkeley,  CA:  University  of  California  Press. 

Hentoff,  N.  (1983).  Foreword.  In  H.  Bosmajian  (Ed.),  Censorship,  libraries,  and  the  law. 
New  York:  Neal-Schuman. 

Hopkins,  D.  M.  (1984).  Censorship  of  school  library  media  materials  and  its  implications, 
1982-1983.  In  S.  Aaron  &  P.  R.  Scales  (Eds.),  School  library  media  annual  1984  (Vol.  2,  pp. 
9-22).  Littleton,  CO:  Libraries  Unlimited. 

Krathwol,  D.  R.,  etal.  (1964).  Taxonomy  of  educational  objectives.  New  York:  David  McKay. 

McDonald,  F.  (1983).  A  report  of  a  survey  on  censorship  in  public  elementary  and  high  school 
libraries  and  public  libraries  in  Minnesota.  Minneapolis,  MN:  Civil  Liberties  Union. 

Pope,  M.  (1974).  Sex  and  the  undecided  librarian:  A  study  of  librarian's  opinions  on  sexually 
oriented  literature.  Metuchen,  NJ:  Scarecrow  Press. 

Rest,  J.  R.  (1984).  The  major  components  of  morality.  In  W.  M.  Kurtines  &  J.  L.  Gewirtz 
(Eds.),  Morality,  moral  behavior,  and  moral  development  (pp.  24-28).  New  York:  John 
Wiley. 

Woods,  L.  B.,  &  Salvatore,  L.  (Winter,  1981).  Self-censorship  in  collection  development  by 
high  school  library  media  specialists.  School  Media  Quarterly  9,  102-108. 


SUSAN  ROSENZWEIG 

Information  Manager 
Center  for  Early  Adolescence 
Chapel  Hill,  North  Carolina 


Part  I:  Funding  for  Youth  Services — 
How  to  Do  It  and  Where  to  Find  It 


No  one  ever  said  that  part  of  the  job  of  a  young  adult  librarian  would  be 
fund-raising.  I  took  all  the  courses  needed  to  best  serve  young  people — but 
mention  was  never  made  in  any  course,  by  any  teacher,  of  how  one  goes 
about  getting  funding  for  programs  and  materials  that  are  not  included  in 
the  regular  library  budget.  Nor  did  anyone  ever  suggest  that,  in  fact,  that  is 
part  of  a  librarian's  job.  Evidently  no  one  predicted  that  it  would  be 
necessary.  So  why  is  it  a  special  issues  session  at  this  institute? 

It  seems  that  most  children's  and  young  adult  librarians  had  an 
experience  similar  to  mine.  One  children's  coordinator  reported  that  the 
branch  children's  librarians  do  not  think  about  fund-raising  for  special 
projects — they  do  not  come  to  her  with  requests,  do  not  see  it  as  one  of  their 
jobs,  and  are  afraid  to  ask  for  money.  After  all,  the  library  is  a  public 
institution  supported  by  tax  dollars,  how  can  they  ask  for  more  money? 
And  they  are  so  timid  about  asking  for  money,  that  when  they  do  ask,  it  is 
for  minimal  amounts. 

Yet  in  this  age  of  tight  funding  and  increased  competition  for  what  is 
available — from  government  sources  as  well  as  from  foundations  and 
individuals — we  must  be  competitive  in  order  to  get  enough  of  the  share  of 
the  pie  to  carry  out  the  services  necessary  to  fulfill  the  mission  of  young 
adult  librarian.  If  we  don't,  we  will  be  reduced  to  providing  minimum 
services  with  inadequate  resources.  And  if  we  are  willing  to  settle  for  that, 
what  will  that  do  for  the  entire  field  of  children's  and  young  adult  librar- 
ianship,  and  ultimately  to  the  young  people  we  serve? 

This  discussion  will  begin  with  a  review  of  the  fundamentals  of 
grantsmanship,  and  you  will  find  that  these  are  basic  tasks  that  need  to  be 
accomplished  to  promote  children's  or  young  adult  library  service  under 
any  circumstances.  This  will  be  followed  by  suggestions  for  how  to  get  a 
bigger  piece  of  the  existing  budget;  how  to  obtain  funding  from  corpora- 
tions, foundations,  individuals,  and  other  sources;  and  what  kinds  of 

65 


66  Managers  and  Missionaries 


nonmonetary  contributions  should  be  considered.  Applying  for  LSCA 
monies  will  be  discussed  in  part  II.  This  will  not  be  a  "how  to  write  a 
proposal"  approach.  Not  that  it  isn't  important  to  know  such  techniques, 
but  there  are  many  excellent  resources  available  to  help  with  the  nuts  and 
bolts  of  the  process.  The  focus  here  will  be  on  the  broader  issues  and  will  be 
touching  on  the  very  basic  question  of  what  does  a  children's  or  young 
adult  librarian  do,  or  rather,  what  should  he  or  she  be  doing? 

Preparation  for  this  presentation  included  interviews  with  direct  ser- 
vices librarians,  age-level  coordinators,  and  state  library  directors  in  small, 
medium,  and  large  library  systems.  I  talked  to  people  for  whom  getting 
money  was  a  major  part  of  their  jobs  and  to  others  who  did  it  on  their  own. 
The  people  interviewed  are  very  successful  at  getting  contributions,  both 
monetary  and  in-kind.  They  were  asked  how  they  do  it?  What  is  the 
bureaucracy  involved?  What  advice  would  they  offer  for  successful  fund- 
raising,  and  what  they  would  like  to  hear  at  a  conference  like  this.  They 
were  also  asked  to  share  their  successes  and  failures.  Their  answers,  and 
what  was  found  in  the  literature  frame  my  discussion. 

There  is  no  question  that  fund-raising  has  not  traditionally  been 
considered  part  of  the  job.  A  literature  and  database  search  yielded  very  few 
books  and  articles  that  were  specifically  addressed  to  librarians.  There  are 
scores  of  publications  on  fund-raising,  marketing,  and  public  relations  in 
general,  but  in  the  few  that  do  address  librarians,  almost  nothing  is  said 
about  school  librarians.  There  is  some  promising  news  on  the  horizon.  A 
new  periodical,  The  Bottom  Line:  A  Financial  Magazine  for  Librarians  is 
now  available,  and  a  new  book  from  Greenwood  Press,  Grant  Proposal 
Writing:  A  Handbook  for  School  Library  Media  Specialists,  has  recently 
been  published.  The  ALSC  Grants  Committee  is  also  compiling  a  list  of 
national  foundations  that  can  be  tapped  for  funds. 

For  survival's  sake,  children's  and  young  adult  librarians  must  take  a 
broader  view  of  their  profession.  They  must  add  to  their  job  descriptions 
fund-raising,  marketing,  and  public  relations.  The  following  "laundry 
list"  of  basics  offers  nothing  that  is  earthshakingly  new — but  they  are 
included  here  because  they  are  essential  for  success  in  getting  support.  The 
list  includes  doing  your  homework,  knowing  the  research,  having  an 
evaluation  component,  being  politically  savvy,  marketing  services,  doing 
public  relations,  knowing  the  organizational  structure  of  the  library  or 
school,  knowing  the  institutional  mission,  and  having  clear  goals  and 
objectives. 

Doing  your  homework  is  very  important.  An  analysis  of  the  commun- 
ity that  is  served  by  the  library  is  fundamental  in  order  to  ascertain  its 
needs.  This  includes  the  statistical  data — e.g.,  total  population  of  the 
community;  the  number  of  children  and  young  adults;  projected  growth  or 
decline  of  the  age  group  served;  ethnic  composition;  educational  levels  of 


Part  I:  Funding  for  Youth  Services  67 


the  population;  school  enrollment;  and  economic  factors  such  as  income, 
occupations,  etc.  Add  information  about  social  and  service  organizations 
in  the  community,  the  transportation  system,  communications  network, 
political  makeup,  and  other  available  information  sources.  Information 
can  be  gleaned  from  other  quarters  one  might  not  ordinarily  think  of  such 
as  the  police,  the  Chamber  of  Commerce,  bartenders,  crossing  guards, 
church  records,  immigration  records,  mailmen,  retired  people,  Welcome 
Wagon,  voter  registration,  youth  clubs,  and  undertakers.  It  is  necessary  to 
know  how  many  working  parents  there  are  in  both  single  and  dual-career 
families.  Knowing  the  community  is  essential  for  fund-raising,  and  it  is 
even  more  crucial  for  determining  the  services  that  will  meet  the  needs  of 
the  population  served. 

Doing  your  homework  also  includes  knowing  how  your  institution 
works.  Who  should  be  approached  when  you  want  additional  materials  or 
money  to  do  a  new  program,  and  what  is  the  procedure?  In  a  very  small 
system  this  may  be  very  informal,  consisting  of  an  oral  request  of  the 
director.  In  larger  systems  there  is  likely  to  be  a  more  formal  procedure  that 
would  involve  moving  up  the  hierarchy — beginning  with  a  request  to  the 
branch  head,  then  to  a  coordinator  or  age- level  consultant,  and  then  to  the  de- 
puty director  where  the  ultimate  decision  is  made.  If  the  request  is  for  a  sub- 
stantial amount,  a  final  step  might  be  approved  by  the  board  of  trustees.  Every 
system  has  its  own  procedure  and  knowing  what  the  procedure  is,  is  essential. 

Before  you  even  think  about  approaching  anyone  with  a  request,  have 
a  clear  idea  of  what  you  want  the  money  for.  Can  a  need  be  demonstrated 
and  documented  for  this  program  or  service?  Will  it  address  a  problem  in 
the  community?  Are  goals  clear?  Can  you  demonstrate  that  the  project  has 
validity  and  appeal?  Is  it  compatible  with  the  mission  of  the  larger  institu- 
tion? Has  every  item  been  costed  out  including  staff  time,  postage,  mate- 
rials, duplicating,  and  so  forth? 

Being  aware  of  any  research  that  will  support  a  request  will  help 
enormously.  For  example,  if  additional  money  is  needed  for  a  summer 
reading  program,  citing  Barbara  Heyns's  study  on  the  positive  effects  of 
summer  learning  on  school  achievement  is  certain  to  strengthen  your 
position.  Heyns  (1978)  states:  "The  single  summer  activity  that  is  most 
strongly  and  consistently  related  to  summer  learning  is  reading"  (p.  161). 
She  goes  on  to  argue  that  the  one  institution  that  directly  influences 
children's  reading  is  the  public  library  (p.  161).  This  cannot  fail  to  be 
persuasive  given  current  concern  about  literacy  levels  and  school  dropouts. 

If  you  have  been  successful  in  funding  this  project  before  and  you 
want  to  repeat  or  continue  it,  offering  proof  of  its  success  will  be  critical. 
Make  sure  an  evaluation  component  is  built  into  every  program  or  service 
provided.  Document  what  you  have  done  and  use  the  data  collected  to 
justify  the  request. 


68  Managers  and  Missionaries 


Know  how  to  market  your  services,  do  public  relations,  sharpen 
networking  skills,  and  be  politically  knowledgeable  about  the  community. 
These  are  the  "final  four"  for  successful  fund-raising.  They  are  probably 
obvious  but  are  not  always  tended  to.  Make  sure  that  people  know  what 
you  are  doing  both  within  the  library  or  school  system  and  out  in  the 
community.  Good  public  relations  and  marketing  not  only  attract  chil- 
dren and  young  adults  to  your  program,  but  also  enhance  the  chances  that 
bond  issues  and  referenda  will  be  approved  by  the  voting  public  and 
increase  the  likelihood  that  special  projects  will  be  funded.  Networking 
and  being  politically  savvy  fall  under  the  category  of  "people  skills." 
Know  the  people  who  serve  on  the  school  board,  the  library  board,  bank 
officers,  and  Friends  of  the  Library.  Become  a  member  of  the  Chamber  of 
Commerce,  the  local  United  Way,  or  any  other  organization  that  involves 
important  people  in  the  community.  For  school  librarians,  cultivate  your 
staff,  principal,  and  PTA.  Make  sure  it  is  known  what  the  other  youth- 
serving  agencies  in  the  community  are  doing  and  who  the  people  are  who 
work  in  them.  This  quotation  sums  up  the  importance  of  people  skills. 
"  'You  will  not  raise  a  dime  until  you  raise  a  friend'  "  (Waters,  1986,  p.  37). 

To  all  of  this  add  a  dose  of  creativity  and  initiative  and  you  are  ready  to 
continue  the  process.  All  of  this  is  a  tall  order.  Be  reassured,  however,  that 
none  of  the  earlier  mentioned  can  be  accomplished  quickly  or  easily. 
Fund-raising  takes  time,  patience,  and  perseverance,  and  it  is  hard  work. 
The  art  of  cultivating  people  is  just  that — an  art  (as  is  fund-raising) — that 
cannot  be  created  instantaneously.  And  although  it  could  be  argued  that 
all  of  us  need  to  be  tending  to  these  basic  tasks  as  professionals,  not  every 
school  media  specialist,  children's  or  young  adult  librarian  is  cut  out  to  be 
a  fund-raiser.  As  the  manager  of  children's  services  for  the  Louisville 
Public  Library  pointed  out:  "Fundraising  is  difficult.  Not  everyone  is  good 
at  it"  (Somerville,  personal  communication,  October  24,  1986).  If  you  are 
interested  in  fund-raising  but  feel  that  you  do  not  know  enough  to  do  it, 
there  are  many  workshops  available  that  teach  fund-raising  techniques. 
These  'range  from  one  day  to  five  days  in  length  and  represent  a  fairly 
modest  investment  considering  the  return.  Alternatives  to  finding  the 
money  yourself  are  turning  to  the  grants  coordinator  in  your  system — if 
you  are  lucky  enough  to  have  one — or  asking  for  help  from  a  staff  member 
who  has  been  successful  at  fund-raising. 

Combining  fund-raising  efforts  with  those  for  other  services  is  also  a 
possibility.  The  Louisville  Public  Library  received  an  H.  W.  Wilson  award 
to  improve  relations  with  patrons.  Included  in  their  application  was 
improving  relations  with  child  and  young  adult  patrons.  By  the  way,  it  is 
probably  easier  to  get  funding  for  children's  services  than  anything  else. 
According  to  Barb  Fierro,  former  executive  director  of  Girls  Club  of  Rapid 
City,  South  Dakota:  "Children's  needs  tug  at  everyone's  heart  strings" 


Part  I:  Funding  for  Youth  Services  69 


(Fierro,  personal  communication,  October  27,  1986).  These  are  the  basic 
principles  underlying  successful  fund-raising,  and  successful 
librarianship. 

The  discussion  will  now  move  to  the  types  of  funding  that  are  avail- 
able to  librarians,  beginning  closest  to  home  and  ending  with  a  discussion 
in  Part  II  of  federal  grants. 

Examine  first  the  opportunities  within  your  system  for  either  getting  a 
bigger  piece  of  the  budget  pie,  or  finding  funding  outside  the  regular 
budget.  Whether  you  work  in  a  small  or  large  system,  be  familiar  with  the 
budget  process — i.e.,  the  size  of  the  budget  and  how  it  is  allocated.  The 
process  for  requesting  a  larger  share  will  vary  from  system  to  system.  In  the 
New  York  Public  Library,  for  example,  the  materials  budget  is  based  on 
level  of  circulation  and  how  well  the  money  was  spent  in  the  prior  budget 
period.  Careful  documentation  and  data  collection  might  enable  a  direct 
services  librarian  to  increase  his  or  her  share  of  funds.  In  addition,  the  New 
York  Public  Library  has  special  funds  in  the  young  adult  and  children's 
budget.  Very  active  age-level  specialists  in  the  borough  of  Queens  see  to  it 
that  their  librarians  get  some  of  these  funds  to  promote  special  services  and 
programs.  In  this  situation,  the  age-level  specialists  depend  on  the  direct 
services  librarian  to  approach  them  with  project  plans. 

According  to  Barbara  Elleman  (1986),  editor  of  children's  books 
for  Booklist,  for  school  libraries,  "[t]he  principal  is  the  link  to  the 
purse  strings."  She  gives  helpful  advice  to  school  principals  in  an  issue  of 
Here's  How  on  how  to  vitalize  the  school  library.  School  librarians  can 
turn  her  advice  to  their  own  advantage. 

Other  sources  are  available  within  one's  system — e.g.,  Friends  of  the 
Library,  the  PTA,  and  patrons  themselves.  In  1985,  $28  million  was  raised 
by  Friends  groups  across  the  country  (Margolis,  1 986,  p.  7 ).  One  group  held 
a  Thanksgiving  pie  sale  and  raised  enough  money  to  buy  new  furniture, 
toys,  and  VCRs  and  to  offer  community  cooking  classes.  Book  sales  run  by 
Friends'  groups  and  PTAs  can  raise  thousands  of  dollars  for  a  library. 
Want  a  piece  of  that  pie?  Know  how  the  money  is  allocated,  and  know  the 
people  who  have  decision-making  power.  And  last,  but  certainly  not  least, 
tap  the  young  people  in  your  system. 

In  the  Virginia  Beach  Public  Library,  teenagers  raised  money  for  the 
programs  they  wanted.  What  a  great  way  to  involve  the  community  and 
publicize  services  while  at  the  same  time  giving  young  people  an  oppor- 
tunity for  meaningful  participation  in  the  community. 

After  you  have  exhausted  all  the  possibilities  of  getting  money  from 
within  your  institution  and  you  still  need  funds,  where  do  you  turn  next? 
The  next  step  should  be  local  sources  of  funding. 

These  include  local  businesses  and  merchants,  local  foundations  and 
corporations,  your  local  United  Way,  and  individuals.  When  approaching 


70  Managers  and  Missionaries 


local  businesses  and  corporations,  the  key  to  remember  is  that  "people  give 
because  they  'get  something'  out  of  giving"  (Brakely,  1986,  p.  26).  The 
"something"  they  get  need  not  be  tangible.  They  may  get  a  good  feeling 
from  giving,  they  may  give  to  feel  wanted  and  appreciated,  or  because  they 
believe  in  the  cause.  Guilt  may  be  the  motivating  factor,  or  a  desire  for 
power  and  influence.  And  don't  overlook  the  part  peer  pressure  plays,  or 
the  competitive  spirit.  What  you  must  do  is  correctly  assess  the  person  you 
are  approaching.  Is  he  or  she  the  type  that  is  big-hearted,  a  soft  touch  for 
helping  kids?  Is  he  or  she  the  type  who  will  respond  to  the  plight  of  one 
child  or  would  a  global  approach  be  better.  An  example  of  the  latter  is:  "If 
this  isn't  funded,  20,000  children  in  this  community  will  not  have  a 
summer  reading  program"  (Somerville,  personal  communication, 
October  26,  1986).  Some  will  only  be  interested  in  what  the  grant  will  do 
for  their  business  and  want  only  the  publicity.  The  request  must  be  tailored 
to  the  needs  of  the  individual  donor. 

Corporations  give  for  a  wide  range  of  reasons.  Some  prefer  to  fund 
only  those  projects  that  will  benefit  their  employees,  some  have  a  real  sense 
of  social  responsibility  and  will  fund  projects  that  will  benefit  the  com- 
munity as  a  whole.  Knowing  why  a  corporation  gives  is  part  of  the 
homework  that  must  be  done  before  initiating  a  request.  Getting  this 
information  includes  researching  the  corporation  and  using  your  people 
skills.  You  must  pitch  a  request  to  what  the  corporation  is  interested  in. 
Richard  Waters  (1985)  sums  it  up  in  this  way:  "We  must  match  up  the 
donor's  needs  with  our  needs.  Hear  me!  I  did  not  say  match  up  our  needs 
with  the  donor's"  (p.  36). 

Sometimes  a  donor  will  come  to  the  library  with  a  project — yes, 
Virginia,  there  is  a  Santa  Glaus.  In  Rhode  Island,  Old  Stone  Bank 
approached  the  state  library.  It  wanted  to  fund  a  project  that  would  focus 
on  historical  characters.  The  first  year  the  bank  gave  $60,000  to  fund  a 
children's  theater  group  that  performed  in  branch  libraries.  The  works 
performed  were  based  on  characters  from  historical  books;  and  part  of  the 
funding  went  for  the  purchase  of  copies  of  the  books  for  each  branch.  In  the 
second  year  the  grant  was  increased  to  $150,000.  For  the  350th  anniversary 
of  Rhode  Island,  the  bank  wanted  to  fund  a  project  along  the  same  lines  as 
year  one  but  using  characters  from  Rhode  Island  history.  There  were  no 
books  available,  so  the  bank  commissioned  two  authors  to  write  a  book — 
the  bank  paid  for  its  publication.  The  theater  group  will  do  performances 
based  on  the  characters. 

And  how  do  you  show  appreciation  for  the  contributions  so  that  the 
next  time  you  ask  for  money  the  donor  will  be  favorably  disposed  to  grant 
the  request?  When  a  local  toy  store  funded  one  librarian's  film  program, 
she  had  bookmarks  printed  up  that  said:  "Wayne's  Toytown  Cares  About 
Kids."  These  were  distributed  at  the  library  and  at  the  toy  store.  All 


Part  I:  Funding  for  Youth  Services  71 


publicity  in  newspapers  and  the  media  repeated  this  slogan.  As  a  follow-up 
and  thank  you  for  a  summer  reading  program  that  was  funded  by  two  local 
companies,  Mary  Somerville  prepared  scrapbooks  for  each  donor  that 
included  publicity  clippings  and  thank  you  notes  written  by  the  children 
so  that  the  donors  would  know  what  their  contributions  accomplished  and 
with  the  hope  that  they  would  fund  the  project  again  next  summer. 

Consider  cooperating  with  another  community  agency  to  get  funding 
for  a  joint  project.  Some  likely  agencies  would  be  boys  and  girls  clubs,  the 
local  Y,  parks  and  recreation  departments,  etc. 

Do  not  underestimate  the  potential  funds  that  can  be  raised  from 
individuals.  Of  the  total  charitable  dollars  given  by  the  private  sector  in 
1984,  84  percent  came  from  individual  donors,  while  only  10  percent  came 
from  foundations  and  corporations  (Klein,  1985).  There  are  unlimited 
ways  to  raise  money  from  individuals — limited  only  by  your  imagination. 
These  can  be  a  lot  of  fun.  Some  good  ideas  come  from  Barb  Fierro.  In  Rapid 
City,  population  40,000,  $70,000  was  raised  in  a  "Pennies  for  Kids"  cam- 
paign. Jars  for  pennies  were  placed  all  over  the  city.  Student  Councils 
pushed  it,  there  were  public  service  announcements,  and  newspaper  pub- 
licity. Volunteers  counted  and  wrapped  the  pennies.  "Tip  Me  Big"  was 
another  successful  fund-raiser,  although  on  a  much  smaller  scale.  A  restau- 
rant was  asked  to  participate.  Local  celebrities — e.g.,  senators,  the  mayor, 
etc. — served  as  waitpersons.  People  made  reservations  to  eat  and  all  the  tips 
earned  by  the  celebrities  were  donated  to  the  project — amount  raised, 
$5,000.  My  all-time  favorite  though  is  the  "Kids  for  Kids"  campaign  which 
was  to  fund  Head  Start.  A  baby  goat  was  delivered  to  a  person  at  their  place 
of  employment.  In  order  to  get  rid  of  the  goat  they  had  to  contribute!  10  to 
the  project. 

Sometimes  an  idea  doesn't  work.  One  that  was  not  successful  was 
Mary  Somerville's  idea  to  auction  off  an  Arabian  horse  to  help  raise  money 
for  a  local  radio  station.  This  didn't  work  because  the  bottom  fell  out  of  the 
Arabian  horse  market  as  a  result  of  tax  law  changes. 

The  next  important  source  of  funds  are  state  and  national  founda- 
tions. Applying  involves  more  work  and  time  because,  usually,  an  exten- 
sive written  proposal  is  required.  Keep  in  mind  all  of  the  basics  discussed 
earlier.  Preparation  will  have  a  new  component — i.e.,  researching  the 
foundations  to  approach  for  funding.  The  best  place  to  start  is  with  the 
Foundation  Center.  The  Foundation  Center  is  a  national  source  of  infor- 
mation on  philanthropic  giving.  Using  its  publications  and  its  nation- 
wide network  of  library  reference  collections,  you  will  be  able  to  identify 
foundation  programs  that  correspond  to  your  needs.  Choose  the  founda- 
tions carefully.  Make  sure  there  is  a  match  between  your  project  and 
the  interests  of  the  foundation.  In  his  book,  Grant  Money  and  How  to 
Get  It,  Richard  Boss  (1980)  has  included  an  appendix  which  lists 


72  Managers  and  Missionaries 


private  foundations  with  a  stated  interest  in  libraries  or  some  history  of 
making  grants  to  libraries  (pp.  92-113).  Sometimes  libraries  are  not  speci- 
fically listed  as  an  area  of  interest  of  foundations.  If  this  is  the  case,  look  for 
subjects  that  might  cover  libraries  such  as  cultural  projects  or  education. 

The  last  source  of  contributions  to  mention  before  the  presentation  by 
Ruth  Faklis's  presentation  on  LSCA  funding  is  of  the  "in-kind"  variety. 
Falling  into  this  category  are  volunteers,  cooperative  ventures,  donations 
of  such  things  as  food,  audiovisual  materials,  computers,  furniture,  print- 
ing and  duplicating,  gifts  to  the  library,  and  the  like.  Gifts  can  be  more 
trouble  than  they  are  worth.  But,  trust  me,  there  can  be  gold  in  "them  thar 
gifts."  One  Texas  library  received  a  gift  of  a  collection  of  valuable  Navajo 
rugs.  These  were  prominently  displayed  and  graciously  acknowledged. 
The  pleased  donor  might  be  a  future  source  of  contributions. 

Volunteers  can  also  be  a  mixed  blessing.  Careful  selection  and  train- 
ing of  volunteers  can  be  a  substantial  source  of  help  and  be  worth  the  staff 
time  involved  in  recruiting  and  training.  The  keys  here  are  recruitment, 
adequate  training,  a  show  of  appreciation,  getting  feedback,  and  evaluat- 
ing results.  Pasadena  has  a  great  system  for  recruiting  volunteers  for  all 
government  agencies.  There  is  an  office  that  screens  the  volunteers  before 
the  names  are  turned  over  to  the  agencies.  Requests  for  volunteers  are 
included  in  the  community's  electric  bills.  This  way,  every  person  in  the 
community  knows  if,  for  example,  the  library  needs  volunteers.  Consider 
tapping  civic  groups,  senior  citizens,  and  local  businesses.  And  please  do 
not  overlook  using  teenagers  as  volunteers.  Some  companies  encourage 
their  employees  to  volunteer  in  the  community  and  will  provide  release 
time  for  this  purpose.  One  problem  in  the  P.S.  column  in  Bottom  Line  is 
"How  can  I  figure  out  how  much  our  current  volunteer  program  costs  the 
library"  (Cassell,  1986,  p.  52)?  The  solution  is  to  cost  out  the  staff  time 
involved  in  writing  a  job  description,  recruiting  and  interviewing  prospec- 
tive volunteers,  training,  and  supervision.  This  is  useful  information  to 
have.  It  will  determine  whether  enlisting  volunteers  is  a  worthwhile  activ- 
ity in  your  library. 

Broaden  your  idea  of  who  should  serve  as  volunteers.  The  Seattle 
Public  Library  planned  a  showing  of  the  film  Fame  (Van  Wyk,  1985)  to  be 
followed  by  a  panel  discussion  by  local  artists — all  at  no  cost.  The  artists 
were  delighted  to  contribute  their  time,  and  the  program  was  a  great 
success. 

In  small  communities,  particularly  rural  communities,  there  is  a 
strong  history  of  citizen  participation  and  volunteerism.  People  are  often 
willing  to  contribute  their  time  and  talents  for  special  projects.  Tailoring 
your  need  to  their  talent  can  have  gratifying  results.  For  more  ideas,  see  the 
October  issue  of  American  Libraries  (McCormick,  1986)  and  Irene  Martin's 
(1984)  article  in  Rural  Libraries. 


Part  I:  Funding  for  Youth  Services  73 


The  best  sources  of  tangible  products  are  those  businesses  that  sell  the 
products  or  services  you  need.  Try  McDonalds  for  refreshments  for  the 
party  you  plan  at  the  end  of  your  summer  reading  program,  or  try  a  local 
photoduplicating  business  for  having  flyers  printed  up.  The  possibilities 
are  endless. 

Don't  overlook  cooperative  ventures  as  a  source  of  programming  that 
does  not  involve  an  outlay  of  money,  although  staff  time  is  always 
involved.  A  wonderful  example  is  the  Pasadena  Arts  Workshop  which 
obtained  funding  to  do  outreach  arts  programs.  The  programming  sites 
include  the  branch  libraries  in  Pasadena,  offering  their  children's  librarian 
a  fine  opportunity  to  expose  children  to  what  the  library  has  to  offer  in  the 
way  of  arts  and  crafts  books,  puppetry,  film  programs,  etc.  And  the 
audience  consists  of  young  people  who  might  not  already  be  library  users, 
since  the  project  targets  minority  and  disadvantaged  populations. 

I  have  touched  on  a  lot  of  issues  here  and  all  haven't  been  covered. 
There  are  non-LSCA  grants  available  from  government  agencies  such  as 
the  National  Endowment  for  the  Humanities  that  haven't  been  mention- 
ed, but  these  are  easy  to  find  out  about. 

And  as  daunting  as  all  this  may  seem,  money  does  beget  money, 
success  breeds  success,  so  be  persistent  and  patient.  Keep  in  mind  the 
importance  of  people  skills — in  the  final  analysis,  people  give  to  people. 
Think  of  the  profession  of  children's  or  young  adult  librarian  in  the 
broadest  sense;  recognize  that  although  you  probably  have  taken  courses 
where  you  learned  about  book  selection  and  book  talks,  planning  film 
programs  and  storytelling,  there  is  a  lot  more  to  being  a  children's  or 
young  adult  librarian  than  you  learned  in  school  and  that  includes  fund- 
raising. 

NOTES 

Boss,  R.  W.  (1980).  Grant  money  and  how  to  get  it:  A  handbook  for  librarians.  New  York:  R. 

R.  Bowker. 

Brakeley,  G.  A.,  Jr.  (1980).  Tested  ways  to  successful  fund  raising.  New  York:  AMACOM. 
Cassell,  K.  A.,  ed.  (1986).  P.S.  from  our  readers.  The  Bottom  Line:  A  Financial  Magazine  for 

Librarians,  1  (charter  issue),  52. 

Elleman,  B.  (1986,  October).  Vitalizing  the  school  library.  Here's  How,  5. 
Heyns,  B.  (1978).  Summer  learning  and  the  effects  of  schooling.  New  York:  Academic  Press. 
Klein,  K.  (1985).  Fundraising  for  social  change.  Washington,  DC:  Center  for  Responsive 

Governance. 
Margolis,  B.  (1986).  In  the  news:  Friends  of  Libraries  are  potent  fund  raisers.  The  Bottom 

Line:  A  Financial  Magazine  for  Librarians,  1  (charter  issue),  7. 

Martin,  I.  (1984).  Stretching:  Making  a  little  money  go....  Rural  Libraries,  4(2),  49-53. 
McCormick,  E.  (1986,  October).  Youth  reach:  Revitalizing  the  children's  area.  American  Li- 
braries, 17,  712-714. 
Van  Wyk,  J.  E.  (1985,  February).  Seattle  fame:  A  celebration  of  Seattle's  young  people.  Voice 

of  Youth  Advocates,  7,  311-312. 
Waters,  R.  (1985,  Spring).  Public/private  relationships  make  it  happen.  Public  Library 

Quarterly,  6,  27-37. 


RUTH  FAKLIS 

Youth  Services  Consultant 

Suburban  Library  System 

Burr  Ridge,  Illinois 


Part  II:  Funding  for  Youth  Services — 
Library  Services  and  Construction  Act 


When  seeking  funding  for  additional  programs,  special  projects, 
expanded  library  services,  etc.,  the  Library  Services  and  Construction  Act 
(LSCA)  grant  monies  should  be  considered.  All  fifty  states  are  entitled  to 
LSCA  funds.  Each  may  administer  the  funds  a  little  differently;  however, 
certain  requirements  are  to  be  met  by  all.  These  include  the  following: 

1 .  a  state  must  submit  a  state  plan  of  action; 

2.  each  state  must  submit  a  five  year  program;  and 

3.  each  state  must  review  and  amend  where  necessary  its  approved  state 
plan,  review  and  revise  its  five  year  program  and  submit  an  annual 
program  list  of  its  projects  (Corry,  1982,  p.  65). 

The  U.S.  Congress  authorizes  library  legislation  and  appropriates 
funds  for  library  services  through  the  Library  Services  and  Construction 
Act.  These  funds  are  allocated  to  the  states  by  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Education  (Illinois  State  Library  Staff,  1984,  p.  4).  This  agency  requires  the 
state  to  fulfill  the  aforementioned  obligations  to  obtain  LSCA  monies  (the 
specific  regulations  for  the  Library  Services  and  Construction  Act  may  be 
found  in  volume  34  of  the  Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  chapters  74,  75,  76 
and  77)  (Illinois  State  Library  Staff,  1984,  p.  4). 

The  LSCA  grant  process  is  divided  into  three  title  programs.  Each  title 
program  has  specific  guidelines/objectives  for  the  grantee  to  adhere  to 
when  applying  for  funding. 

Title  I  funds  have  been  used  to  purchase  library  materials  such  as  books 
and  equipment.  It  may  also  be  used  for  salaries,  other  operating  expenses, 
for  the  administration  of  start  plans,  and  for  strengthening  the  capacity  of 
state  library  administrative  agencies  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  people  of  the 
state  (Corry,  1 982,  p.  66).  These  funds  are  not  intended  for  private  or  special 
library  use  but  rather  for  use  by  public  libraries  which  serve  all  of  the 
public  (Corry,  1982,  p.  64). 

75 


76  Managers  and  Missionaries 


As  a  side  note,  it  should  be  brought  to  your  attention  that  currently  the 
Illinois  State  Library  is  being  asked  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education 
to  return  $15  million  of  LSCA  funds  which  was  not  specifically  used  by 
"public  libraries  which  serve  all  of  the  public."  The  Illinois  State  Library 
supports  multitype  library  systems.  This  means  that  private  and  public, 
academic,  high  schools,  and  special  libraries  are  encouraged  to  become  full 
participating  members  of  Illinois  Library  Systems  that  are  multitype. 
Those  multitype  systems  that  have  received  LSCA  funding  for  interlibrary 
cooperation,  delivery,  resource  sharing,  etc.  have  technically  extended  the 
intent  of  LSCA  funding  which  again  was  to  be  used  "for  public  libraries 
which  serve  all  the  public." 

Although  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education  in  no  way  accuses  the 
Illinois  State  Library  of  using  the  funds  for  frivolous  acts  or  specified 
misconduct,  and  indeed  have  agreed  the  funds  were  used  to  support  effec- 
tive and  creative  library  services  within  the  state,  the  fact  that  the  LSCA 
funds  were  not  directed  only  for  use  by  "public  libraries  which  serve  all  the 
public"  has  prompted  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education  to  request  a 
refund  of  the  allocated  funds.  This  matter  is  still  pending  and  awaiting  a 
final  resolution. 

A  library  grant  submitted  specifically  for  Title  I  funds  must  address 
one  or  more  of  the  following  seven  objectives  to  be  considered: 

1 .  The  extension  of  public  library  services  to  areas  without  such  services. 

2.  The  improvement  of  such  services  in  areas  where  such  services  are 
inadequate. 

3.  Making  library  services  more  accessible  to  persons  who,  by  reason  of 
distance,  residence,  or  physical  handicap,  or  other  disadvantage,  are 
unable  to  receive  the  benefits  of  public  library  services  regularly  made 
available  to  the  public. 

4.  Adapting  public  library  services  to  meet  particular  needs  of  persons 
within  the  state,  including  the  needs  of  persons  in  state  institutions. 

5.  Strengthening  major  urban  resource  libraries  (public  libraries). 

6.  Improving  library  services  to  persons  with  limited  English-speaking 
ability  or  with  literacy  needs. 

7.  Providing  service  through  community  information  and  referral  centers 
(Illinois  State  Library  Staff,  1984,  p.  4). 

Any  public  library  in  a  system,  or  a  system,  or  other  library-related  group 
may  apply  for  a  Title  I  grant  (Illinois  State  Library  Staff,  1984,  p.  4). 

Title  II  LSCA  funds  are  intended  for  "construction  of  new  buildings 
and  acquisition,  expansion,  remodeling  and  alteration  of  existing  build- 
ings, and  may  be  applied  for  by  any  public  library  or  System"  (Illinois 
State  Library  Staff,  1984,  p.  4).  Matching  fund  requirements  for  Title  I  and 
II  were  located  via  amendments  to  LSCA  in  1977.  Any  federal  funds 


Part  II:  Funding  for  Youth  Services  77 


expended  for  the  administration  of  the  LSCA  act  must  be  equally  matched 
by  state  or  other  nonfederal  funds  (Corry,  1982,  p.  66). 

A  single  entity,  two  or  more  types  of  libraries  in  a  system,  or  a  system 
may  apply  for  a  Title  III  grant  to  plan,  establish,  expand,  and  operate 
cooperative  networks  of  libraries  and  to  plan  for  statewide  resource  sharing 
(Illinois  State  Library  Staff,  1984,  p.  4).  Purchase  of  materials  such  as  books 
are  not  fundable  under  the  Title  III  grant  act. 

Before  the  actual  grant  proposal  is  written,  the  author  must  assess  the 
needs  of  his/her  library  and  community  needs.  Certain  questions  must  be 
addressed  such  as  how  many  patrons  will  this  grant  benefit,  how  will 
fulfillment  of  this  grant  improve  library  service  to  patrons,  etc.?  If  the 
intent  of  your  proposal  is  interagency  cooperation,  then  cooperative  plan- 
ning and  grant  writing  is  necessary. 

Once  a  determination  is  made  on  the  part  of  the  grantee  as  to  which 
Title  program  they  wish  to  apply  to  for  LSCA  funding,  they  should 
contact  their  state  library  or  library  system  to  ensure  following  the  proper 
procedures  in  the  application  request.  In  most  cases  the  information 
required  for  local  funding  and/or  contributions  would  be  required  in  the 
application  of  an  LSCA  grant.  This  includes  one  or  more  of  the  following 
concerns: 

— an  abstract  of  the  project; 
— a  statement  of  philosophy  or  need; 
— a  statement  of  purpose  for  the  project  specifying  the  origins  and  support 

for  its  implementation; 

— goals  and  objectives  for  the  project  including  a  timeline; 
— procedures  for  the  project's  implementation; 

— an  evaluation  of  the  project  with  specific  regards  to  the  goals  and  objec- 
tives that  were  sought; 

— a  budget  which  includes  in-kind  support; 
—letter  of  support  (Klish  et  al.,  pp.  37,  49,  75). 

The  author  of  a  proposal  should  meet  all  the  aforementioned  compo- 
nents of  a  grant  with  their  own  writing  style  and  delivery.  This  makes  the 
proposal  uniquely  theirs.  For  the  sake  of  the  reviewer,  no  two  grant 
submissions  should  be  exactly  alike  in  style  and  composition  because  the 
lack  of  creativity  expressed  may  indeed  be  interpreted  as  a  lack  of  creativity 
toward  the  proposed  project.  Therefore,  when  submitting  a  grant  pro- 
posal, let  it  reflect  the  excitement  and  influence  that  is  felt  toward  the 
fulfillment  of  the  project. 

One  of  the  priorities  in  the  LSCA  Title  I  program  is  the  programming 
of  library  service  to  disadvantaged  persons  who  might  not  otherwise  have 
access  to  such  service  (Corry,  1982,  p.  67).  In  the  past  the  term  disadvan- 
taged has  been  defined  to  include  native  Americans,  blacks,  foreign  speak- 
ing citizens,  and,  more  recently,  senior  citizens,  rural  farm  workers,  and 


78  Managers  and  Missionaries 


youth  (in  particular,  two  categories  of  youth — preschoolers  and  young 
adults). 

More  and  more  grants  are  being  submitted  to  initiate  programs  that 
will  serve  these  "unserved."  These  programs  will  test  the  flexibility  of  the 
proposal  for  continued  funding  on  behalf  of  the  grantee's  library  in  sub- 
sequent years. 

Again,  when  seeking  funding  for  additional  programs,  special  proj- 
ects, expanded  library  services,  etc.  the  Library  Services  and  Construction 
Act  grant  monies  are  available  as  an  alternative  to  private  and/ or  local 
sources  of  funding.  A  serious  applicant  should  contact  their  state  library  or 
library  system  for  complete  grant  funding  information. 


NOTES 

Corry,  E.  (1982).  Grants  for  libraries.  Littleton,  CO:  Libraries  Unlimited. 

Illinois  State  Library  Staff,  et  al.  (1984).  Library  Services  and  Construction  Act  grants  man- 
agement system  operating  manual.  Springfield,  IL:  State  of  Illinois. 

Kalish,  S.  E.,  et  al.  (1983).  The  proposal  writer's  swipe  file:  75  winning  fund-raising  pro- 
posals...prototypes  of  approaches,  styles  and  structures.  Washington,  DC:  Taft 
Corporation. 


CRAIGHTON  HIPPENHAMMER 

Assistant  Children's  Services  Manager 

Cuyahoga  County  Public  Library 

Cleveland,  Ohio 


Marketing  Youth  Library  Services: 
A  User  Approach 


Library  services  to  youth  are  in  crisis.  New  library  school  graduates — 
information  managers  all — are  refusing  to  enter  the  field  in  the  numbers 
they  used  to  and  library  directors  often  cannot  fill  positions  they  have  in 
youth  services.  School  librarian  positions  are  getting  harder  to  fill  as  well. 
Who,  after  all,  wants  to  have  the  sole  responsibility  for  three  or  four 
libraries  when  each  should  be  supporting  a  full-time  professional?  Young 
adult  librarians  are  still  looked  on  as  optional  (The  Ohio  Library  Associa- 
tion just  held  a  program  called  "Young  Adult  Service,  a  Right,  Not  a 
Privilege"),  and  children's  librarians  are  fast  becoming  an  endangered 
species  in  some  areas  of  the  country.  Can  anything  be  done?  Does  anyone 
care? 

The  answer  must  be  a  resounding  yes.  Library  services  for  children  are 
appreciated  and  demanded  by  the  public.  In  a  1983  survey  of  Cuyahoga 
County,  Ohio  residents,  93  percent  said  library  programs  for  children  were 
important  services  for  public  libraries  to  offer  second  only  to  libraries'  duty 
to  provide  information  (Decision  Research  Corporation,  1983,  pp.  34,  38). 
The  positive  impact  of  library  summer  reading  programs  on  the  reading 
skills  of  children  has  been  demonstrated  (Greene  &  Cummins,  1983,  pp. 
370-372;  Heyns,  1978,  p.  1 77),  and  many  youth  librarians  experience  glow- 
ing testimonies  about  the  quality  of  life  improvements  that  the  library  has 
effected  in  the  lives  of  their  children  and  young  adults  (Broderick, 
1986,  p.  118). 

In  the  current  climate  of  scarce  tax  dollars  and  career  climbing  after 
prestige  positions,  the  forgetful  need  to  be  reminded  and  the  ignorant  need 
to  be  informed  of  the  fact  that  youth  librarians  provide  extremely  valuable 
services  to  the  community.  It  is  time  for  marketing — marketing  not  only 
youth  services  but  youth  librarians  themselves. 


79 


80  Managers  and  Missionaries 


Definitions 

What  is  marketing?  Marketing  is  the  series  of  decisions  that  organiza- 
tions must  make  to  effectively  move  their  products  or  services  to  the  user. 
Marketing  is  public  relations  with  an  edge.  Public  relations  tries  to  influence 
attitudes,  but  marketing  carefully  designs  programs  that  target  specific 
user  groups  in  terms  of  their  needs  and  desires  and  programs  that  will 
bring  about  a  change  in  user  behavior  in  order  to  achieve  organizational 
objectives  (Kotler,  1982,  p.  6). 

According  to  Philip  Kotler  (1982),  "[mjarketing  is  the  philosophical 
alternative  to  force"  (p.  7).  Organizations  try  to  offer  their  attractive  mar- 
keting packages  so  that  their  powerful  allure  of  benefits  will  induce  a 
favorable  response.  In  other  words,  an  exchange  of  value  is  sought.  The 
values  sought  from  library  users  are  expressions  of  tangible  and  intangible 
public  support,  and  increased  use  of  the  services  libraries  provide,  services 
that  in  turn  satisfy  user  needs.  It  is  a  voluntary  trade. 


The  User  Orientation 

An  organization  that  tries  to  sell  a  product  or  service  solely  on  the  basis 
of  its  own  personal  tastes  will  fail.  Marketing  turns  its  attention  instead  on 
the  user.  Focusing  on  the  users'  needs  and  desires  and  finding  ways  to 
match  them  to  organizational  objectives  will  increase  the  use  of  the  prod- 
ucts and  services  offered. 

Libraries  that  try  to  be  all  things  to  all  people  will  end  up  using  public 
monies  inefficiently.  If  the  library  manager  divides  the  library's  total 
market  into  market  segments — i.e.,  subgroups  of  users  with  similar  charac- 
teristics, motivations,  and  desires — it  will  be  easier  to  identify  users'  needs 
and  wants.  Then,  based  on  the  market  segments  identified,  specific  needs 
and  services  that  are  seldom  used  can  be  eliminated,  and  services  that  are 
wanted  by  the  user  can  be  expanded. 

Most  libraries  also  include  another  factor  in  their  decision-making — 
i.e.,  the  library's  mission  to  provide  quality  services.  Adopting  a  user 
orientation  does  not  mean  that  professionals  have  to  give  up  their  profes- 
sional expertise,  but  that  they  must  communicate  it  better  since  it  adds 
additional  opinions  into  the  equation  of  quality  service.  It  is  a  matter  of 
balance. 

Marketing  is,  however,  a  democratic  process  and  is  antithetical  to 
elitist  approaches.  The  old  "cultural  uplift"  approach  of  the  nineteenth- 
century  library  has  largely  given  way  to  providing  the  needs  and  wants  of 
the  public  regardless  of  librarians'  opinions  of  appropriateness  (Dragon  & 
Leisner,  1984,  p.  34).  The  "reading  ladders"  model  where  librarians  offer 
the  next  higher  level  of  excellence  in  literature  or  the  next  better  step  in 


Marketing  Youth  Library  Services  81 


edification  is  not  as  much  used  in  libraries  today  but  has  been  replaced 
with  meeting  the  expressed  and  perceived  needs  and  desires  of  the  patron. 
Children's  librarians  have  much  more  difficulty  with  this  trend  than 
young  adult  librarians  since  children  are  less  experienced,  less  mature,  and 
less  able  to  make  wise  decisions  for  themselves.  Children  need  help  and 
adults  love  to  give  it.  Still,  over  the  last  twenty  years,  library  service  to 
children  has  moved  toward  giving  the  wants  of  young  patrons  much  more 
attention  than  it  used  to  and  this  is  reflected  in  children's  library  collec- 
tions today. 

Future  Trends 

The  process  of  planning  new  services  to  market  in  the  future  should 
involve  a  close  look  at  trends  in  society.  Visionaries  such  as  Alvin  Toffler 
(1970;  1 980)  and  John  Naisbitt(  1982)  have  published  valuable  perspectives 
on  current  society  "megatrends"  and  their  future  possibilities.  The  credi- 
bility of  these  major  trends  has  been  established  in  the  business  community 
and  in  the  management  literature  (Conroy,  1984,  p.  9).  The  implications 
for  library  service  are  strong. 

There  are  three  major  trends  discernible  in  society  today  that  will  have 
an  increasingly  strong  impact  on  youth  library  services  in  the  decades 
ahead.  The  first  is  that  society  has  changed  from  a  society  based  on 
industrial  production  to  one  based  on  the  creation  and  distribution  of 
information.  New  electronic  information  technologies  are  being  invented 
so  fast  that  it  is  impossible  for  most  people  to  keep  up  with  it  all.  Comput- 
ers shrink,  but  their  power  grows.  Their  ability  to  store  retrievable  bits  of 
information  in  ever  smaller  microscopic  storage  areas  continues  to  pro- 
gress. Although  the  book  is  not  likely  to  be  replaced  soon,  information  is 
being  stored  in  a  variety  of  technological  formats,  and  youth  librarians 
must  continue  to  be  knowledgeable  about  them  and  to  provide  an  increas- 
ing number  of  strategically  marketed  library  programs  involving  the  new 
technologies. 

The  second  important  trend  states  that  as  new  technologies  are  intro- 
duced, there  must  be  a  balancing  human  response  to  ensure  that  the 
technologies  are  accepted.  A  "high  touch"  is  needed  to  offset  and  ease  the 
way  of  the  "high  tech. "  Some  library  programs  will  be  aimed  at  making  the 
new  technology  "user  friendly."  Other  programs  for  youth  will  focus  on 
understanding  the  complexities  of  modern  life  and  on  bringing  meaning 
to  human  lives  surrounded  by  nonhuman  technologies.  Continued 
emphasis  on  the  youth  literatures  through  book  talks,  storytelling,  and 
reading  programs  will  bring  the  greater  human  interaction  and  communi- 
cation needed  to  cope  with  hard-edged  technologies  and  an  intense  world. 

The  third  important  trend  affecting  society-at-large  is  that  hierarchi- 
cal, centralized,  organizational  structures  are  giving  way  to  participatory, 


82  Managers  and  Missionaries 


decentralized,  informal  networks.  As  individuals  become  more  aware  of 
choices,  more  willing  to  work  for  long-term  considerations,  and  more 
desirous  of  seeking  greater  control  over  their  lives,  they  want  to  participate 
in  decisions  that  affect  them.  More  and  more  people  are  preferring  to 
exchange  ideas  and  information  as  equals  and  hate  it  when  someone 
"pulls  rank."  Networking  methods  are  evolving  now  that  connect  people 
at  all  levels  of  organizations.  The  Type  Z  organization  and  the  quality 
circle  problem-solving  groups  are  two  examples.  Directors  and  managers 
trained  in  the  hierarchical  model  will  feel  increasingly  frustrated  if  they 
don't  change  because  everyone,  it  will  seem  to  them,  will  be  wanting  to 
know  all  the  reasons  for  every  decision.  Some  administrators  may  feel  this 
way  already. 

In  the  library  field  itself,  administrators  have  been  putting  increasing 
importance  on  marketing  the  library.  The  library  profession,  according  to 
The  ALA  Yearbook  of  Library  and  Information  Services,  "appears  to  be 
refining  its  attitudes  away  from  a  previous  mode  of  bubbly,  gregarious 
enthusiasm  for  PR.  In  its  place,  a  more  subtle,  sophisticated  approach  to 
promotion  has  taken  root.  Public  relations  also  seems  to  enjoy  a  previously 
unknown  aura  of  respectability  in  the  upper  echelons  of  management" 
(Eldredge,  1986,  p.  252). 

Nonprofit  organizations  of  all  types  have  recently  taken  a  careful, 
attentive  approach  to  marketing  their  services  and  library  directors  have 
also  taken  to  arranging  their  public  relations  efforts  according  to  thought 
out  plans.  User-oriented  marketing  is  not  a  temporary  fad.  In  light  of 
society  "megatrends"  and  of  trends  within  librarianship  itself,  it  would 
seem  wise  for  youth  librarians  to  give  the  subject  considerable  thought — 
and  effort  as  well. 

Data  Collection 

Library  services  to  youth  reach  a  number  of  markets — e.g.,  preschool- 
ers, elementary  school  children,  young  adults,  parents,  teachers,  other 
professionals  who  work  with  youth,  administrators,  boards  of  trustees, 
community  organizations,  the  disabled,  volunteers,  etc.  Library  markets 
grow  and  change,  so  identifying  new  groups  to  serve  is  an  ongoing  process. 

To  develop  a  strategy  for  marketing  a  new  target  group,  it  is  necessary 
to  collect  data  about  them.  It  is  helpful  to  know  the  group's  needs  and 
wants,  their  size,  age  range,  location,  education,  lifestyle,  other  groups 
serving  them,  the  group's  likelihood  of  continuing  with  the  library  service 
under  consideration,  the  public  relations  possibilities,  and  the  cost  of 
reaching  the  group.  Once  these  factors  are  considered  and  weighed  against 
library  resources,  it  is  possible  to  determine  whether  an  effective  change  or 
addition  to  services  can  be  made. 


Marketing  Youth  Library  Services 


Once  the  target  group  is  using  library  services,  more  information 
needs  to  be  collected  to  determine  patterns  of  use.  Analyzed  data  can  lead  to 
tailoring  the  service  even  closer  to  the  needs  of  the  user.  The  recent  interest 
in  output  measures  by  library  administrators  underscores  their  interest  in 
gathering  information  about  users  and  reinforces  the  recognition  of 
library  directors'  increased  user  orientation.  Youth  librarians  should  also 
use  output  data  as  it  can  provide  additional  information  in  designing 
programs  and  in  managing  their  collections  (Hippenhammer,  1986, 
pp.  309-13). 

The  Marketing  Mix 

Most  people  think  of  marketing  in  terms  of  selling  and  advertising. 
This  is  not  surprising  since  it  is  estimated  that  the  average  consumer  is 
bombarded  with  1600  messages  of  advertisement  throughout  the  course  of 
one  day  (Fox,  1984,  p.  328).  But  marketing  is  much  more  than  selling.  It 
offers  several  techniques  that  managers  can  use  to  cover  the  broad  spectrum 
of  factors  that  influence  buying  (using)  behavior.  These  techniques  are 
called  product,  price,  distribution,  and  promotion.  Blending  these  tools  to 
produce  an  effective  marketing  package  is  called  designing  the  marketing 
mix  (Kotler,  1982,  p.  8). 

The  first  technique  involves  examining  five  controllable  characteris- 
tics of  the  product:  styling,  features,  quality,  packaging,  and  branding 
(Kotler,  1982,  pp.  292-95).  The  distinctive  look  or  "feel"  of  a  product  is  its 
"styling."  A  warm,  brightly-colored  children's  room  will  attract  users 
more  than  a  cold  imposing  one,  for  example.  Optional  product  compo- 
nents that  can  be  changed  without  altering  its  essence  are  called  "features." 
Adding  a  celebrity  visit  to  one's  summer  reading  club  may  be  optional,  but 
it  may  help  in  getting  free  media  publicity.  The  "quality"  of  a  service  is  its 
perceived  level  of  performance  over  time  and  "packaging"  is  the  larger 
situation  or  surroundings  that  contain  the  service.  Library  architecture, 
children's  room  arrangement,  and  shelving  design  are  all  examples  of 
packaging.  Lastly,  giving  brand  names  or  logos  to  products  is  an  attempt 
to  identify  and  distinguish  them  as  different  from  the  competition's  prod- 
ucts, usually  as  more  unique  or  prestigious.  Renaming  libraries  "media 
centers"  is  an  example  of  this  "branding." 

The  second  technique  of  marketing  is  pricing.  The  problem  with 
encouraging  the  marketing  of  libraries  is  that  demands  may  outstrip 
resources.  In  the  profit  sector,  price  acts  as  a  control  on  demand  but  in 
nonprofit  libraries  demand  is  usually  limited  through  library  policies 
(e.g.,  restrictions  on  telephone  reference  questions  and  on  the  number  of 
videotapes  circulated)  and  staff  behavior  (from  shushing  to  policing  youth 
behavior).  Generally,  libraries  try  to  provide  "free"  service  to  maximize 


84  Managers  and  Missionaries 


use,  but  every  service  has  its  costs,  whether  it  is  invisible  tax  support,  a 
trade-off  in  other  services  not  provided,  or  inconvenience. 

The  third  marketing  technique  is  distribution.  Libraries  must  make 
their  services  available  and  accessible  to  their  potential  users.  The  design, 
location,  and  number  of  facilities  will  affect  library  use.  Other  common 
ways  to  distribute  library  services  have  been  to  use  bookmobiles,  make 
classroom  visits,  or  deliver  kits  of  library  materials  to  outreach  centers. 

The  last  marketing  technique  is  promotion.  Publicity  is  the  most 
widely  used  type  of  promotion  in  libraries.  Publicity  is  the  nonpaid, 
favorable  attention  given  to  a  product  or  service  through  various  media 
and  published  as  significant  news  (Kotler,  1982,  p.  355).  Youth  librarians 
are  strong  on  producing  flyers,  posters,  bulletin  boards,  press  releases, 
newsletters,  and  bibliographies,  but  not  so  strong  on  making  television 
and  radio  appearances,  giving  speeches,  or  creating  news  events.  In-person 
selling  (i.e.,  building  goodwill)  and  paid  advertising  are  other  forms  of 
promotion  that  work  and  that  should  also  be  examined  for  use  in  different 
library  settings. 

Gaining  Credibility 

The  bulk  of  public  relations  is  doing  the  job  well  and  reminding 
others  of  that  quality.  On  regularly  scheduled  occasions,  however,  librar- 
ians should  plan  and  execute  the  new  and  or  unusual  service  or  marketing 
project.  Perhaps  a  dusty,  old,  not-much-used  service  needs  a  new  polishing 
or  a  library  image  of  one  kind  or  another  needs  updating.  For  example: 
Little  Miss  Muffet  /  Sat  on  a  tuffet  /  Eating  her  curds  and  whey.  /  Along 
came  a  spider  /  And  sat  down  beside  her  /  And  frightened  Miss  Muffet 
away. 

Miss  Muffet,  in  this  age  of  feminism,  has  an  image  problem.  Few 
self-respecting  librarians  of  either  sex  today  would  ever  admit  publicly  to 
being  frightened  by  something  as  insignificant  as  a  spider.  But  one  must 
ask  what  technological  spiders  are  sitting  down  beside  youth  librarians 
these  days  and  what  are  their  reactions?  No  doubt,  a  second  verse  for  poor 
little  Miss  Muffet  is  needed.  Big  Bad  Giant  /  Sat  on  his  Reliant  /  Eating  his 
Big  Mac  with  cheese.  /  He  whistled  at  Ms.  Muffett  /  Who  told  him  to  stuff 
it  /  And  kicked  him  one  right  on  the  knees. 

Gaining  credibility  for  youth  library  services  is  a  difficult  business. 
Libraries  in  society  are  generally  invisible — e.g.,  libraries  were  not  even 
mentioned  in  A  Nation  at  Risk  (National  Commission  on  Excellence  in 
Education,  1983) — and  within  the  library  profession,  service  to  children  is 
generally  invisible  and  neglected  (White,  1983,  pp.  97-99). 

Countering  the  invisibility  of  youth  library  services  must  be 
approached  by  confronting  several  market  segments.  The  first  market  to 


Marketing  Youth  Library  Services  85 


address  is  the  library  administrator  or  principal.  Youth  librarians  need  to 
be  seen  as  managers  or  as  part  of  the  managerial  team  in  order  to  carry  some 
weight  in  decision-making.  Unfortunately,  being  creative  and  offering 
creative  programs  is  often  seen  as  incompatible  with  being  an  effective 
manager.  It  is  perhaps  understandable  that  administrators  feel  this  way  if 
they  regularly  see  children's  librarians  in  clown  suits. 

There  are,  however,  several  ways  to  gain  credibility  with  administra- 
tors: (1)  provide  a  solid  program  of  substance  and  save  the  flash  for  key 
public  relations  moments;  (2)  regularly  communicate  that  substance  to  the 
administrator  through  monthly  and  special  reports  as  well  as  in  person; 
(3)  be  cooperative  in  projects  the  administrator  wants  tried;  and  (4)  never 
let  the  administrator  or  other  professionals  get  away  with  accusing  a  youth 
librarian  of  having  fun  on  the  job.  After  all,  it  is  work  and  hard  work  at 
that.  If  you  are  having  fun,  keep  it  under  your  hat. 

Parents,  teachers,  and  other  professionals  who  serve  youth  are  impor- 
tant additional  markets  with  whom  youth  librarians  should  build  strong 
relationships.  Do  this  by  communicating — even  marketing — one's  ser- 
vices to  them,  by  cooperating  in  projects  with  them,  and  by  treating  their 
children  right.  Treating  young  library  patrons  with  the  same  courtesy  and 
consideration  adults  would  get  will  not  only  impress  them  but  their 
parents  and  teachers  as  well. 

The  most  important  markets  to  confront  are  the  children  and  young 
adults  themselves.  Get  to  know  their  wants  and  needs  and  then  provide 
library  materials  and  services  to  meet  them.  Student  advisory  councils  have 
worked  well,  especially  with  young  adults.  Ask  for  their  opinions.  Spend  a 
small  part  of  the  materials  budget  on  their  fads  and  hot  topics  and  enter 
into  and  be  able  to  discuss  their  current  interests.  Several  "with-it"  posters 
in  the  library  can  do  wonders  for  public  relations  and  make  the  library  a 
more  comfortable  place  to  visit.  Keeping  the  library  alive  and  sensitive  to 
its  many  varied  markets  and  meeting  patrons  well  are  two  precepts  that 
account  for  90  percent  of  effective  library  service  (Hunsicker,  1973,  p.  120). 
Adequately  communicating  that  good  performance  to  the  public  so  it  is 
publicly  appreciated  is  effective  public  relations.  Credibility  is  based  on 
just  such  recognized,  consistent,  competent  performance. 

Acting  Now  for  the  Future 

Having  looked  at  some  major  trends  in  society  and  at  the  need  for  a 
marketing  user  orientation,  what  specific  actions  can  be  taken  to  improve 
the  public  relations  of,  and  the  future  of,  library  service  to  youth?  There  are 
three  areas  where  improvements  can  be  made.  The  first  is  to  identify  new 
market  segments  (new  publics).  One  such  market  segment  is  preschoolers 
in  day-care  centers  and  day-care  homes.  Preschoolers  in  day-care  homes 


86  Managers  and  Missionaries 


and  their  caregivers  are  a  group  virtually  untouched  by  targeted  library 
service  and  the  need  is  great.  During  1985,  39  percent  of  all  three-and-four- 
year-olds  were  enrolled  in  preschool  compared  to  1 1  percent  twenty  years 
earlier,  and  between  75  and  90  percent  of  all  family  day-care  facilities  are 
unlicensed  or  unregistered  (Brophy,  1986,  p.  60). 

A  second  market  segment  is  latchkey  school-age  children.  This  group 
is  a  growing  societal  phenomenon  and  cooperative  programs  with  other 
community  agencies  are  needed. 

A  third  market  segment  involves  youth  in  crisis.  Library  information 
and  referral  programs  for  youth  with  drug  problems,  suicide  intentions, 
need  for  abortion  alternatives,  etc.  or  cooperation  with  community  pro- 
grams, hot-lines  and  other  in-place  civic  organization  aids  should  con- 
tinue to  be  established. 

The  last  two  potential  markets,  home  schools  and  the  new  conserva- 
tive parochial  schools,  have  grown  remarkably  in  the  last  decade  with  the 
rise  of  the  new  conservatism,  and  both  have  little  or  no  library  service. 
Careful  communication  will  be  the  key  to  serving  these  two  groups 
successfully. 

The  second  area  where  improvements  should  meet  the  future  of 
library  service  to  youth  is  in  polishing  the  image  of  the  youth  librarian. 

1 .  The  concept  of  generic  librarians,  known  by  some  as  generalists,  must 
be  fought.  This  model  of  library  service  has  been  devastating  to  the  age 
subject  specialties  and  to  service  to  youth.  Children  and  young  adults 
need  librarians  deeply  knowledgeable  in  their  literatures. 

2.  Youth  librarians  must  be  seen  as  public  service  professionals.  Making  a 
children's  librarian  catalog  juvenile  books  in  a  back  corner  is  wasting  a 
public  service  talent  and  wasting  public  relations  opportunities.  Hir- 
ing a  young  adult  librarian  who  likes  to  catalog  books  is  like  hiring  a 
reference  librarian  who  hates  to  answer  the  phone. 

3.  Publicize  awards  and  recognitions  won  by  youth  librarians. 

4.  Highlight  successful  youth  librarians  in  both  local  and  national  media. 

5.  Train  speakers  to  promote  not  only  the  youth  literatures  but  also  the 
youth  library  business.  All  youth  librarians  should  be  trained  to  see 
themselves  as  PR  ambassadors  but  a  handful  of  especially  fluent  and 
verbal  "personalities"  should  be  subsidized  to  argue  and  enhance  the 
case  at  the  national  level,  both  within  and  without  the  profession.  The 
youth  associations  within  ALA  could  gather  the  research  studies,  anec- 
dotes, and  other  supportive  material  in  a  handy  form  for  background 
information  for  persuasive  speech  making. 

6.  Youth  librarians  should  mentor  and  recruit  public  service  talent  into 
their  fields. 

7.  Start  establishing  a  corporate  image  for  "youth  library  services"  by 
developing  the  recognizable,  visual  identity  of  a  logo  or  symbol.  Done 


Marketing  Youth  Library  Services  87 


right,  branding  can  be  a  powerful  public  relations  tool. 

The  third  area  where  changes  should  be  made  is  in  fine-tuning  library 
services  to  the  trends  of  the  future  and  to  their  public  relations  impact: 

1 .  Include  patron  use  data  in  managing  youth  library  collections,  particu- 
larly in  additional  copy  acquisition  and  weeding  decisions. 

2.  Budget  for  special  public  relations  programs. 

3.  Examine  opportunities  within  the  community  for  outreach,  particu- 
larly   within    the    political   arena — e.g.,    Cuyahoga   County   Public 
Library's  1986  Summer  Reading  Club  theme  was  "Hooray  for  the 
U.S.A.!"  a  theme  that  tied  in  nicely  with  the  Statue  of  Liberty  centen- 
nial celebrations,  and  one  that  gave  many  local  politicians  the  oppor- 
tunity to  participate  in  patriotic  celebrations  at  their  local  library.  The 
governor  of  Ohio  also  awarded  a  citation  of  merit  and  letters  of  congrat- 
ulations to  reading  club  participants. 

4.  Delegate  preschool  story  hours  to  well- trained  assistants  so  the  profes- 
sional can  concentrate  on  the  more  difficult  toddler  and  school-age 
story  hours. 

5.  Increase  the  use  of  puppets  and  puppet  shows  to  extend  children's 
literature  to  wider  audiences. 

6.  Encourage  the  telling  of  literary  stories  in  a  nonmemorized,  storytelling 
style. 

7.  Look  for  ways  to  mesh  new  technologies  with  current  library  practice — 
e.g.,  create  a  literary  pen  pal  book  reviewing  club  using  electronic 
bulletin  boards  and  modems  to  encourage  young  readers  to  recommend 
books  to  their  peers. 

8.  Start  a  juvenile  videotape  collection  that  circulates  to  children. 

Conclusion 

As  the  twenty-first  century  approaches,  it  is  imperative  that  youth 
librarians  look  to  identifying  new  library  user  groups  and  tailoring  ser- 
vices to  their  needs.  Areas  of  service  most  likely  to  grow  will  be: 
(1)  technological  forms  of  information  (high  tech);  (2)  human  responses 
through  literature  and  nurturing  (high  touch);  and  (3)  democratic  and 
egalitarian  approaches  to  supplying  user  wants  and  needs  (direct  touch). 
The  techniques  of  marketing  are  ideally  suited  to  addressing  these  needs  of 
the  future. 

Needs  assessment  is  an  ongoing  process  that  demands  constant  reeval- 
uation.  After  data  collection  from  market  segment  users,  it  may  be  found 
that  Miss  Muffet's  new  image  as  updated  earlier  is  too  sharp  and  a  modified 
image  is  needed:  Little  Ms.  Muffet  /  Can  rough  it  and  tough  it  /  And  face 
up  to  problems  galore.  /  Demanding  and  gaining  /  Assertiveness  training, 
/  She  flinches  at  spiders  no  more. 


88  Managers  and  Missionaries 


The  world  needs  to  be  told  that  youth  librarians  are  a  new  breed.  The 
assertive,  knowledgeable,  creative  talent  in  the  youth  library  field  is 
impressive.  Yes,  youth  services  must  be  marketed,  but  the  profession  needs 
to  market  its  most  valuable  resource — its  own  personnel — the  professional 
youth  librarian. 


NOTES 

Broderick,  D.  M.,  (Ed.)  (1986,  August/October).  Guest  editorial.  Voice  of  Youth  Advocates, 
9,  118. 

Brophy,  B.  (1986,  27  October).  Children  under  stress.  U.S.  News  and  World  Report,  101,  60. 

Conroy,  B.  (1984).  Megatrend  marketing:  Creating  the  library's  future.  In  G.  T.  Ford  (Ed.), 
Marketing  and  the  library  (pp.  9-17).  New  York:  Haworth  Press. 

Decision  Research  Corporation.  (1983).  A  survey  of  attitudes  towards  the  Cuyahoga  County 
Public  Library.  Cleveland:  DRC. 

Dragon,  A.  C.,  &  Leisner,  T.  (1984).  The  ABCs  of  implementing  library  marketing.  In  G.  T. 
Ford  (Ed.),  Marketing  and  the  library  (pp.  34-41).  New  York:  Haworth  Press. 

Eldredge,  J.  (1986).  Public  relations.  In  R.  Parent  (Ed. ),ALA  yearbook  of  library  and  informa- 
tion services:  A  review  of  library  events  1985.  (Vol.  11)  (pp.  252-53).  Chicago:  ALA. 

Fox,  S.  R.  (1984).  The  mirror  makers:  A  history  of  American  advertising  and  its  creators.  New 
York:  Morrow. 

Greene,  E.,  fe  Cummins,  J.  (1983,  Summer).  Reading,  libraries,  and  summer  achievement. 
Top  of  the  News,  39,  370-372. 

Heyns,  B.  (1978).  Summer  learning  and  the  effects  of  schooling.  New  York:  Academic  Press. 

Hippenhammer,  C.  (1986,  Spring).  Managing  children's  library  collections  through  objec- 
tive data.  Top  of  the  News,  42,  309-313. 

Hunsicker,  Marya.  (1973).  Public  relations  in  a  children's  room.  In  A.  Angoff  (Ed.),  Public 
relations  for  libraries:  Essays  in  communications  techniques  (pp.  1 1 7-3 1 ).  Westport,  CT: 
Greenwood  Press. 

Kotler,  P.  (1982).  Marketing  for  nonprofit  organizations  (2nd  ed).  Englewood  Cliffs,  NJ: 
Prentice-Hall. 

Matthews,  A.  J.  (1984).  Library  market  segmentation:  An  effective  approach  for  meeting 
client  needs.  In  G.  T.  Ford  (Ed.),  Marketing  and  the  library  (pp.  20-26).  New  York: 
Haworth  Press. 

Naisbitt,  J.  (1982).  Megatrends:  Ten  new  directions  transforming  our  lives.  New  York: 

Warner  Books. 

'The  National  Commission  on  Excellence  in  Education.  (1983).  A  nation  at  risk:  The  impera- 
tive for  educational  reform.  Washington,  DC:  The  Commission. 

O'Brien,  P.  M.  (1981,  Spring).  An  administrator  speaks  of  services  to  youth.  Top  of  the  News, 
37,  243-246. 

Toffler,  A.  (1980).  Third  wave.  New  York:  Morrow. 

Toffler,  A.  (1970).  Future  shock.  New  York:  Random  House. 

White,  L.  J.  (1983).  The  public  library  in  the  1980s:  The  problems  of  choice.  Lexington,  MA: 
Lexington  Books. 


MARGARET  BUSH 

Assistant  Professor 
Graduate  School  of  Library  &  Information  Science 

Simmons  College 
Boston,  Massachusetts 


The  Right  Stuff:  Recruitment  and  Education 
for  Children's  and  Young  Adult  Specialists 


"There  was  something  ancient,  primordial,  irresistible  about  the  chal- 
lenge of  this  stuff,  no  matter  what  a  sophisticated  and  rational  age  one 
might  think  he  lived  in"  (Wolfe,  1984,  p.  22).  In  his  exploration  of  the 
bonds  of  fraternity  among  the  military  test  pilots  who  achieved  heroic 
status  as  the  early  astronauts,  Tom  Wolfe  was  fascinated  by  an  almost 
tangible  but  undefinable  central  quality  by  which  its  members  were 
ranked.  Energy,  guts,  bravery,  idealism,  and  more  seemed  obvious  traits, 
but  somewhere  beyond  these  lay  an  "ineffable  quality"  implicitly  under- 
stood by  the  men  in  this  special  brotherhood.  Theirs  was  a  time  of  striving 
for  recognition,  for  pride,  and  for  legitimacy  as  they  tested  and  extended 
the  limits  of  their  specialized  occupation.  In  time  they  gained  not  only 
glory,  but,  more  importantly,  acceptance  by  their  peers.  And  then  the 
institutional  structure  in  which  they  worked  and  the  very  world  itself 
changed.  Having  achieved  their  place  as  "deserving  occupants  at  the  top  of 
the  pyramid  of  the  right  stuff"  (Wolfe,  1984,  p.  366),  the  importance  of  the 
fraternity  and  the  ideal  began  to  slip  away. 

Not  long  ago  a  friend  and  colleague  who  is  the  head  of  children's 
services  in  a  public  library  serving  a  community  of  about  40,000  was 
reflecting  on  problems  of  assessing  the  background  and  skills  of  applicants 
for  a  position  as  children's  librarian.  She  was  pointing  out  that  the  aca- 
demic and  work  experiences  listed  on  the  resume  and  application  are  often 
not  very  reliable  indicators  of  the  actual  education  or  training  the  individ- 
ual has  been  provided.  "You  simply  can't  assume  any  common  set  of 
competencies,"  she  commented.  While  the  common  sense  of  this  seems 
pretty  basic,  don't  we  usually  suppose  that  if  a  person  has  taken  the 
requisite  courses  in  library  school,  there  will  be  at  least  a  passing  acquain- 
tance with  some  widely  understood  tenets  of  children's  literature,  say,  or 
school  librarianship  or  young  adult  services? 

89 


90  Managers  and  Missionaries 


A  similar  but  more  formal  set  of  statements  regarding  competencies 
was  developed  by  Patsy  Perritt  and  Kathleen  Heim  in  an  article  for  the 
Winter  1987  issue  of  Top  of  the  News  on  the  ALA-accredited  master's 
degree  as  the  basic  professional  credential  for  youth  services  librarians. 
They  observe  that:  "National  standards  for  youth  services  in  librarianship, 
except  for  those  in  the  school  setting,  have  not  been  developed,  utilized, 
and  promoted  by  members  of  the  profession,  and  this  is  one  of  the  reasons 
educational  programs  for  youth  services  lack  centrality"  (Perritt  &  Heim, 
1987,  p.  154).  One  might  add  that,  on  an  informal  level,  we  do  have 
something  of  a  centrality  of  belief  about  the  personal  and  professional 
characteristics  and  skills  desirable  for  youth  services  librarians.  We  have 
pretty  commonly  held  ideas  about  the  right  stuff  for  librarians  serving 
children  and  adolescents,  and  these  tend  to  be  both  rooted  in  long  abiding 
ideals  and  to  have  developed  some  new  tenets  in  response  to  shifts  in 
management  theory  and  political  realities  in  libraries  and  schools.  We 
have  a  strong  collegiality  based  on  idealism,  pragmatism,  and  frustration 
about  our  status  in  the  larger  library  profession.  It  is  true  that  we  have  not 
developed  structured  definitions  and  programs  which  might  effectively 
put  youth  services  at  the  height  we  believe  it  deserves  on  the  pyramid  of 
librarianship. 

What  then  is  the  right  stuff?  Who  has  the  responsibility  for  identifying 
and  developing  it?  How  well  is  this  being  done?  What  can  we  as  library 
educators,  youth  services  librarians,  and  members  of  professional  organi- 
zations do  to  make  sure  that  it  is  done  better?  The  following  discussion  will 
look  at  some  of  the  formulations  of  professional  competencies,  comment 
on  the  relationship  of  these  to  curriculum  offerings  in  library  schools, 
examine  some  current  issues  and  problems  in  professional  education  for 
youth  services  specialists,  and  finally  suggest  some  action  items  for  the 
agenda  we  hope  will  emerge  from  this  Allerton  conference. 

Professional  Qualifications 

What  about  the  contention  that  we  don't  have  a  set  of  national  youth 
services  standards  upon  which  to  construct  and  evaluate  professional 
education?  In  the  strictest  sense  this  is  true,  of  course,  but  let  us  look  at  the 
content  and  similarities  in  existing  documents.  The  school  library/media 
field,  being  both  the  most  complex  and  the  most  formulated,  is  the  logical 
place  to  begin.  The  national  standards  published  in  1975  and  to  be 
replaced  in  the  near  future,  stipulate  that:  "The  media  specialist  holds  a 
master's  degree  in  media  from  a  program  that  combines  library  and  infor- 
mation science,  educational  communications  and  technology,  and  curric- 
ulum." This  academic  program  is  to  develop  a  specified  list  of 
competencies,  including,  among  others,  planning  and  administration, 


Recruitment  and  Education  91 


analysis  of  user  characteristics  and  information  needs,  media  design  and 
production,  and  interpretation  and  application  of  research  (American 
Association  of  School  Librarians,  1975,  pp.  22-23). 

It  is  not  mandated  that  the  master's  degree  be  from  an  accredited 
library  school,  and,  as  has  been  widely  noted  and  discussed,  school  media 
specialists  are  subject  to  the  requirements  of  certification  regulations  set  by 
the  individual  states.  From  a  pragmatic  point  of  view,  state  regulations, 
being  a  condition  of  employment,  generally  take  precedence  over  the 
national  standards  which  lack  a  structured  means  of  enforcement.  Some- 
times the  national  and  state  requirements  are  similar  or  even  congruent.  As 
noted  in  Ann  Franklin's  1984  survey  of  school  library  media  certification 
requirements  in  each  state,  published  in  the  January  1984  School  Library 
Journal,  some  states  include  a  requirement  of  an  MLS,  some  levels  of 
certification  require  a  master's  degree  plus  additional  hours  of  study,  and 
in  many  cases  a  number  of  stipulated  hours  short  of  a  master's  degree  will 
suffice  (Franklin,  1984,  pp.  21-34).  Presumably  the  lack  of  uniform  appli- 
cation of  the  national  standard  causes  some  difficulty  for  individuals 
wishing  to  relocate  from  one  state  to  another. 

Not  only  do  the  academic  requirements  and  desired  competencies  for 
school  library  media  specialists  differ  widely  among  states,  but  there  are 
distinctly  different  opinions  in  the  library  education  field  as  to  whether  the 
accredited  library  schools  are  the  most  appropriate  providers  of  profes- 
sional education  for  such  specialists.  Jane  Hannigan,  in  a  wide-ranging 
examination  of  library  education,  has  advocated  moving  "all  educational 
responsibility  for  this  professional  to  schools  of  education"  (Hannigan, 
1984,  p.  55).  Perritt  and  Heim  (1987),  anxious  to  further  the  commonalities 
among  youth  services  in  the  library  schools  and  in  professional  practice, 
admit  that  one  of  the  most  important  of  the  unresolved  problems  is 
"professional  consensus  as  to  the  location  of  the  educational  component" 
(p.  156).  In  this  largest  of  the  youth  specialties,  and  the  only  one  to  actually 
have  national  standards,  there  is  no  centrality  as  described  earlier  by  these 
authors. 

While  there  are  no  functional  national  standards  for  children's  and 
young  adult  services,  the  widely  recognized  "Competencies  for  Librarians 
Serving  Youth,"  developed  by  ALA's  Young  Adult  Services  Division 
(YASD),  is  generally  considered  prescriptive  and  useful  as  a  guide  for 
professional  education  and  for  the  development  of  library  positions.  This 
document  does  not  specify  a  level  of  academic  achievement  but  stipulates 
specific  areas  of  knowledge  and  skills  pertaining  to:  leadership  and  profes- 
sionalism, knowledge  of  the  client  group,  communication,  administra- 
tion, knowledge  of  materials,  access  to  information,  and  services. 
Competencies  involved  in  knowledge  of  the  client  group  include  applying 
factual  and  interpretive  information  on  adolescent  psychology,  growth 


92  Managers  and  Missionaries 


and  development,  sociology,  and  popular  culture  and  also  knowledge  of 
the  reading  process  in  planning  for  materials  and  services.  The  manage- 
ment skills  include  identification  and  development  of  external  funding, 
applying  and  conducting  research,  and  monitoring  legislation.  Service 
capabilities  include  two  that  have  been  particular  philosophical  tenets  of 
the  young  adult  services  field — i.e.,  crisis  intervention  counseling  and 
involving  young  adults  in  planning  and  implementing  services  for  their 
age  group  (Young  Adult  Services  Division,  1982,  p.  51).  The  Board  of 
Directors  of  the  Association  for  Library  Service  to  Children  (ALSC)  (1986) 
recently  adopted  recommendations  of  a  long-range  planning  task  force 
which  included  the  development  of  a  set  of  competencies  for  children's 
librarians,  and  the  task  has  been  assigned  to  the  division's  education 
committee. 

In  the  absence  of  national  children's  services  standards,  many  state 
library  agencies  and  professional  associations  have  developed  standards  in 
recent  years  or  are  now  in  the  process  of  doing  so.  The  Standards  for  Youth 
Services  in  Public  Libraries  of  New  York  State  include  a  list  of  competen- 
cies which  are  a  close  adaptation  of  the  YASD  competencies.  Since  the  title 
of  the  original  document  designates  "youth"  rather  than  "young  adults," 
the  New  York  task  force  simply  substituted  the  same  term  throughout  the 
document  wherever  "young  adults"  had  been  used  to  designate  the  client 
group  with  a  resulting  list  intended  for  use  with  both  children's  and  young 
adult  librarians.  No  indication  is  given  of  competencies  which  might  be 
more  germane  to  either  one  of  the  services.  The  YASD  list  was  apparently 
intended  primarily  for  use  in  library  education  since  the  competencies 
were  all  designated  for  "the  student";  the  New  York  list  assigns  them  for 
"the  librarian"  (New  York  Library  Association,  1984). 

The  competencies  stated  in  the  standards  for  school  library  media 
centers  are  not  markedly  different  from  the  YASD  competencies,  and, 
although  both  are  probably  due  for  further  examination  and  discussion, 
there  does  seem  to  be  enough  common  ground  to  develop  a  central  set  of 
skills  and  characteristics  for  librarians  serving  youth,  both  children  and 
adolescents,  whether  in  a  public  library  setting  or  a  school  library  media 
center. 

Competencies  which  are  agreed  upon  and  promulgated  by  national 
organizations  set  one  sort  of  standard  for  professional  education.  Another 
useful  standard  is  level  of  academic  achievement.  The  master's  degree  from 
an  ALA  accredited  library  school  has  been  the  generally  accepted  require- 
ment for  entry  into  professional  librarianship,  but,  as  previously  mention- 
ed, different  requirements  often  apply  to  a  very  substantial  segment  of  the 
field,  namely  school  librarianship.  What  of  children's  and  young  adult 
services  in  public  libraries?  Several  of  the  state  level  standards  recommend 
(most  do  not  require)  an  M.L.S.  for  the  librarian  responsible  for  youth 


Recruitment  and  Education  93 


services  at  the  local  library.  A  number  of  state  surveys  of  children's  services 
provide  interesting  information  about  the  academic  credentials  actually 
held  by  children's  librarians.  A  1978  survey  of  Illinois  public  libraries,  for 
example,  focused  on  many  aspects  of  thirty-two  libraries  selected,  among 
other  reasons,  for  their  reputed  strength  in  services  to  children.  It  was 
found  that  seventeen,  or  a  little  better  than  50  percent,  of  the  librarians  had 
an  M.L.S.  Six  librarians  had  bachelor's  degrees,  and  eight  (25  percent)  had 
less  than  a  bachelor's  degree  (Richardson,  1978,  pp.  136-137).  A  more 
recently  published  survey  of  285  children's  librarians  in  Michigan  revealed 
that  136  (47.7  percent)  had  an  M.L.S.  In  this  instance,  sixty-six  individuals 
(23.1  percent)  had  less  than  a  bachelor's  degree,  while  the  remaining 
eighty-three  had  bachelor's  degrees  or  other  degrees  and  certificates.  In  this 
study,  7.7  percent  of  the  librarians  were  noted  as  attending  school,  but  the 
levels  of  study  were  not  specified.  It  was  also  found  that  67  percent  of  the 
respondents  had  earned  continuing  education  units  (CEUs)  (Todara,  et  al., 
1985,  p.  5). 

The  information  from  these  surveys  are  important  parts  of  the  demo- 
graphics of  our  profession — a  subject  to  be  explored  further  in  this 
program — which  raise  questions  about  professional  competencies  and 
credentials  for  youth  services  librarians.  Provided  we  accept  the  assump- 
tion that  the  M.L.S.  is  desirable  as  the  entry-level  professional  require- 
ment, how  can  we  encourage  its  achievement  by  more  librarians?  Is  it 
reasonable  to  suppose  that  all  public  and  school  libraries  could  or  should 
have  professionally  educated  librarians?  How  do  we  define  professional? 
What  are  the  educational  needs  and  requirements  of  those  youth  services 
librarians  who  have  not  earned  the  professional  degree?  Clearly,  various 
states  have  been  struggling  with  some  of  these  questions,  though  we  lack 
cohesive  information  about  the  results  of  state  efforts  which  we  might  draw 
upon  for  a  strong  national  system  on  which  to  plan  and  promote  profes- 
sional education  in  youth  services. 

Just  as  all  states  have  certification  requirements,  some  states  also 
certify  librarians  for  the  public  library  field — usually  on  the  basis  of  less 
complex  requirements.  The  subject  of  certification  is  by  no  means  new,  but 
in  recent  years  some  writers  have  suggested  that  this  idea  deserves  attention 
in  the  national  scheme  of  regulating  professional  credentials.  Standards 
and  a  mechanism  for  certification  are  sometimes  advocated — and 
disputed — as  an  alternative  to  the  present  scheme  of  the  M.L.S.  as  the 
preferred  basic  requirement  (see  Willett,  1984,  pp.  13-23).  Certification 
may  also  be  seen  as  a  system  for  ensuring  competency  at  various  levels  of 
professional  responsibility,  and  this  notion  ought  to  be  considered  at  a 
national  level  as  a  potential  means  of  strengthening  both  the  provision  of 
library  services  to  youth  and  the  role  of  youth  services  librarianship  in  the 
larger  professional  field. 


94  Managers  and  Missionaries 


Aside  from  philosophical  interests  and  concern  about  professional- 
ism, there  is  a  very  practical  matter  which  lends  urgency  to  the  notions  of 
competencies  and  certification.  At  the  present  time  the  demand  for  librar- 
ians in  the  youth  services  specialties  outstrips  by  far  the  supply  of  candi- 
dates entering  the  field  through  library  schools.  John  Berry  (1986)  strongly 
stated  the  shortage  of  children's  and  young  adult  librarians  in  a  recent 
Library  Journal  editorial  (p.  4).  The  accompanying  report  on  national 
placements  of  library  school  graduates  for  1985  showed  more  librarians 
placed  in  public  libraries  than  in  any  other  type — a  situation  occurring  for 
the  first  time  since  1977.  Moreover,  of  the 2, 387  placements,  313  ( 13  percent) 
were  in  youth  services  with  an  almost  even  split  between  public  and  school 
librarians.  The  three  largest  specialties  were  children's  services  in  public 
libraries  (113  positions),  children's  services  in  school  libraries  (112  posi- 
tions), and  business  libraries  (100  positions).  Additionally,  there  were 
forty-five  placements  in  youth  services  in  public  libraries,  forty  in  youth 
services  in  school  libraries,  and  three  in  children's  services  "other"  (Lear- 
mont  8c  Van  Houten,  1986,  p.  35).  It  must  be  admitted  that  some  large  areas 
of  librarianship,  such  as  reference  services,  were  not  delineated  in  the 
specialty  listings,  but  youth  services  librarians  are  nonetheless  an  impres- 
sive population  among  the  recently  placed  graduates  of  library  schools. 

Placements  of  graduates  are  only  one  part  of  the  supply  and  demand 
picture.  We  don't  have  an  accurate  accounting  of  the  total  number  of 
professional  vacancies  nationwide,  but,  based  on  records  for  just  one 
region,  one  can  surmise  that  there  is  a  very  large  shortfall.  In  New  England 
alone  there  were  771  professional  positions  posted  during  1985.  The 
library  school  at  Simmons — with  by  far  the  largest  number  of  placements 
of  any  library  school — placed  only  141  graduates  (Learmont  &  Van 
Houten,  pp.  32-33).  Thirteen  of  the  graduates  were  placed  in  foreign 
countries  and  another  11  went  to  states  outside  the  region,  leaving  123 
individuals  to  fill  only  about  16  percent  of  the  vacancies.  Youth  services 
positions  numbered  159  (20.6  percent)  of  the  total  (Simmons  College, 
1986).  Much  smaller  numbers  of  placements  were  made  by  the  library 
schools  at  Southern  Connecticut  University  and  the  University  of  Rhode 
Island,  and  presumably  a  few  individuals  came  into  the  region  from  other 
states.  However,  the  gap  is  still  large,  and  faculty  and  administration  at 
Simmons  would  testify  from  the  numbers  of  phone  calls  from  desperate 
library  administrators  that  the  crisis  is  of  far  greater  proportions  than 
indicated  in  the  Library  Journal  survey. 

The  shortage  of  library  school  graduates  has  several  implications  for 
youth  services.  Some  vacant  positions — even  those  offering  fine  salaries — 
are  going  unfilled.  Some  are  being  filled  by  graduates  who  did  not  antici- 
pate going  into  these  specialties  and  had  no  relevant  specialty  coursework 
at  all.  Some  are  being  filled  by  so-called  preprofessionals,  who  have  widely 


Recruitment  and  Education  95 


divergent  amounts  and  kinds  of  experience.  Some  of  them  will  settle  in  com- 
fortably and  perform  very  competently  while  others  will  struggle  along  at 
a  mediocre  level;  all  can  be  paid  lower  salaries  than  a  professional  candidate. 

The  Massachusetts  Library  Association  is  busily  developing  chil- 
dren's services  standards  which  will  state  competencies  and  recommend  an 
M.L.S.  children's  librarian  for  every  library  (Massachusetts  Library  Associ- 
ation, 1988).  A  large  part  of  the  impetus  for  developing  standards  in  this 
instance  came  from  library  administrators  concerned  about  the  current 
shortage  of  qualified  children's  librarians.  State  certification  of  children's 
librarians  has  been  discussed  but  only  tentatively.  This  is  a  state  and  a 
region  that  has  employed  effective  recruitment  strategies  for  youth 
services — e.g.,  excellent  coverage  of  the  shortage  in  metropolitan  and 
suburban  newspapers,  a  slide-tape  presentation  to  encourage  library  trust- 
ees to  support  professional  levels  of  children's  services,  and  a  brochure  on 
youth  services  careers  for  distribution  by  local  libraries  to  high  schools  and 
colleges.  Children's  librarians  have  worked  with  their  professional  col- 
leagues to  pass  minimum  salary  recommendations  for  the  state;  while 
salaries  are  certainly  uneven  in  the  state,  there  has  been  a  noticeable 
upward  trend  since  the  minimum  salary  has  been  advocated  (and  the  level 
has  been  raised  three  times  in  just  a  few  years).  Enrollment  in  the  youth 
services  courses  at  Simmons  is  strong  and  rising  but  still  falls  far  short  of 
the  demand  since  many  of  these  students  already  fill  professional  posi- 
tions. The  complexities  of  recruitment  have  received  attention  in  national 
programs  and  journals,  but  the  national  professional  organizations  have 
not  moved  beyond  discussion  to  a  strong,  concerted  program  or  projects  to 
address  the  problem. 

Librarians  sometimes  tend  to  blame  the  library  schools  for  failures 
both  in  attracting  students  to  the  field  and  in  educating  them  adequately  to 
meet  library  needs.  The  general  antipathy  between  practicing  profession- 
als and  library  schools  has  been  variously  documented  (Conant,  1980)  and 
has  certainly  been  shared  in  part  by  youth  services  librarians.  The  wide- 
spread assumption  that  library  schools  don't  support  youth  services  was 
exacerbated  in  the  early  1980s  when  library  schools  in  several  states  were 
closing,  declining  to  fill  faculty  positions  in  the  youth  services  specialties, 
or  transferring  responsibility  for  the  youth  services  curriculum  to  other 
schools  or  departments  of  the  parent  institution.  State  professional  associ- 
ations did  battle  with  the  library  schools  in  several  instances,  and  the  youth 
divisions  of  ALA  endorsed  their  efforts  and  expressed  concern  to  library 
school  deans.  Some  efforts  succeeded  in  gaining  renewed  support  of  youth 
services  in  the  library  schools,  but  others  failed,  leaving  great  gaps  in 
professional  education  in  some  parts  of  the  country. 

One  study  was  undertaken  by  this  author  and  Melody  Allen,  consul- 
tant for  children's  services  at  the  Rhode  Island  State  Library,  to  document 


96  Managers  and  Missionaries 


the  alleged  deterioration  of  support  for  youth  services  in  the  library 
schools.  A  survey  of  all  the  accredited  schools  was  conducted  in  the  spring 
of  1985  asking  about  course  offerings,  faculty,  enrollment,  continuing 
education,  and  other  matters.  The  results  were  encouraging  in  many 
respects  but  did  not  provide  the  desired  comprehensive  view  since  just 
thirty-eight  of  the  sixty-seven  schools  (56.7  percent)  accredited  at  the  time 
provided  usable  returns.  There  was  evidence  of  a  good  array  of  regularly 
offered  core  courses  in  children's  and  young  adult  services  and  school 
librarianship  in  the  majority  of  schools.  Courses  tended  to  be  offered  by 
tenured  or  tenure-track  faculty,  and  the  number  of  these  positions  was 
healthy  if  not  large — a  fact  that  seems  even  more  positive  when  viewed  in 
light  of  the  published  placement  figures  for  the  individual  schools  (Allen  & 
Bush,  1987).  These  would  suggest  quite  small  enrollments  in  youth  ser- 
vices specialties  in  many  cases;  it  was  notable  that  schools  often  did  not 
provide  enrollment  information.  It  was  not  possible  to  establish  enroll- 
ment trends  for  the  three-year  period  queried.  The  returns  indicated  very 
few  students  doing  advanced  level  specialization  beyond  the  M.L.S. — a 
very  serious  situation  in  a  set  of  specialties  badly  in  need  of  deepening  and 
strengthening  their  theoretical  base.  The  most  positive  information 
gleaned  in  the  study  was  the  array  of  faculty  interests,  projects,  and  teach- 
ing responsibilities.  Several  schools  known  to  have  strong  youth  services 
faculty  did  not  respond  to  the  survey,  and,  even  without  these  individuals, 
the  pool  of  talent  and  leadership  reflected  in  the  returns  was  truly 
impressive. 

The  leadership  of  library  school  faculty  in  the  youth  services  fields 
merits  attention  since  these  individuals  have  been  particularly  effective  in 
professional  associations  in  recent  years.  In  ALA's  Association  for  Library 
Service  to  Children  (ALSC),  three  of  the  past  five  presidents  were  library 
educators,  and,  during  several  of  these  years,  faculty  have  also  served  as 
presidents  of  the  American  Association  of  School  Librarians  (AASL)  and 
of  the  Young  Adult  Services  Division  (YASD).  Many  more  such  individu- 
als have  served  on  the  divisions'  boards  of  directors  and  have  chaired 
committees;  some  have  gone  on  to  major  responsibilities  in  other  units  of 
ALA.  These  individuals  continue  to  provide  leadership,  to  keep  our  inter- 
ests very  much  alive  in  the  library  schools,  and  to  contribute  significantly 
to  development  of  professional  programs  such  as  this  Allerton  conference. 
(The  notion  of  a  national  conference  of  children's,  school,  and  young  adult 
librarians  to  forge  a  joint  agenda  for  the  future  was  first  proposed  by 
Shirley  Aaron  of  Florida  State  University  when  she  was  president  of  AASL 
and  was  further  developed  by  a  very  active  ALSC  and  YASD  member, 
Leslie  Edmonds  of  the  University  of  Illinois.)  Though  bonds  between  a 
significant  number  of  library  educators  and  other  youth  services  profes- 
sionals are  indeed  strong,  it  probably  cannot  be  said  that  librarians  in  these 


Recruitment  and  Education  97 


specialties  have  any  greater  trust  of  library  schools  than  their  other  librar- 
ian colleagues.  It  may  well  be,  however,  that  we  don't  actually  suffer  the 
practitioner/educator  gap  to  the  degree  sometimes  noted  in  parts  of  the 
library  field.  In  looking  toward  a  future  agenda,  there  ought  to  be  oppor- 
tunity for  further  creative  partnerships  and  collaborations. 

In  spite  of  the  noted  commitment  of  many  library  schools  to  youth 
services,  we  still  don't  have  adequate  information  about  the  actual  quality 
of  professional  education  in  these  specialties,  and,  of  course,  it  is  known 
informally  that  there  is  a  lack  of  good  course  offerings  at  some  schools.  As 
library  schools  have  suffered  declining  enrollments  and  some  have  been 
closed  in  recent  years,  a  growing  number  of  writers  have  suggested  that  the 
professional  schools  ought  to  become  individually  more  specialized  rather 
than  each  trying  to  serve  the  broad  spectrum  of  librarianship.  Ralph 
Conant,  in  his  well-known  study  of  library  education  sponsored  by  ALA 
and  funded  by  the  H.  W.  Wilson  Co.,  strongly  recommended  a  national 
plan  which  would  further  decrease  the  number  of  schools  and  would 
"recommend  an  appropriate  distribution  of  specializations  among  the 
surviving  library  schools"  (Conant,  1980,  p.  62).  Jane  Anne  Hannigan, 
long-time  library  educator  and  youth  services  specialist,  also  raised  this 
possibility  in  a  substantial  examination  of  how  excellence  might  be 
achieved  in  library  education.  "[PJerhaps  the  time  has  come  for  library 
schools  to  recognize  that  they  can  be  qualitatively  superior  only  by  limit- 
ing the  number  of  specialized  programs  they  offer  and  thus  concentrating 
limited  resources"  (Hannigan,  1984,  p.  6). 

Such  suggestions  of  narrowing  the  focus  of  schools  and  decreasing  the 
specializations  of  each  school  are  more  than  a  little  unsettling  to  youth 
services  librarians  since  they  suspect  that  library  schools  would  follow  the 
example  of  many  public  libraries  and  school  districts  that  have  cut  back 
support  for  library  services  to  children  and  adolescents  in  bad  financial 
times.  This  might  not  be  exactly  the  case  since  library  schools  do  respond 
(at  least  somewhat)  to  the  demands  of  the  marketplace,  and  there  are 
increased  postings  and  placements  in  youth  services. 

The  shortage  of  librarians  is  widespread,  occurring  in  many  parts  of 
the  country,  and  of  course  many  individuals  who  are  potential  youth 
services  librarians  are  women  with  families  who  are  returning  to  the  work 
force — most  would  be  unable  to  go  to  another  state  for  their  professional 
education.  We  must  continue  to  provide  a  basic  level  of  specialization  in 
youth  services  in  every  library  school.  But  we  must  also  look  more  carefully 
at  the  proposition  of  identifying,  promoting,  and  building  upon  those 
programs  which  offer  greater  depth  of  specialization.  In  a  recent  article  on 
the  future  of  services  to  young  adults,  Gerald  Hodges  (1987),  a  faculty 
member  at  the  University  of  Iowa  and  long  active  in  the  leadership  of 
YASD,  proposes  that  the  three  ALA  youth  divisions  make  it  a  top  priority 


98  Managers  and  Missionaries 


to  identify  several  programs  and  develop  funding  to  support  these  as 
models  or  centers  of  strong  specialization  (p.  173). 

While  the  earlier  discussion  focuses  on  library  schools,  these  institu- 
tions are  by  no  means  the  sole  providers  of  youth  services  professional 
education.  Continuing  education,  in-service  training,  and  self- 
development  are  all  essential  in  building  the  skills  and  knowledge  of  youth 
services  librarians.  As  with  the  academic  programs,  there  is  a  lack  of 
comprehensive  information  and  consensus  about  what  needs  to  be  pro- 
vided and  how  best  to  provide  it.  In  some  cases  there  is  cooperation  between 
libraries,  professional  associations,  and  library  schools  to  plan  and  provide 
educational  opportunities,  but,  generally,  communication  and  shared 
planning  are  haphazard.  This  is  not  to  suggest  that  all  education  has  to  be 
jointly  sponsored  or  conform  to  some  master  plan,  but  it  seems  obvious 
that  educational  opportunity  for  the  individual  youth  services  librarian 
could  be  strengthened  considerably  through  the  clarifying  of  roles  and 
increased  sharing  of  assessment  and  planning.  The  reporting  of  good 
programs  is  not  always  as  full  or  widespread  as  we  might  like,  but,  as  with 
the  academic  offerings,  there  are  very  good  models  upon  which  to  build.  A 
recent  example  is  an  Iowa  program  reported  in  considerable  detail  in  the 
Rural  Library  Service  Newsletter  (Cresap,  1986,  p.  14).  Planned  by  Marilyn 
Nickelsberg  of  the  State  Library  of  Iowa  for  children's  librarians  and 
public  library  directors  responsible  for  children's  services  in  rural  com- 
munities, this  program  was  intended  to  provide  management  training  for 
staff  who  have  little  or  no  professional  education.  The  intensive  two-day 
program  gave  some  seventy-five  librarians  an  opportunity  to  acquire  new 
insights  and  techniques  for  planning,  developing,  and  assessing  children's 
services.  In  addition  to  informative  content  and  a  stimulating  format,  this 
program  was  exemplary  in  other  ways.  The  planner  was  extremely  effec- 
tive in  collaborating — she  selected  a  children's  consultant  from  another 
state  library  and  a  faculty  member  from  a  distant  library  school  as  her 
presenters  and  had  them  share  the  program  planning  from  the  outset.  She 
also  publicized  and  documented  the  program  carefully,  fully  intending 
that  other  states  be  encouraged  to  emulate  this  effort.  Her  well-attended, 
substantial  program  served  both  her  audience  and  other  education  provid- 
ers very  well  indeed. 

There  is  a  great  mass  of  workshops,  programs,  and  training  sessions 
which  provide  educational  opportunities  to  youth  services  librarians  each 
year  at  the  local,  state,  national,  and  even  international  level.  Some  of  these 
respond  to  local  needs  and  others  to  very  specialized  interests,  while  others 
have  widespread  appeal  and  may  or  may  not  be  well  publicized.  In  this 
so-called  information  age,  it  would  be  wonderful  indeed  if  we  had  some 
central  mechanism  for  collecting  and  disseminating  information  about 
educational  program  offerings;  theoretically,  at  least,  this  would  provide 


Recruitment  and  Education  99 


greater  opportunity  for  individuals  to  avail  themselves  of  programs  and 
would  also  enable  us  to  discern  the  patterns  of  what  is  being  provided  and 
what  might  be  missing. 

There  are  many  issues  related  to  nonacademic  educational  opportuni- 
ties which  need  to  be  addressed.  The  previously  mentioned  survey  of 
library  schools  included  a  component  on  continuing  education  offerings 
which  indicated  programs  in  a  broad  range  of  subject  areas.  However,  the 
most  frequently  offered  programs  and  those  with  the  highest  attendance 
were  predominantly  those  concerned  with  children's  books  and  storytell- 
ing. Programs  related  to  computers  were  also  offered  somewhat  frequently, 
and  there  were  fewer  offerings  related  to  management  of  youth  services 
(Allen  fc  Bush,  1987).  Lacking  a  strong  philosophical  and  theoretical  basis 
in  regard  to  education  and  training,  program  providers  generally  respond 
to  the  marketplace,  offering  what  they  believe  the  clientele  wants  and/or 
needs.  Needs  assessment  as  part  of  program  planning,  motivating  youth 
services  staff  toward  more  diverse  professional  development,  and  better 
funding  for  educational  opportunities  are  all  subjects  which  ought  to  be 
on  our  agenda. 

Youth  services  have  been  largely  driven  by  idealism  and  energy.  In 
recent  years,  with  shifting  economic,  social,  and  political  winds  and 
changes  in  institutional  structures  and  practices,  we've  begun  to  find 
legitimacy  and  status  in  the  larger  realm  of  librarianship  being  tested.  The 
questions  of  defining,  developing,  and  demonstrating  individual  compe- 
tencies are  critical.  The  tasks  are  challenging,  and  the  climate  is  excellent 
for  accomplishing  them — the  current  shortage  of  youth  services  librarians 
has  created  a  wide  awareness  of  our  value,  and  our  leadership  is  more 
widely  respected  at  all  levels  than  we  have  realized.  We  must  seize  the 
moment  and  develop  an  agenda  to: 

1.  Enlarge  and  strengthen  recruitment  efforts. 

2.  Clarify  our  definition  of  essential  competencies  and  establish  desired 
levels  of  competence. 

3.  Deal    with    the    complex    issues    of    professional    credentials    and 
certification. 

4.  Strengthen  youth  librarians'  theoretical  base  and  support  advanced 
specialization. 

5.  Develop  better  communication,  coordination,  and  planning  between 
various  categories  of  education  providers. 

6.  Develop  and  support  model  programs  in  library  schools,  libraries,  and 
professional  associations. 


100  Managers  and  Missionaries 


NOTES 

Allen,  M.  L.,  &  Bush,  M.  (1987,  Winter).  Library  education  and  youth  services:  A  survey  of  fac- 
ulty, course  offerings  and  related  activities  in  accredited  library  schools.  Library  Trends, 
35,  485-508. 

American  Association  of  School  Librarians.  (1975).  Media  programs,  district  and  school. 
Chicago:  American  Library  Association;  and  Washington,  DC:  Association  for  Educa- 
tional Communications  and  Technology. 

Association  for  Library  Services  to  Children,  American  Library  Association.  (1986).  Minutes, 
ALSC  board  of  directors  meetings.  ALA  Annual  Conference. 

Berry  J.  (1986,  October  15).  The  next  shortage  of  librarians.  Library  Journal,  111 ,  4. 

Conant,  R.  W.  (1980).  The  Conant  report,  a  study  of  the  education  of  librarians.  Cambridge, 
MA:  The  MIT  Press. 

Cresap,  M.  (1986,  August).  Kids  are  rural,  too!  Rural  Library  Service  Newsletter,  6,  1-4. 

Franklin,  A.  Y.  (1984,  January).  School  library  media  certification  requirements:  1984  up- 
date. School  Library  Journal,  30,  21-34. 

Hannigan,  J.  A.  (1984).  Vision  to  purpose  to  power:  A  quest  for  excellence  in  the  education  of 
library  and  information  science  professionals.  Washington,  DC:  Office  of  Educational 
Research  and  Improvement,  Center  for  Libraries  and  Education  Improvement. 

Hodges,  G.  G.  (1987,  Winter).  The  future  of  youth  services:  Developmental,  demographic, 
and  educational  concerns.  Top  of  the  News,  43,  167-175. 

Learmont,  C.,  &  Van  Houten,  S.  (1986,  October  15).  Placements  and  salaries  1985:  Little 
change.  Library  Journal,  111,  31-38. 

Massachusetts  Library  Association.  (1986).  Children's  services  standards.  Draft,  October. 
[Boston?]:  MLA. 

New  York  Library  Association,  Youth  Services  Section,  Task  Force  on  Standards  for  Youth 
Services.  (1984).  Standards  for  youth  services  in  public  libraries  of  New  York  State.  New 
York:  NYLA. 

Richardson,  S.  K.  (1978).  An  analytical  survey  of  Illinois  public  library  service  to  children. 
Springfield,  ILflllinois  State  Library. 

Perritt,  P.  H.,  &  Heim,  K.  M.  (1987,  Winter).  ALA-accredited  master's  degree:  Considerations 
for  youth  services  librarianship.  Top  of  the  News,  43,  149-155. 

Simmons  College,  Graduate  School  of  Library  and  Information  Science.  (1986).  Placement 
statistics  for  graduates,  1985.  New  England  job  vacancies  by  specialization. 

Todaro,  J.  B.,  et  al.  (1985).  Children's  services  inpublic  libraries:  Research  and  assessment  for 
Michigan.  Lansing,  MI:  Michigan  Library  Association. 

Willett,  H.  G.  (1984,  Summer).  Certification  and  education  for  library  and  information  sci- 
ence. Journal  of  Education  for  Library  and  Information  Science,  25,  13-23. 

Wolfe,  T.  (1984).  The  right  stuff.  New  York:  Bantam. 

Young  Adult  Services  Division,  American  Library  Association.  (1982,  September).  Young 
adults  deserve  the  best:  Competencies  for  librarians  serving  youth.  School  Library  Jour- 
nal, 29,  51. 


ADDITIONAL  NOTES 

Atkinson,  J.  L.  (1983).  Library  education  for  young  adult  specialists.  In  E.  V.  LiBretto  (Ed.), 

New  directions  for  young  adult  services  (pp.  163-79).  New  York:  R.  R.  Bowker. 
Egan,  B.  ( 1981 ,  May /June).  The  role  of  the  children's  librarian  as  a  professional  librarian:  A 

position  paper.  Emergency  Librarian,  8(5),  13-16. 
Fitzgibbons,  S.  (1983,  Fall).  Children's  librarianship:  The  unmet  personnel  needs.  New  Jersey 

Libraries,  16,  8-17. 
Fitzgibbons,  S.  (1982,  May /June).  Research  on  library  services  for  children  and  young  adults: 

Implications  for  practice.  Emergency  Librarian,  9(5),  6-17. 


Recruitment  and  Education  101 


Greer,  R.  C.  (1980).  Information  transfer:  A  conceptual  model  for  librarianship,  information 
science  and  information  management  with  implications  for  library  education.  In  Com- 
municating information  (Proceedings  of  the  American  Society  for  Information  Science 
conference,  Anaheim,  CA,  1980)  (Vol.  17,  pp.  373-75).  New  York:  Knowledge  Industry 
Publications. 

Kinnell,  M.  (1986,  Spring).  Changing  childhood?:  A  state  of  the  art  review.  International  Re- 
view of  Children's  Literature  and  Librarianship,  7(1),  33-41. 

Marland,  M.  (1986,  Spring).  Has  the  school  library  a  future?  International  Review  of  Chil- 
dren's Literature  and  Librarianship,  7(1),  1-21. 

Parker,  A.  (1986,  Spring).  New  skills,  new  opportunities — the  role  of  in-service  training.  In- 
ternational Review  of  Children's  Literature  and  Librarianship,  7(1),  1-21. 

Shepherd,  J.  (1986,  Spring).  A  crisis  of  confidence:  The  future  of  children's  work.  Interna- 
tional Review  of  Children's  Literature  and  Librarianship,  7(1),  22-32. 

Steinfirst,  S.  (1979).  Education  of  the  young  adult  librarian.  In  J.  V.  Rogers  (Ed.),  Libraries 
and  young  adults:  Media,  services,  and  librarianship  (pp.  145-64).  Littleton,  CO:  Librar- 
ies Unlimited. 

Witucki,  V.  (1979).  Another  look  at  theory  and  practice  in  library  education,  and  a  proposal. 
In  Frontiers  of  library  service  for  youth  (essays  honoring  Frances  E.  Henne)  (pp.  1 16-24). 
New  York:  Columbia  University,  School  of  Library  Service. 


JOAN  L.  ATKINSON 

Graduate  School  of  Library  Service 
University  of  Alabama 
Tuscaloosa,  Alabama 


Credentials,  Competencies,  and  Certification 


The  process  of  licensing  shapes  the  future  of  the  profession  by  restricting 
entrance  to  those  who  meet  certain  qualifications.  Licensing  is  a  gatekeep- 
ing  function,  at  least  theoretically  protecting  the  public  from  incompetent 
performance.  Before  we  assess  where  we  are  and  where  we  hope  to  be  in 
relation  to  this  topic,  distinctions  need  to  be  made  among  terms. 

Credentials  is  a  general  term  indicating  that  the  holder  is  duly  entitled 
to  claim  a  certain  status.  In  librarianship,  the  M.L.S.  degree  is  often  held  to 
be  the  requisite  credential  for  entrance  into  the  field.  The  term  competen- 
cies is  more  specific,  indicating  a  listing  of  abilities  and  skills,  often 
task-oriented,  that  one  should  possess  to  be  a  good  practitioner.  Certifica- 
tion is  an  endorsement  to  practice  in  a  specialized  area,  such  as  medical  or 
school  librarianship.  While  these  terms  apply  to  individuals,  accreditation 
applies  to  educational  programs  which  meet  certain  standards  of  quality 
and  relevance  in  preparing  future  practitioners. 

Accreditation  of  programs  leading  toward  the  M.L.S.  degree  is  con- 
ferred by  the  American  Library  Association  (ALA).  Accreditation  of  the 
more  narrowly-focused  specialization  of  school  librarianship  is  a  function 
of  the  National  Council  on  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education  (NCATE) 
and,  usually,  a  state  department  of  education. 

The  current  picture  of  licensing  for  the  youth  specialization  is  dispa- 
rate and  dismaying.  Youth  services  librarians  are  separated  into  two  distinct 
groups  depending  on  the  environment  in  which  they  work — i.e.,  school  or 
public  libraries.  Factors  related  to  their  establishing  competence  to  prac- 
tice focus  entirely  on  their  environment  rather  than  on  skills  and  philoso- 
phies needed  by  all.  There  is  virtually  no  licensing  for  public  library  youth 
specialists  at  the  local  level — only  at  systems  or  state  levels  and  then  only  in 
certain  states.  When  a  credential  is  required,  it  is  ordinarily  the  M.L.S. 
degree.  The  local  public  library,  if  it  has  a  designated  youth  specialist  at 
all,  usually  hires  a  person  who  likes  children  or  young  adults,  is  relatively 
outgoing  and  articulate,  and  will  work  for  minimum  wages  or  little  more. 

103 


104  Managers  and  Missionaries 


In  the  school  setting,  the  certification  required  at  entry  level  is  gener- 
ally the  same  as  that  for  beginning  teachers  and  it  is  determined  state  by 
state.  The  1986-87  edition  of  Requirements  for  Certification  (Burks,  1986) 
and  the  most  recent  compilation  of  this  information  in  School  Library 
Journal  (Franklin,  1984)  indicates  that  wide  variation  exists  in  courses  of 
study,  competency  testing,  level  of  certification,  and  nomenclature.  To 
illustrate,  fewer  than  half  the  states  require  a  course  in  children's  or  young 
adult  literature  for  certification.  Twenty-three  different  titles  are  used  for 
the  school  library  media  specialist.  Fewer  than  ten  states  require  a  master's 
degree  for  initial  certification. 

The  disheartening  reality  is  that  licensing  practices  for  the  youth 
specialization  separate  youth  librarians  from  each  other.  Of  equal  impor- 
tance, these  practices  cut  them  off  from  the  rest  of  the  field  of  librarianship, 
because  youth  librarians  can  be,  and  usually  are,  certified  after  completion 
of  an  undergraduate  program.  Other  librarians  generally  begin  to  practice 
their  craft  after  receiving  an  M.L.S.  degree  from  a  school  accredited  by  the 
American  Library  Association.  This  important  difference  in  educational 
preparation  undoubtedly  contributes  to  and  exacerbates  the  feelings  of 
isolation  and  inferiority  repeatedly  expressed  by  youth  specialists  (Ballett 
&  Cornell,  1986). 

Standards  have  traditionally  been  used  to  raise  the  level  of  service. 
They  set  a  minimum  level  of  support  for  materials,  services,  and  personnel. 
Ideally,  licensing  is  related  directly  or  indirectly  to  these  standards.  Youth 
librarianship  does  have  such  standards,  but  for  various  reasons  they  have 
lost  their  power  to  effect  improvements  in  service. 

The  most  recent  public  library  standards  are  a  1966  revision  of  stan- 
dards published  in  1956  that  focused  on  development  of  county  and 
regional  library  systems  (ALA,  1967).  Among  the  weaknesses  charged  to 
these  standards  are  an  emphasis  on  the  institution  rather  than  on  services, 
on  input  rather  than  on  output  measures,  lack  of  challenge  for  larger 
libraries  but  impossible  expectations  for  small  libraries,  and  requirements 
based  on  opinions  of  librarians  rather  than  on  solid  research.  These 
considerations  plus  other  projects  of  the  Public  Library  Association  (PLA) 
during  the  early  1970s  (Lynch,  1982)  prepared  the  way  for  A  Planning 
Process  for  Public  Libraries  (American  Library  Association,  1980),  a  docu- 
ment that  represents  a  shift  from  a  single  national  standard  to  locally- 
determined  standards. 

The  manual  provides  guidelines  to  help  libraries  develop  a  set  of 
standards  that  are  appropriate  for  their  community  and  which  reflect  their 
own  philosophy.  Since  the  delivery  of  this  paper,  new  school  library  media 
standards  have  been  published  (ALA  &  AECT,  1988).  The  planning  pro- 
cess has  the  advantage  of  involving  local  groups  who  will  ultimately  be 
responsible  for  funding  but  has  the  drawback  of  demanding  time- 


Credentials,  Competencies,  and  Certification  105 


consuming,  external  participation.  Realistically,  there  are  situations  in 
which  a  local  group  simply  cannot  be  sufficiently  trained  or  committed  to 
carry  through  an  involved  planning  process.  In  these  cases,  standards 
structured  at  the  national  level  could  help  to  identify  service  goals  for  local 
libraries.  Meanwhile,  during  the  last  few  years,  several  states  have  devel- 
oped standards  or  guidelines  for  services  to  youth — e.g.,  New  York,  Virgin- 
ia, Illinois,  and  New  Jersey  (New  York  Library  Association,  1984;  Cram, 
1984,  p.  91;  Illinois  Library  Association,  1981;  New  Jersey  State  Library, 
1986).  Their  impact  on  services  has  yet  to  be  assessed,  but  they  offer  models 
that  can  be  used  as  ammunition  by  those  in  other  states  hoping  to  improve 
their  own  services. 

In  the  school  setting,  the  question  of  standards  is  a  hotly  debated  issue 
this  year.  James  Liesener,  chairman  of  the  American  Association  of  School 
Librarians  (AASL)XAssociation  for  Educational  Communications  and 
Technology  (AECT)  Standards  Writing  Committee,  reported  to  the  AASL 
Minneapolis  Conference  audience  in  September  that  his  committee  has  an 
outline  and  schedule  for  their  work  that  will  permit  a  1987  publication 
date  for  new  school  library  standards  (Flagg,  1986). 

Of  the  three  most  recent  sets  of  school  library  standards  (1960,  1969, 
and  1975),  those  of  1960  are  generally  considered  to  have  had  the  greatest 
impact  and  those  of  1975  the  least.  Several  factors  account  for  the  differ- 
ence. The  country's  economic  and  social  climate  in  1960  was  right  for  this 
project.  A  generous  grant  ($100,000)  from  the  Council  on  Library  Resour- 
ces funded  a  dissemination  and  publicity  campaign  for  the  1960  Standards. 
The  Knapp  Foundation  granted  $1,130,000  to  fund  a  nationwide  demon- 
stration project.  A  great  deal  of  federal  money  was  available  and  specifi- 
cally earmarked  for  school  library  media  programs.  Many  schools  greatly 
expanded  their  programs  to  reflect  the  1960  Standards  or  created  them 
where  none  had  previously  existed.  The  1960  Standards  seemed  attainable, 
where  the  1975  ones  did  not.  In  materials,  for  example,  the  1960  Standards 
called  for  ten  books  per  student,  the  1969  Standards  mandated  twenty 
books  or  audiovisual  units,  and  the  1975  Standards  again  doubled  the 
figure,  recommending  forty  items  per  student.  Although  the  term  items  is 
sufficiently  vague  to  permit  some  latitude  in  interpretation,  meeting  this 
standard  would  nevertheless  have  been  difficult  because  funding  for  educa- 
tion since  1975  has  been  less  abundant,  and  retrenchment  has  become  the 
norm.  One  finds  schools  today  whose  programs  do  not  even  measure  up  to 
the  1960  Standards  in  terms  of  resources  or  staffing.  A  handout  distributed 
at  AASL's  Minneapolis  conference  highlighting  the  1985-86  Survey  of 
Public  School  Libraries  and  Media  Centers,  reported  that  93  percent  of 
public  schools  had  media  centers  and  that  79  percent  were  served  by  a 
certified  library  media  specialist  part  of  the  time  (AASL,  1986). 

Another  factor  in  the  successful  implementation  of  the  1960  Standards 


106  Managers  and  Missionaries 


and  the  somewhat  less  successful  implementation  of  the  1969  Standards 
was  that  persons  important  to  their  implementation  were  involved  in  their 
development.  Representatives  from  approximately  twenty  education 
agencies,  such  as  the  Association  for  Supervision  and  Curriculum  Devel- 
opment and  the  Department  of  Rural  Education,  were  members  of  advi- 
sory committees.  No  doubt  this  involvement  greatly  aided  in  spreading  the 
word  and  marshaling  support  for  the  two  sets  of  standards.  The  7975 
Standards,  on  the  other  hand,  had  no  such  advisory  committee.  Dissemina- 
tion efforts  were  mostly  restricted  to  prepublication  announcements  and 
postpublication  critiques  in  library  literature.  These  evaluations  found 
the  standards  to  be  jargon-laden,  vague,  and  incomprehensible.  They  did 
not  receive  endorsements  by  state  boards  of  education  and  have  been 
generally  ignored  by  everyone  except  us. 

So  standards  in  general  have  reflected  political  realities;  they  have 
frequently  failed  as  change  agents.  Perhaps  improvement  in  the  way 
standards  are  created  might  make  them  more  effective,  or  perhaps  it  would 
help  if  someone  had  a  vested  interest  in  implementing  them.  Or  perhaps 
standards  are  not  the  best  means  to  bring  about  improvement  in  service; 
and  while  standards  are  necessary,  they  are  not  sufficient,  certainly  in 
relation  to  licensing. 

There  are  two  major  problems  with  current  licensing  practices:  ( 1 )  the 
process  is  not  producing  the  kind  of  people  doing  the  kinds  of  jobs  we 
want;  and  (2)  the  process  is  not  providing  the  numbers  we  need  to  fill 
existing  positions.  As  to  the  first  concern,  we  could  all  share  horror  stories, 
tales  that  we  would  like  to  think  are  exaggerated  but  know  are  not — e.g., 
the  team  of  two  school  media  specialists  in  one  high  school  who  spend  six 
weeks  of  the  school  year  doing  nothing  but  writing  overdue  notices,  who 
readily  admit  that  they  do  nothing  that  could  not  be  done  as  well  by  a 
bright  tenth  grader,  and  who  don't  care;  the  public  library  children's 
person  whose  goal  (unstated  but  real)  is  never  to  have  any  item  in  the 
collection  that  could  be  offensive  to  anyone.  Few  would  argue  that  youth 
librarianship  in  general  has  attracted  capable,  highly  motivated  practi- 
tioners. Ken  Haycock  (1985)  said:  "There  are  still  too  many  teacher- 
librarians  who  are  paid  professional  salaries  for  being  effective 
homemakers,  book  exchangers,  and  all  round  martyrs"  (p.  108).  James 
Liesener  (1985)  also  acknowledged  that  "we  are  having  difficulty  attract- 
ing the  level  of  talent  that  we  once  did"  (p.  17).  Jane  Hannigan  (1984), 
writing  in  Libraries  and  the  Learning  Society,  observed  that:  "As  a  field  we 
seem  to  accept  and  tolerate  a  large  measure  of  rank  incompetence  in 
practice"  (p.  31). 

Many  factors  contribute  to  the  difficulty  of  attracting  capable  people 
to  youth  librarianship.  Financial  incentives  are  comparatively  low,  as  are 
status  and  image.  The  workplace  is  often  pervaded  by  infantilism,  with 


Credentials,  Competencies,  and  Certification  107 


little  trust,  respect,  or  autonomy  bestowed  on  the  youth  specialist.  Capable 
women  and  ethnic  minorities  now  have  options  to  enter  fields  formerly 
dominated  by  males  and  whites  and  are  less  likely  to  settle  into  education 
and  librarianship.  However,  a  greater  hindrance  is  the  fact  that,  especially 
for  youth  specialists  in  the  school  setting,  there  is  no  consensus  within 
either  the  library  or  the  school  community  what  their  roles  should  be.  The 
professional  literature,  written  mostly  by  library  educators,  overflows  with 
convictions  about  proper  roles.  Haycock  (1985)  says:  "The  very  nature  of 
the  role.. .is  that  of  initiator  and  change  agent"  (p.  105).  Liesener  empha- 
sizes the  mediation  function  and  views  the  youth  specialist  as  an  informa- 
tion intermediary.  Unfortunately  these  terms  do  not  communicate  a  clear 
message  to  prospective  students  or  employers.  Philip  Turner  (1985)  has 
simplified  the  terminology  and  called  his  book  on  the  role  of  the  school 
library  media  specialist,  Helping  Teachers  Teach  (see  also  "Future  of 
School  Library  Media  Preparation,"  1987). 

When  school  principals  do  not  know  the  potential  of  the  school  media 
program,  and  recent  research  documents  the  fact  that  they  do  not  (Ballet  8c 
Cornell,  1986),  failure  is  inevitable.  The  library  may  become  the  caretaker 
for  students  during  the  teachers'  preparation  periods,  the  repository  for 
driver's  education  students  who  cannot  all  be  out  driving  at  one  time,  or 
the  rainy  day  place  for  anyone  who  cannot  be  outside.  Teachers,  of  course, 
conclude  that  the  librarian  as  chief  clerk  has  a  soft  job,  and  the  youth 
specialist's  image  and  status  are  encoded  in  stereotypic  and  stale  jokes. 
Burnout  and  mediocrity  follow  rather  naturally. 

Evaluation  practices  contribute  to  another  kind  of  failure.  When  basic 
competencies  lists  are  compiled,  items  included  too  often  fail  to  distin- 
guish the  librarian's  role  from  the  classroom  teacher's  role,  and  librarians 
fall  into  the  trap  of  teaching  hour  after  hour  of  library  skills — in  a  vacuum, 
out  of  context,  and  useless  for  students'  learning.  Preparation  programs 
also  receive  and  deserve  a  great  deal  of  the  criticism  for  turning  out  youth 
specialists  who  either  do  not  know  or  do  not  care  what  they  are  about. 

The  idea  of  listing  basic  competencies  for  the  youth  specialist  and 
setting  goals  and  measuring  performance  based  on  the  list  is  not  a  bad  idea. 
In  fact,  if  a  competency  list  goes  beyond  task  orientation  and  includes 
attitudes  and  qualities  of  personality  like  empathy  and  caring,  its  use  can 
be  very  helpful  in  establishing  roles  and  scope  of  work  for  the  youth 
specialist.  The  Young  Adult  Services  Division  (1982)  list,  "Competencies 
for  Librarians  Serving  Youth,"  has  this  potential.  It  was  developed  origi- 
nally to  circulate  among  library  school  faculty,  to  encourage  their  develop- 
ing or  identifying  courses  that  would  help  newly-graduated  youth 
professionals  to  have  the  needed  competencies.  Happily,  this  listing  has 
been  found  useful  by  practitioners.  The  New  York  Library  Association's 
Standards  for  Youth  Services  in  Public  Libraries  of  New  York  State  (1984) 


108  Managers  and  Missionaries 


adapted  it  to  include  the  entire  spectrum  of  youth  services  and  not  just 
young  adult  services. 

The  second  problem,  that  of  numbers,  is  also  difficult.  Some  prepara- 
tion programs  put  a  great  deal  of  energy  into  thinking  through  the  kind  of 
people  they  are  training  and  the  curriculum  they  offer,  only  to  have  the 
system  subverted  when  demand  exceeds  supply.  In  a  crunch — and  we 
always  seem  to  be  in  a  crunch — exceptions  to  the  credentialing  system  are 
made.  Poorly-trained  and  unmotivated  people  are  placed  in  positions  they 
will  cling  to  for  the  rest  of  their  lives. 

Rectifying  the  situation  requires  a  realistic  appraisal  of  the  financial 
resources  that  are  likely  to  be  available.  The  theory  of  wages  that  our 
society  has  adopted  is  one  that  pays  handsomely  for  the  professions  of 
medicine,  law,  and  business  on  the  grounds  that  medicine  protects  our  life, 
law  protects  our  property,  and  business  creates  jobs  for  other  people.  Other 
societies  may  have  similar  priorities  but  allocate  resources  differently  to 
reach  these  goals.  For  example,  an  allergy-sufferer  in  this  country  con- 
sulted a  physician  who  tested  her  for  fifty-two  allergies  and  designed  a  shot 
uniquely  for  her.  When  she  moved  to  England,  her  physician,  without  any 
pretesting,  administered  a  standard  shot  covering  the  three  most  common 
allergies.  It  worked  and  no  further  testing  was  presumed  necessary.  When 
the  Chinese  in  the  1960s  asked  the  question,  How  shall  we  improve  the 
health  of  our  people?  the  answer  was  the  training  of  a  core  of  medical 
technicians  called  barefoot  doctors  who  could  treat  and  restore  health  to  a 
high  percentage  of  those  who  were  ill. 

Our  society  is  apparently  unwilling  to  increase  substantially  the 
funding  for  education  and  librarianship.  Hence  we  need  to  ask  the  follow- 
ing questions.  How  can  resources  be  allocated  differently  to  provide  a  more 
productive  environment  for  both  children  and  young  adults  and  the  youth 
librarians  who  serve  them?  How  can  the  licensing  process  be  altered  to 
effect  this  needed  reallocation? 

In  my  opinion  the  report  of  The  Holmes  Group  (1986),  Tomorrow's 
Teachers,  a  plan  for  the  reform  of  teacher  education,  provides  a  model 
which  youth  librarianship  could  profitably  consider.  The  Holmes  Group 
realized  that  reforming  teacher  education  involves  not  only  colleges  of 
education  but  many  others — i.e.,  the  undergraduate  programs  of  colleges 
and  universities,  the  schools  in  which  teachers  work,  state  departments  of 
education  which  license  teachers,  and  society's  willingness  to  pay  for 
improved  teaching.  The  Holmes  Group  recommendation  related  to  licens- 
ing is  that  a  differentiated  staffing  pattern  be  established  which  licenses  at 
the  instructor,  professional  teacher,  and  career  professional  teacher  levels. 
The  latter  two  credentials  require  preparation  at  the  graduate  level  plus 
demonstration  of  effective  practice.  They  are  considered  professional  certi- 
fications and  are  renewable  and  tenure-earning.  The  former  requires  prep- 


Credentials,  Competencies,  and  Certification  109 


aration  at  the  undergraduate  level  and  passing  examinations  which  test 
subject-matter  competence.  It  is  not  considered  a  professional  certification, 
is  not  renewable  or  tenure-earning,  and  does  not  permit  the  bearer  to 
practice  autonomously  but  only  to  work  under  the  supervision  of  a  career 
professional  teacher.  The  reward  structure  would  also  be  differentiated 
monetarily  and  also  in  number  of  opportunities  to  engage  in  a  variety  of 
workday  activities  commensurate  with  skill,  preparation,  and  interest. 

Adapting  this  model  to  youth  librarianship  would  involve  changes  in 
many  details.  A  differentiated  licensing  pattern  would,  however,  recognize 
and  appropriately  reward  different  levels  of  commitment,  preparation, 
and  activity.  In  the  school  setting  the  instructor  librarian  would  have  an 
undergraduate  major  and  tested  subject-matter  competence  in  one  of  the 
disciplines  of  the  sciences,  social  sciences,  or  humanities.  Working  under 
the  supervision  of  a  career  professional  librarian,  the  instructor  librarian 
would  carry  on  a  number  of  activities — e.g.,  some  clerical  (keeping  circula- 
tion records),  some  managerial  (supervising  student  assistants),  some 
related  to  reading  motivation  (reading  aloud,  storytelling,  booktalking), 
some  to  teaching  (how  to  use  indexes). 

The  professional  librarian  would,  in  addition  to  satisfying  the 
instructor-level  requirements,  also  have  a  master's  degree  in  librarianship 
and  would  have  passed  an  intellectually  defensible  competency  examina- 
tion in  that  area.  The  professional  librarian  would  function  independently 
and  would  both  conduct  learning  activities  with  students  and  consult  with 
teachers,  other  support  staff,  and  administrators  to  plan  and  design 
instructional  units.  The  career  professional  librarian  would  have  demon- 
strated effective  performance  at  the  professional  librarian  level.  Through  a 
combination  of  further  education  and  identification  of  interest  and  ability 
in  a  specialized  area — such  as  supervising  instructors  or  practicum  stu- 
dents, carrying  on  research,  participating  with  a  university  in  training 
librarians — the  career  professional  librarian  would  demonstrate  ability  to 
work  in  positions  of  authority  in  both  the  library  and  the  school.  Activities 
of  the  career  professional  librarian  would  emphasize  the  advocacy  role  and 
include  contacts  with  students,  teachers,  administrators,  universities,  state 
departments  of  education,  and  other  community  and  professional  policy- 
making  groups. 

One  of  the  advantages  of  a  differentiated  licensing  process  is  its  ability 
to  respond  to  the  disequilibrium  between  supply  and  demand.  At  present, 
shortages  in  qualified  personnel  result  in  lowering  standards  and  admit- 
ting the  poorly-trained  to  permanent  positions.  The  differentiated  pattern 
would  allow  filling  vacancies  at  the  instructor  level.  If  the  person  hired 
wished  to  become  a  professional,  there  would  be  a  period  of  years  during 
which  the  appropriate  training  could  take  place.  If  the  person  did  not 
make  a  commitment  to  the  profession,  the  certificate  would  expire  after 


110  Managers  and  Missionaries 


five  years  and  employment  would  be  terminated.  Taxpayers  might  be 
spared  some  expensive  mistakes.  The  process  also  has  the  potential  to 
encourage  commitment  to  and  investment  in  the  profession  by  talented 
persons  who  desire  some  occupational  mobility  and  choice.  Their 
expanded  career  opportunities  and  rewards  would  cut  down  on  the  ten- 
dency to  settle  into  boredom  or  unexamined  routines  and  would  provide 
incentives  for  continued  growth  and  development  of  diverse  interests. 

In  the  public  library  setting  the  differentiated  licensing  pattern  would 
need  to  take  into  account  the  size,  demography,  and  funding  of  the  local 
public  library  plus  other  factors  related  to  public  library  development.  It  is 
nevertheless  desirable  for  the  Public  Library  Association  in  cooperation 
with  the  Association  for  Library  Service  to  Children  and  the  Young  Adult 
Services  Division — all  divisions  of  the  American  Library  Association — to 
formulate  a  differentiated  credentialing  process  that  recognizes  current 
reality  and  at  the  same  time  challenges  communities  to  improve  youth 
services.  The  professional  certification  for  children's  or  young  adult  librar- 
ians should  continue  to  be  the  M.L.S.  degree,  as  Perritt  and  Heim  (1987) 
have  reiterated  persuasively.  For  those  individuals  for  whom  this  certifica- 
tion is  impossible  to  acquire,  or  for  those  communities  who  cannot  afford 
to  pay  for  the  professional  certification,  there  needs  to  be  an  equivalent  to 
the  barefoot  doctor  training  and  certification.  (I  hesitate  to  call  this  the 
barefoot  youth  specialist  certification,  though  the  nomenclature  may  fit 
the  salary  scale!)  Some  service  is  preferable  to  no  service  for  young  people 
who  live  in  rural,  small,  or  poor  communities  (Vavrek,  1982). 

Conclusion 

Two  major  problems  affect  current  licensing  practices  for  youth 
librarians: 

1 .  The  process  has  not  produced  the  kind  of  people  doing  the  kind  of  jobs 
that  are  needed. 

2.  The  process  has  not  provided  the  numbers  needed  to  fill  existing 
positions. 

Solutions  to  these  problems  cannot  address  the  licensing  process 
alone;  they  must  involve  a  systems  approach,  analyzing  the  total  environ- 
ment in  which  youth  specialists  work.  Licensing  is  influenced  by  prepara- 
tion programs,  accrediting  agencies,  state  boards  of  education,  state  law, 
national  standards,  success  or  failure  of  those  already  licensed,  the  work- 
place, research,  and  costs  at  all  levels. 

The  actions  that  could  result  in  more  effective  credentialing  practices 
are  as  multifaceted  as  the  problems.  These  are: 

1 .  Develop  national  and  state  standards  or  guidelines  for  youth  services  in 
both  school  and  public  libraries.  These  documents  must  articulate 


Credentials,  Competencies,  and  Certification  1 1 1 


clearly  what  the  program  of  services  intends  to  accomplish  and  what 
roles  the  youth  librarian  needs  to  assume.  These  documents  must 
eschew  obfuscation.  They  must  be  straightforward  and  free  of  jargon  so 
that  we  can  coalesce  around  them  and  use  them  to  spread  the  word  to  the 
uninformed  or  uncommitted. 

Examine  ways  to  improve  the  quality  of  the  product — i.e.,  the  youth 
librarian.  This  examination  should  include  scrutiny  of  what  goes  into 
the  training  process  (input  measures)  and  what  is  produced  (output 
measures).  Accreditation  practices  should  screen  programs  and  func- 
tion as  a  gatekeeper  at  the  input  level.  Competency  testing  at  the  output 
stage  should  assure  the  individual's  achievement  of  a  minimum  level  of 
knowledge  and  expertise. 

Is  there  a  way  to  toughen  the  accreditation  requirements  for  pro- 
grams that  train  youth  librarians  without  raising  the  cost  of  accredita- 
tion to  an  exorbitant  level?  Single-purpose  programs  that  train  school 
library  media  specialists  range  from  the  poorest  to  the  best  available 
preparation.  Should  ALA  or  AASL  be  responsible  for  accreditation  of 
these  programs  rather  than  NCATE,  or  should  ALA/ AASL  investigate 
ways  to  participate  in  the  NCATE  accreditation  reviews?  How  can 
ALA's  own  Committee  on  Accreditation  (CO A)  be  persuaded  to  scru- 
tinize more  closely  the  quality  of  training  youth  specialists  receive  in 
general-purpose  ALA-accredited  M.L.S.  programs?  Is  an  attempt  to  get 
more  youth  librarians  appointed  to  COA  site  visitation  teams  worth  the 
effort  involved? 

Competency  testing  has  often  been  a  joke,  failing  to  discriminate 
between  the  fit  and  the  unfit.  A  highly  charged  political  issue,  it  has 
unfortunately  pitted  professional  educators  against  state  government 
officials  over  who  shall  determine  the  proper  credentials  for  those 
entering  the  profession  (The  Alabama  Librarian,  1982,  p.  4).  With 
appropriate  research  applied  to  test  construction  and  validation,  how- 
ever, the  adequacy  and  fairness  of  such  tests  could  be  established,  and 
they  could  contribute  to  protecting  the  public  from  an  inferior  product. 
Work  toward  a  differentiated  staffing  and  licensing  pattern  that 
obviates  the  current  practice  of  hiring  poorly  trained  personnel  for 
permanent  positions  when  demand  exceeds  supply.  The  Holmes 
Group  report,  Tomorrow's  Teachers,  may  serve  as  a  model  because: 
(a)  it  is  relatively  free  of  professional  jargon  and  communicates  to  an 
educated  reader  from  any  discipline;  and  (b)  there  are  many  parallels 
between  teaching  and  youth  librarianship,  including  generally  low 
professional  status  and  image,  licensing  at  the  undergraduate  level,  and 
the  importance  of  youth  advocacy. 
Speak  with  a  strong,  unified  voice  from  national  professional 


112  Managers  and  Missionaries 


associations,    especially    among    the    three   youth   divisions   of   the 

American  Library  Association. 

Issues  related  to  licensing  persons  to  practice  a  profession  that  affects 
the  public  good  are  inevitably  complex  and  confounding.  Licensing  for 
youth  librarianship  fits  the  pattern.  The  future  is  likely  to  present  a 
labyrinth,  not  a  paved  highway  for  our  convenience.  Like  Theseus  in  the 
labyrinth  of  the  Cretan  King  Minos,  we  need  courage,  imagination, 
shrewd  planning,  and  belief  in  ourselves  if  we  are  to  be  victorious.  The 
three  youth  divisions  of  the  American  Library  Association  are  poised  to 
adventure,  accepting  the  ambiguities  of  the  task,  and  hanging  on,  as 
Theseus  did  to  Ariadne's  thread,  for  dear  life. 

NOTES 

American  Association  of  School  Librarians.  (1986).  Highlights  of  the  1985-86  survey  of  pub- 
lic school  libraries  and  media  centers-early  tabulations.  Chicago:  ALA. 

American  Association  of  School  Librarians  and  Association  for  Educational  Communica- 
tions and  Technology.  (1975).  Media  programs:  District  and  School.  Chicago:  ALA. 

American  Library  Association.  American  Association  of  School  Librarians.  (1960).  Stan- 
dards for  school  library  programs.  Chicago:  ALA. 

American  Library  Association  and  National  Education  Association.  (1969).  Standards  for 
school  media  programs.  Chicago:  ALA. 

American  Library  Association.  Public  Library  Association.  (1967).  Minimum  standards  for 
public  library  systems,  1966.  Chicago:  ALA,  PLA. 

Ballet,  R.  M.,  &  Cornell,  R.  A.  (1986).  Professionalizing  our  profession:  Twentieth-century 
countdown.  In  S.  L.  Aaron  &  P.  R.  Scales  (Eds.),  School  library  media  annual  1986  (pp. 
173-82).  Littleton,  CO:  Libraries  Unlimited.  • 

Burks,  M.  P.  ( 1 986).  Requirements  for  certification  for  elementary  schools,  secondary  schools, 
junior  colleges  (51st  Ed.).  Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press. 

Cram,  L.  (1984,  Fall).  Young  adult  services  guidelines  for  Virginia.  Public  Libraries,  23,  91. 

Flagg,  G.  (1986,  November).  Standards  status.  American  Libraries,  17,  740. 

Franklin,  A.  Y.(1984,  January).  School  library  media  certification  requirements:  1984  update. 
School  Library  Journal,  30,  23-28. 

Hannigan,  J.  A.  (1984).  Vision  to  purpose  to  power:  A  quest  for  excellence  in  the  education  of 
library  and  information  science  professionals.  In  Libraries  and  the  learning  society: 
Papers  in  response  to  "A  nation  at  risk"  (pp.  22-62).  Chicago:  American  Library 
Association. 

Haycock,  K.  (1985,  Spring).  Strengthening  the  foundations  for  teacher-librarianship.  School 
Library  Media  Quarterly,  13^,  102-109. 

The  Holmes  Group.  (1986).  Tomorrow's  teachers.  East  Lansing,  MI:  The  Holmes  Group. 

Illinois  Library  Association.  Children's  Librarians  Section.  (1981).  Foundations  of  quality: 
Guidelines  for  public  library  service  to  children.  Chicago:  Illinois  Library  Association. 

Liesener,  J.  W.  (1985,  Fall).  Learning  at  risk:  School  library  media  programs  in  an  informa- 
tion world.  School  Library  Media  Quarterly,  14,  11-20. 

Lynch,  M.  J.  (1982).  The  Public  Library  Association  and  public  library  planning.  Journalof 
Library  Administration,  2,  30-40. 

New  Jersey  State  Library.  Children's  Services  in  Public  Libraries.  Guidelines  Committee. 
(1986).  Guidelines  for  children's  services  in  public  libraries  of  New  Jersey.  Trenton,  NJ: 
New  Jersey  State  Library. 

New  York  Library  Association.  (1984).  Standards  for  youth  sennces  in  public  libraries  in  New 
York  State.  New  York:  New  York  Library  Association,  Task  Force  on  Standards  for  Youth 
Services,  Youth  Services  Sec  tion. 


Credentials,  Competencies,  and  Certification  113 


Perritt,  P.  H.,  fc  Heim,  K.  M.  (1987,  Winter).  ALA-accredited  master's  degree:  Considerations 
for  youth  services  librarianship.  Top  of  the  News,  43. 

Turner,  P.  M.  (1985).  Helping  teachers  teach.  Littleton,  CO:  Libraries  Unlimited. 

Vavrek,  B.  (1982,  April).  Profession  needs  a  new  entry  level:  Non-MLS  workers  in  rural  li- 
braries are  isolated  from  the  mainstream.  American  Libraries,  13,  271-272. 

Young  Adult  Services  Division.  Education  Committee.  (1982,  September).  Competencies  for 
librarians  serving  youth.  School  Library  Journal,  29,  51. 


FOOTNOTES 

1.  The  Fall  1984  issue  of  the  Journal  of  Education  for  Library  and  Information  Science 
reports  the  proceedings  of  a  1984  ALISE  conference,  which  was  devoted  to  the  topic  of 
accreditation.  Whether  ALA  should  accredit  programs  other  than  those  leading  to  the  M.L.S. 
degree  was  one  of  the  many  questions  considered.  The  tremendous  costs  involved  in  accredita- 
tion no  doubt  deter  ALA  from  broadening  its  current  accreditation  program. 

2.  Alabama  is  one  of  the  states  which  has  had  a  bitter  confrontation  over  this  question. 
See  The  Alabama  Librarian,  November  1982,  p.  4,  and  September  1983,  p.  1  for  details. 


JANA  VARLEJS 

Director,  Professional  Development  Studies 

School  of  Communication,  Information  &  Library  Studies 

Rutgers,  The  State  University  of  New  Jersey 


Continuing  Education:  Providing 
for  Change,  Renewal,  and  Growth 


Why  should  this  Allerton  Institute  on  library  services  for  children  and 
young  adults  include  a  session  on  continuing  education  (CE)?  Are  there 
different  issues  and  problems  associated  with  CE  for  youth  services  librar- 
ians than  for  librarians  in  general?  If  so,  what  are  they?  The  task  today  is  to 
explore  these  questions,  to  identify  the  concerns  about  CE,  and,  if  agree- 
ment is  reached  on  some  specific  conclusions,  to  contribute  to  the  "Youth 
Agenda"  which  will  be  formulated  at  the  conclusion  of  the  conference. 

From  the  perspective  of  one  who  administers  a  continuing  education 
program  which  seeks  to  serve  professionals  in  all  types  of  libraries,  media, 
and  information  centers,  one  answer  to  the  questions  just  posed  is  no — the 
basic  issues  and  problems  relating  to  continuing  education  are  not  very 
different,  whether  one  is  talking  about  school  librarians  or  directors  of 
public  libraries  or  online  searchers  in  industry.  There  are  differences  in 
degree,  however,  and  therefore  the  answer  to  the  question,  should  we  be 
talking  about  CE  for  youth  librarians  specifically,  is  yes.  In  fact,  a  case  can 
be  made  to  support  the  contention  that  youth  librarians  are  singularly 
disadvantaged  in  regard  to  continuing  education. 

What  are  the  problems  which  seem  to  be  pervasive  and  to  cut  across 
types  of  positions  and  libraries?  When  looking  at  the  complaints  people 
have  about  continuing  education,  they  really  come  from  two  categories  of 
complainers.  The  first  is  a  group  that  could  be  called  the  consumer — 
individuals  who  have  an  interest  in  their  own  professional  development 
but  have  difficulty  finding  learning  opportunities  that  match  their  needs 
and  expectations.  They  complain — with  justification — that  it  is  hard  to 
discover  what  is  being  offered,  that  little  of  what  can  be  identified  is 
relevant  to  their  particular  need  at  that  moment,  that  much  of  what  is 
available  is  superficial  or  poorly  done,  that  the  cost  in  time  and  money  is 
too  high,  and  that  the  encouragement  and  rewards  that  ought  to  accrue  to 
the  CE  participant  are  not  forthcoming. 

115 


1 16  Managers  and  Missionaries 


The  second  group  of  complainers  comprises  a  motley  assemblage  of 
CE  providers,  library  administrators,  educators,  and  professional 
profession- watchers  who — again  with  considerable  justification — blame 
the  would-be  or  should-be  CE  consumers  for  failing  to  make  enough  of  an 
effort  to  seek  out  learning  opportunities,  to  take  responsibility  for  their 
own  learning,  to  be  discriminating  in  their  selection  of  CE  activities,  to 
play  the  Typhoid  Mary  role — as  Regina  Minudri  calls  it — by  sharing  what 
has  been  learned  with  colleagues  back  home,  and  especially  for  failing  to 
demonstrate  on  the  job  that  CE  can  make  a  difference  in  performance  and 
ultimately  in  the  quality  of  service  for  the  library  user. 

Sometimes  it  seems  that  the  profession  is  content  with  this  standoff, 
with  each  camp  feeling  it  has  accomplished  something  by  diagnosing  the 
problem  and  pointing  the  finger  at  the  other  side.  To  be  fair,  during  the 
last  ten  years  there  has  been  progress  in  recognizing  the  importance  of 
providing  for  CE  within  the  overall  system  of  planning  for  the  develop- 
ment of  libraries  and  librarianship.  Many  states  have  included  CE  in 
statewide  planning.  The  Continuing  Library  Education  Network  and 
Exchange  (CLENE)  has  created  much  greater  awareness  of  and  has  facili- 
tated communication  and  support  for  CE.  It  has  worked  to  improve  CE  by 
developing  criteria  for  quality  and  a  voluntary  provider  approval  system. 
ALA's  Committee  on  Library  Education  (SCOLE)  has  recently  established 
a  CE  subcommittee,  which  is  cooperating  with  CLENE  (now  a  round  table 
of  ALA)  in  an  effort  to  have  ALA  approve  the  CLENE  CE  quality  criteria 
as  ALA  guidelines.  SCOLE  is  working  to  improve  headquarters'  support 
for  an  association-wide  CE  role.  Such  support  could  help  AASL,  ALSC, 
and  YASD  to  serve  better  the  CE  needs  of  their  members. 

In  an  article  which  will  be  published  in  the  forthcoming  Winter  issue 
of  Top  of  the  News  (Varlejs,  1987),  it  is  argued  that  the  ALA  youth 
divisions  should  be  doing  much  more  in  the  area  of  continuing  education, 
but  that  they  cannot  do  what  is  needed  without  help  from  the  association  as 
a  whole.  In  order  to  get  help,  they  will  have  to  form  a  coalition  and  fight  for 
it. 

Very  briefly,  this  is  the  argument.  Despite  the  good  job  the  divisions 
do  with  offering  programming  at  conferences,  the  impact  is  not  very  great 
because  few  practioners  attend,  at  least  relative  to  their  total  numbers. 
Publications,  cassettes,  and  now  videotapes  reach  a  wider  audience  and  are 
enormously  useful  in  helping  librarians  to  keep  up  to  date  and  to  continue 
learning  at  their  own  pace  at  little  cost  and  inconvenience.  Praiseworthy  as 
all  these  services  are,  however,  they  fall  far  short  of  what  should  be  availa- 
ble considering  the  great  number  of  things  a  youth  services  librarian  needs 
to  know  and  do.  Moreover,  the  disparity  in  basic  preparation  is  quite  large, 
and  therefore  one  has  to  keep  in  mind  the  needs  of  practitioners  who  have 
few,  if  any,  courses  in  materials  and  library  services  for  youth.  This  is  not  as 


Continuing  Education  1 1 7 


serious  a  problem  for  school  as  for  public  librarians — because  of  certifica- 
tion requirements — but  there  is  still  enormous  variation  in  the  entry-level 
preparation.  In  New  Jersey,  for  example,  it  is  possible  to  be  certified  as  an 
educational  media  specialist — i.e.,  school  librarian — if  one  has  a  masters 
in  educational  media.  Most  of  the  people  who  hold  this  degree  have  never 
had  a  course  in  cataloging  nor  in  children's  literature. 

In  addition  to  these  remedial  and  survival  CE  needs,  there  is  a  third 
level  which  might  be  called  the  parachute  category.  Career  ladders  for 
youth  librarians  are  limited,  but  there  are  some  rungs  which  allow 
increased  responsibility  without  having  to  leave  the  specialty — positions 
such  as  system  or  regional  coordinator  or  consultant  (which  require  a  new 
set  of  skills). 

Given  these  several  categories  and  different  levels,  not  to  mention  the 
considerable  overlap  with  education  and  with  child  and  adolescent  devel- 
opment, listing  all  the  knowledge,  skill,  and  attitude  areas  that  CE  for 
youth  services  librarians  ought  to  cover  becomes  a  formidable  task.  If  one 
did  take  a  few  weeks  to  develop  the  list  and  then  matched  it  against  what  is 
actually  being  offered — not  just  by  ALA  but  throughout  the  country  by 
local  associations,  state  library  agencies,  library  schools,  and  other 
providers — one  would  end  up  with  a  very  lopsided  list.  Judging  from 
calendars  of  events  published  in  some  of  the  widely  read  journals,  most  CE 
identified  as  designed  for  youth  services  librarians  is  either  book  or  micro- 
computer oriented. 

What  is  available,  or  at  least  that  which  is  easily  identified  as  available, 
simply  is  not  enough.  There  is  very  little  on  planning  or  evaluating 
services,  on  child  or  adolescent  development,  on  managing  a  school  library 
or  public  library  youth  services  department  in  a  retrenchment  era,  on  how 
children  process  information,  or  on  the  role  of  reading  in  an  electronic  age. 

In  this  last  statement  is  the  implication  that  knowledge  of  how  chil- 
dren process  information,  for  example,  is  indeed  important  for  youth 
services  librarians,  and  that  it  therefore  constitutes  a  CE  need.  How  can  one 
say  that?  Has  there  been  a  valid  and  reliable  study  of  a  randomly  selected 
sample  of  practitioners?  No,  but  it  is  possible  to  perceive  the  increasing 
interest  in  children's  information  processing  by  browsing  through  the 
literature,  talking  with  people,  attending  conferences,  and  keeping  an  eye 
on  what  is  going  on  in  the  world  at  large  to  note  new  ideas  and  social 
phenomena  which  might  have  implications  for  librarians.  These  are  legit- 
imate ways  for  a  CE  provider  to  do  CE  needs  assessment.  It  is  not  scientific 
and  rigorous,  but  it  does  keep  one  alert  to  the  changing  environment  so 
that  needs  can  be  anticipated  and  new  learning  activities  can  be  ready  at  the 
moment  that  a  particular  need  is  just  beginning  to  crystallize.  It  is  a  way  of 
trying  to  nudge  the  profession  forward,  to  help  it  be  proactive  rather  than 
merely  reactive. 


118  Managers  and  Missionaries 


But  this  way  of  doing  CE  needs  assessment  by  hunch  should  never 
stand  alone — it  should  supplement  the  basic  and  most  essential  kinds  of 
needs  assessment  that  each  librarian  must  do  for  herself,  using  the  best 
available  checklists  of  competencies  for  the  position  she  holds.  The  school 
library  field  has  the  Case  and  Lowrey  Behavioral  Requirements  Analysis 
Checklist  (Case,  1973);  YASD  has  produced  a  list  of  competencies  for  YA 
librarians  (American  Library  Association,  1982);  and  the  New  York 
Library  Association  has  adapted  the  YASD  list  so  that  children's  librarians 
can  also  use  it  (Young,  1985).  In  this  regard,  the  youth  services  library  field 
is  ahead  of  most  of  the  profession. 

However,  as  suggested  at  the  outset,  youth  librarians  can  be  seen  as 
suffering  certain  disadvantages  in  continuing  their  education.  As  has 
already  been  concluded,  what  is  offered  does  not  match  the  range  of  needs. 
Not  mentioned  as  yet  are  the  problems  caused  by  the  relative  isolation  of 
youth  services  librarians,  and  the  effect  this  has  on  their  ability  to  take 
strong  action  to  improve  their  access  to  appropriate  CE.  For  the  most  part, 
the  school  librarian  is  the  only  librarian  in  his/her  school,  and  often  in 
his/her  town.  This  is  certainly  also  true  of  the  children's  librarian.  As  for 
the  YA  librarian,  if  there  is  one,  she  or  he  probably  is  the  only  one  of  the 
species  for  many  miles  around.  In  the  typical  situation,  there  are  not 
enough  people  to  form  the  sized  group  which  makes  the  traditional  work- 
shop or  short  course  format  viable.  Self-assessment  and  self-directed  learn- 
ing are  almost  the  only  routes  available. 

On  the  other  hand,  because  they  have  made  good  progress  toward 
identifying  the  competencies  required  for  their  specialties,  youth  services 
librarians  are  in  a  good  position  to  define  the  content  of  the  CE  "curricu- 
lum" which  they  need.  In  addition,  because  they  know  that  their  col- 
leagues throughout  the  country  are  often  isolated  from  their  peers  and 
from  professional  support  groups,  underpaid  and  overworked,  they  can  be 
quite  confident  in  recommending  that  this  curriculum  needs  to  be  very 
portable,  flexible,  and  affordable.  It  will  not  do  much  good  if  it  is  offered 
once  a  year  in  Chicago  or  wherever  ALA  is  meeting.  This  curriculum  must 
be  available  on  loan,  in  formats  varied  to  suit  the  topic  and  different 
individual  learning  styles,  paced  for  self-study  but  adaptable  for  small 
groups,  geared  to  beginners  as  well  as  advanced  learners. 

If  one  thinks  about  what  it  would  take  to  develop  this  kind  of  "mail- 
order" CE,  it  has  to  be  admitted  that  it  would  require  a  very  large  invest- 
ment in  resources  to  develop  and  maintain.  No  single  state  library  agency, 
library  school,  state  professional  association,  or  ALA  division  by  itself  is 
likely  to  have  the  staff  and  money  required.  If  the  profession  really  wants 
this  kind  of  program,  a  way  to  pool  resources  has  to  be  found.  ALA  is  the 
only  organization  which  is  big  enough  to  harbor  such  an  effort.  The  youth 
services  divisions  of  ALA  have  usually  felt  themselves  to  be  underdogs 


Continuing  Education  119 


within  the  ALA  power  structure.  This  need  not  be  the  case  if  they  form  a 
strong  alliance  and  work  toward  specific  objectives  which  will  benefit  the 
profession  at  large  as  well  as  youth  services.  Working  for  an  agenda  that 
calls  for  stronger  support  from  the  organization  for  the  CE  efforts  of  the 
divisions  seems  be  an  effective  way  to  exercise  some  clout  to  good  effect. 

Summary/Recommendations 

The  idea  of  mail-order  CE  has  potential  for  alleviating  the  inadequate 
supply  of  CE  for  youth  services  librarians.  It  is  felt,  however,  that  interac- 
tion is  essential,  and  that  solitary  self-directed  learning  cannot  be  the  only 
mode.  A  great  deal  is  gained  from  discussion  with  others  in  groups.  Uses  of 
new  technology  to  bridge  distance  and  permit  interaction  should  be 
explored. 

ALA  should  experiment  with  several  learning  packages  to  test  the 
response.  There  should  be  programs  for  paraprofessionals  as  well  as  for 
professionals.  A  possible  model  might  be  the  learning  modules  recently 
developed  for  staff  training  in  the  Area  2  Library  Services  Authority  in 
Indiana.  Another  model  is  the  CE  course  by  Jane  Robbins-Carter  and 
Douglas  Zweizig  which  ran  in  American  Libraries  from  October  1985 
through  February  1986. 

In  addition  to  the  facilitating  of  programs  and  packages,  ALA  should 
ensure  better  communication  and  an  enlarged  clearinghouse  function  for 
CE.  There  should  be  more  exchange  of  information  about  existing  pro- 
grams and  resources  which  could  be  shared  if  people  knew  about  them. 


NOTES 

American  Library  Association.  Young  Adult  Services  Division.  Education  Committee.  (1982, 
September).  Young  adults  deserve  the  best:  Competencies  for  librarians  serving  youth. 
School  Library  Journal,  29,  51. 

Case,  R.  N.,  fc  Lowrey,  A.  M.  (1973).  Behavioral  requirements  analysis  checklist:  A  compila- 
tion of  competency-based  job  functions  and  task  statements  for  school  library  media 
personnel.  Chicago:  American  Library  Association. 

Varlejs,  J.  (1987,  Winter).  Continuing  education  for  youth  services  librarians:  A  diagnosis 
and  prescription.  Top  of  the  News,  43,  193-202. 

Young,  D.  (1985,  Spring).  Standards  for  the  library,  for  the  librarian.  Public  Libraries,  24, 
30-31. 


MARGARET  MARY  KIMMEL 

University  of  Pittsburgh 

School  of  Library  and  Information  Science 

Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania 


Halos  and  Pitchforks:  Questions  about 
Librarians  Serving  Youth 


All  occupations  are  worthy  of  study,  a  fact  documented  by  many  since 
Robert  Park's  classic  research  on  the  hobo,  the  taxi-dance-hall  girl,  and  the 
professional  thief.  Librarianship,  too,  has  been  subjected  to  in-depth 
analysis  on  everything  from  the  personality  of  the  librarian  to  questions 
about  the  attributes  of  the  profession.  The  subspecialty  of  work  with 
young  people  has  recently  been  subjected  to  much  scrutiny,  primarily 
because  there  is  such  a  need  for  specialists  in  schools  and  public  libraries  at 
the  entry  level. 

Some  claim  that  this  shortage  is  due  to  a  failure  of  professional 
education.  Others  point  to  low  pay  and  lower  status  accorded  to  those  who 
work  with  children.  Both  factors  are  undoubtedly  significant,  but  some 
others,  such  as  job  satisfaction,  should  be  considered.  Whether  sorting  clay 
tablets  or  entering  items  onto  OCLC,  it  has  always  been  the  librarian's 
belief  that  the  job  being  done  was  important.  Preserving  the  culture, 
offering  the  great  works  of  literature  to  the  masses,  or  organizing  the 
contributions  of  Fred  Rogers  have  been  tasks  in  which  one  could  take  some 
pride.  But  now  there  would  appear  to  be  some  confusion  about  those  tasks 
and  just  how  meaningful  they  are,  especially  as  they  relate  to  young 
people. 

Another  consideration  may  be  related  to  the  changing  role  of  women 
in  society  at  large.  Because  organizational  patterns  in  schools  and  public 
libraries  are  shifting,  fewer  managerial  positions  are  provided  within  the 
subspecialty.  This  is  occurring  at  a  time  when  women  are  selecting  more 
diversified  occupational  choices  within  and  outside  of  librarianship. 

These  and  other  questions  need  study  as  we  consider  directions  that 
information  service  to  young  people  might  take.  It  is  the  purpose  of  this 
discussion  to  explore  some  of  the  issues  which  affect  the  provision  of  such 
service.  Are  there  factors  within  the  profession  which  are  drawing  entry 

121 


122  Managers  and  Missionaries 


level  individuals  to  other  service  areas?  Is  it  a  crisis  at  the  entry  level  only  or 
are  other  aspects  of  the  service  also  in  trouble?  What  are  the  social  issues 
beyond  those  of  professional  concern  affecting  this  subspecialty? 

Other  Professional  Subspecialties 

Career  patterns  of  women  in  a  variety  of  occupational  groups  provide 
interesting  but  inconclusive  evidence  about  their  provision  of  service  to 
young  people.  It  is  predicted  that  by  1990  at  least  "75  percent  of  children 
will  have  both  parents  working  outside  the  home"  (Brazelton,  1985,  p. 
xviii).  Now  the  working  woman  has  a  choice  of  occupations  far  broader 
than  the  traditional  "feminized  professions."  Other  occupational  oppor- 
tunities may  have  drawn  away  potential  candidates  from  a  predominately 
female  subspecialty  like  service  to  children. 

In  law,  for  instance,  family  law  practice  draws  many  women.  Of  the 
Family  Law  Section  of  the  American  Bar  Association,  26  percent  are 
female,  a  fact  consistent  with  the  "widely  held  opinion  that  female  lawyers 
tend  to  concentrate  in  those  fields  of  law  dealing  with  the  problems  of 
individuals"  (Smith,  1983,  p.  241 ).  Furthermore,  women  are  more  likely  to 
hold  positions  outside  the  private  practice  of  law  and,  therefore,  are  less 
likely  to  be  associated  with  law  firms  of  any  size. 

In  medicine,  pediatrics  has  long  been  the  favored  specialty  of  women 
medical  graduates.  In  a  recent  study  of  specialty  preferences  at  five  medical 
schools,  males  had  higher  preferences  for  high  risk  procedures  and  patients 
at  risk  while  women  students  scored  higher  in  a  preference  for  handling 
preventive  care  and  patient  responsibility  and  participation.  Of  the  six 
major  medical  subspecialties,  the  top  three  choices  for  women  were: 
(1)  ob/gyn,  (2)  pediatrics,  and  (3)  internal  medicine.  For  men  the  choices 
were:  ( 1 )  internal  medicine,  (2)  family  practice,  and  (3)  surgery  (Cuca,  1979, 
p.  429).  Implications  of  these  and  several  other  studies  suggest  that  the  re- 
cent influx  of  women  has  not  substantially  altered  career  patterns  of 
physicians. 

Women  in  medicine  with  home  and  family  responsibilities  are  more 
likely  to  choose  subspecialties  which  relate  to  their  identification  as  nur- 
turer  as  well  as  healer.  These  subspecialties  often  have  distinctions  in  such 
areas  as  hours  of  service  and  salary  that  are  markedly  different.  Pediatri- 
cians, for  instance,  in  1984  earned  less  than  half  of  what  anesthesiologists 
did.  In  the  years  between  1974  and  1984,  salaries  of  psychiatrists  doubled 
while  pediatricians  showed  only  about  a  5  percent  increase  in  income.  The 
only  subspecialty  with  more  patient  contact  hours  per  week  is  family/ gen- 
eral practice  (Reynolds  &  Duann,  1985,  pp.  60,  70,  123).  These  differences, 
however,  are  true  for  both  male  and  female  pediatricians  and  may  reflect 
more  about  the  status  of  the  client  than  the  gender  of  the  pediatrician. 


Questions  About  Librarians  Serving  Youth  123 


In  the  ministry,  the  role  of  women  is  even  more  controversial.  In  an 
article  in  the  Journal  of  Public  and  International  Affairs,  the  Rev.  Beryl 
Choi  (1983)  states  unequivocally: 

Although  female  members  far  outnumber  males  in  the  Christian  Church,  though 
for  thousands  of  years  women  have  been  the  nurturing  foundation  of  their 
people — the  very  essence  of  community — they  have  been,  in  that  community  of 
religious  faith,  a  disenfranchised  group.  The  barriers  to  power  and  prestige  for 
women  in  the  Church,  though  not  absolute,  are  certainly  ubiquitous  and  ancient. 
(P-  33) 

Women  in  many  of  the  Christian  churches  have  been  relegated  to  the 
role  of  educator  with  little  voice  in  policy  and  certainly  no  voice  in 
theology.  The  role  of  religious  educator  is  a  significant  one,  but  in  terms  of 
growth  and  change,  a  lack  of  involvement  in  policy  and  theology  may 
restrict  development.  In  the  first  decade  of  the  twentieth  century,  8  million 
immigrants  landed  at  Ellis  Island,  many  of  them  Roman  Catholics.  The 
education  provided  for  many  of  these  new  arrivals  was  developed  by  a  cadre 
of  religious  who  were  "the  sacrificial  and  hidden  asset  of  the  whole  system" 
(Hesburg,  1986,  p.  161 ).  The  only  words  more  frequently  heard  than  "Look 
it  up  in  the  card  catalog"  were  "but  Sister  said."  Yet  today,  vocations  in  the 
religious  orders  are  down  and  many  regard  church  schools  as  merely  a 
relatively  inexpensive  private  school  rather  than  a  religious  educational 
experience. 

What  do  these  questions  about  the  role  of  women  in  the  traditional 
professions  have  to  do  with  information  services  for  young  people?  Per- 
haps the  most  significant  factor  is  that  librarianship  is  not  alone  in 
wondering  where  to  find  new  recruits  for  new  services.  Many  other  occupa- 
tional groups  have  difficulty  identifying  entry  level  professionals  for  pub- 
lic service  jobs  dealing  with  youth.  With  the  choice  of  careers  more 
diversified  for  women,  there  are  questions  about  the  value  placed  on  those 
occupations  dealing  with  children  and  young  people.  Even  larger  ques- 
tions relate  to  the  value  placed  on  the  children  themselves,  who  serves 
them,  and  who  sets  the  policies  that  regulate  the  services. 

The  second  major  factor  in  the  development  of  a  cadre  of  trained 
professionals  working  with  young  people  deals  with  the  nature  and  philo- 
sophy of  those  agencies  providing  the  service.  It  is  here  that  school  and 
public  library  people  should  be  drawing  together.  Both  institutions  oper- 
ate in  the  public,  not-for-profit  sector  vying  with  other  agencies  battling 
for  limited  money  to  provide  essential  services.  Instead,  cooperative  efforts 
often  go  astray.  Networks  exclude  one  or  the  other;  territorial  squabbles 
occupy  time  that  would  be  better  spent  on  work  with  young  people.  The 
current  fuss  about  what  age  group  is  served  by  which  division  in  the 
American  Library  Association  is  an  example  of  such  behavior. 

The  shifts  in  organizational  structure  in  both  schools  and  public 


124  Managers  and  Missionaries 


libraries  also  affect  youth  services  specialists.  The  generalist  approach 
provided  some  children's  and  young  adult  librarians  with  opportunities  to 
advance  as  "program  specialists"  or  "information  managers."  The 
approach,  however,  often  failed  to  provide  the  entry-level  positions  which 
led  to  the  cadre  of  specialists  able  and  willing  to  transfer  their  skills  from 
dealing  with  children  to  dealing  with  board  members  or  city  managers.  In 
schools,  many  middle  managers  have  also  been  eliminated.  This  not  only 
affects  programs,  creating  a  situation  where  there  is  no  direction  or  plan- 
ning, but  it  also  means  that,  to  advance,  there  is  no  place  to  go  but  out  of 
the  service. 

Librarians  Serving  Youth 

Several  studies  recently  have  been  conducted  examining  aspects  of 
education  and  the  new  professional.  Both  Fasick  (1986,  p.  613)  and 
Immroth  (1987,  p.  210)  have  considered  the  entry  level  professional  and 
found  that,  in  general,  most  people  in  library  school  have  some  kind  of 
library  work  experience.  While  this  makes  classroom  participation  lively 
("We  do  it  this  way  in  my  library"),  it  may  also  mean  that  we  are  not 
recruiting  widely  enough.  A  typical  career  pattern  follows  an  individual 
from  page  to  clerk  to  library  school.  Incoming  M.L.S.  students  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Pittsburgh  report  an  average  of  three  years  of  library  work  expe- 
rience before  graduate  school. 

There  is  another  problem  in  "growing"  replacements.  The  library 
profession  has  approximately  12  percent  minority  professionals  in  public 
libraries  (Guy,  1986,  p.  5).  As  population  shifts  occur  and  minorities 
become  in  fact  majorities,  there  are  fewer  and  fewer  professionals  to  serve  as 
role  models.  Although  a  study  of  population  growth  indicates  a  strong 
increase  in  the  number  of  black  and  Hispanic  children,  there  is  no  indica- 
tion of  a  similar  growth  in  numbers  of  black  and  Hispanic  librarians. 

On  the  other  hand,  there  is  strong  evidence  that  many  people  who 
work  with  children  do  not  have  any  professional  education.  In  a  survey  of 
children's  librarians  just  released  by  the  Library  Research  Center  at  the 
University  of  Illinois,  88  percent  of  the  sample  had  some  college  education, 
but  only  50  percent  had  any  library  education.  Less  than  half  of  the  50 
percent  had  completed  the  M.L.S.  (Roy,  1986,  p.  47).  These  figures  are 
substantiated  by  preliminary  results  of  a  study  of  Pennsylvania  librarians 
serving  children  which  indicates  that  outside  of  metropolitan  systems,  it  is 
likely  that  a  volunteer  or  clerk  will  be  providing  service  to  children. 

More  than  half  of  the  public  libraries  in  the  United  States  serve 
populations  under  10,000.  These  small  rural  libraries  usually  have  some 
kind  of  service  for  children  and  young  people  but  with  little  quality 
control.  Collections  are  poorly  maintained  and  "craft  programs"  abound. 


Questions  About  Librarians  Serving  Youth  125 


The  profession  must  wrestle  with  the  question  of  whether  to  write  off  such 
efforts  and  worry  only  about  "professional  service"  or  take  the  responsibil- 
ity for  including  those  who  will  never  get  a  graduate  degree.  Continuing 
education  programs  that  offer  only  the  practice  and  not  one  whit  of 
philosophy  of  service  perpetuate  the  system. 

Libraries  without  youth  specialists  who  have  the  first  professional 
degree  are  not  confined  to  rural  areas,  however.  In  tight  times,  administra- 
tors often  felt  they  were  unable  to  afford  expensive  professionals  to  work 
with  children  and  young  people.  College  graduates  (or  even  those  with  less 
education)  were  hired  to  fill  vacancies  and  cut  down  on  personnel  costs. 
Some  major  city  systems  have  begun  to  build  back  their  professional  staff, 
but  the  process  is  a  long  one.  Advertisements  for  children's  librarians  are 
widely  circulated,  but  the  role  models  aren't  there.  Neither  are  the  new 
children's  librarians. 

Many  have  voiced  concern  over  the  failure  of  library  schools  to  provide 
faculty  and  courses  in  services  to  children.  It  is  true  that  some  schools  have 
dropped  such  specializations.  But  higher  education,  especially  profes- 
sional education,  is  market  driven.  When  the  demand  for  courses  is  pre- 
sent, the  courses  are  offered.  Information  is  big  business  and  provides  a 
seemingly  endless  job  market  for  today's  pragmatic  student.  The  demand 
for  courses  and  even  a  shift  in  the  curriculum  from  one  dominated  by 
public  libraries  and  public  schools  to  one  reflecting  largely  private  sector 
employment  is  the  result  of  many  factors,  not  the  least  of  which  is  student 
demand. 

It  is  unrealistic  to  assume  that  higher  education  administrators  are 
any  more  altruistic  or  high  minded  than  their  counterparts  in  the  corpo- 
rate world.  Providing  the  professionals  to  work  with  children  and  young 
people  in  schools  and  public  libraries  is  costly  and  time  consuming,  carries 
little  status,  and  provides  few  millionaire  alumni.  Furthermore,  it  is  hard 
to  find  qualified  faculty  to  teach,  research,  and  serve  the  community.  There 
are  relatively  few  children's  specialists  in  doctorate  programs  around  the 
country.  The  time  is  past  when  one's  reputation  alone  will  provide  a 
tenured  slot  in  a  school  of  library  and  information  science.  Those  individ- 
uals who  are  already  a  part  of  faculties  need  all  our  help  and  support.  They 
need  to  be  invited  to  give  formal  papers  at  conferences.  They  need  the 
cooperation  of  libraries  to  act  as  field  sites  for  their  research.  They  need 
recognition  by  their  peers  in  the  field  because  it  is  lonely  in  that  ivory  tower 
where  the  only  thing  that  colleagues  agree  on  is  a  concern  over  parking. 

Conclusion 

Being  a  youth  services  specialist,  however,  still  has  its  rewards.  The 
children  are  responsive,  even  starved  for  stories.  We  have  more  media  and 


126  Managers  and  Missionaries 


materials  available.  Technology  can  enhance  the  richness  of  color  in 
picture  books  and  provide  your  favorite  encyclopedia  on  a  video  disc.  The 
job  is  challenging  and  exciting — and  not  very  well  paid. 

Job  satisfaction  is,  of  course,  tied  to  more  than  salary.  There  is  a  need 
for  growth  in  responsibility  and  scope.  For  some  youth  service  librarians 
there  is  a  perceived  lack  of  opportunity,  however.  Librarians  report  that 
they  not  only  view  the  job  as  "dead-end"  but  feel  unqualified  for  further 
responsibility.  This  perception  is  contradicted  by  reports  which  indicate 
that  managerial  skills  are  transferable  and  that  controlling  preschoolers  at 
a  story  hour  is  related  to  working  with  a  board  of  trustees,  at  least  to  some 
degree.  Furthermore,  many  middle  and  upper  level  administrators  in 
public  library  systems  began  as  youth  services  specialists.  State  librarians, 
library  directors,  even  university  professors  and  deans  began  their  careers 
by  lighting  candles  at  story  hours  and  designing  summer  reading  certifi- 
cates and  talking  to  local  PTAs. 

These  problems  at  the  entry  level  present  a  challenge  to  those  engaged 
in  this  business  of  putting  children  and  ideas  and  learning  and  reading 
together.  There  are  societal  concerns  that  deal  with  the  status  of  our  group 
as  a  female  intensive  occupation.  Internally,  the  profession  is  in  the  midst 
of  a  profound  realignment.  Many  are  struggling  to  protect  the  right  of 
citizens  to  information  access  in  a  society  that  sees  information  as  a 
commodity.  Children  and  their  needs  are  often  marginalized  or  so  rigidly 
proscribed  that  professional  growth  is  stifled.  Yet  we  are  intrigued  by  the 
potential  of  our  work.  Our  job  satisfaction  comes  from  knowing  that  the 
job  we  do  does  make  a  difference.  The  communication  of  that  satisfaction 
should  be  wider  than  the  staff  room  discussion  of  what  went  on  at  story 
hour.  We  need  to  mount  an  active,  vigorous  recruitment  effort,  directed 
especially  at  minorities. 

We  need  to  look  carefully  at  the  continuing  education  activities  pro- 
vided by  professional  associations  as  well  as  colleges  and  universities. 
Meeting  the  creators  of  words  and  pictures  is  entertaining,  sometimes 
enlightening,  but  should  not  be  the  extent  of  our  efforts.  We  must  provide 
opportunities  to  debate  the  direction  of  the  service  we  provide,  to  consider 
the  philosophy  behind  what  we  do. 

Finally,  it  is  significant  to  note  that  in  the  Illinois  study,  97  percent  of 
the  respondents  declared  that  if  they  had  to  start  over,  they  would  choose 
the  same  job  again  (Roy,  1986,  p.  63).  Professional  problems  abound,  but 
interest  and  commitment  is  evident.  Librarians  who  work  with  young 
people  should  be  awarded  halos  not  pitchforks. 


Questions  About  Librarians  Serving  Youth  127 


NOTES 

American  Library  Association.  Office  of  Library  Personnel  Resources.  (1986).  Academic  and 
public  librarians:  Data  by  race,  ethnicity  and  sex.  Chicago:  ALA. 

Brazelton,  T.  B.  (1985).  Working  and  caring.  Reading,  MA:  Addison-Wesley. 

Choi,  B.  T.  (1982,  Fall/Winter).  Power  and  religion:  The  institutional  church.  Journal  of 
Public  and  International  Affairs,  3,  33. 

Cuca,  J.  M.  (1979,  November).  The  specialization  and  career  preferences  of  women  and  men 
recently  graduated  from  U.S.  medical  schools.  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Women's 
Association,  34,  429. 

Fasick,  A.  (1986,  Spring).  Library  and  information  science  students.  Library  Trends,  34(4), 
607-622. 

Hesburg,  T.  M.  (1986,  October  4).  Catholic  education  in  America.  America,  755,  161. 

Immroth,  B.  (1987,  Winter).  Repopulating  an  endangered  species:  The  issues  and  literature  of 
recruitment.  Top  of  the  News,  43(2),  206-216. 

Reynolds,  R.,  &  Duann,  D.  J.  (Eds.).  (1985).  Socioeconomic  characteristics  of  medical  prac- 
tice, 1985.  Chicago:  American  Medical  Association. 

Roy,  L.  (1986,  October).  A  survey  of  children's  librarians  in  Illinois  public  libraries.  Illinois 
Library  and  Information  Statistical  Report  No.  21.  Urbana-Champaign,  IL:  University 
of  Illinois,  Graduate  School  of  Library  and  Information  Science. 

Smith,  K.;  Troha,  M.;  et  al.  (1983,  Fall).  A  survey  of  the  membership  of  the  ABA  section  of 
family  law.  Family  Law  Quarterly,  17,  24. 


HELEN  LLOYD  SNOKE 

School  of  Library  Science 
University  of  Michigan 
Ann  Arbor,  Michigan 


What  Library  Schools  Offer  that  School 

Library  Media  Specialists  and  Youth 

Services  Librarians  Need 


When  asked  to  speak  at  this  conference  on  the  topic,  "What  Library 
Schools  Offer  that  School  Library  Media  Specialists  and  Youth  Services 
Librarians  Need,"  it  was  decided  that  personal  experience  needed  to  be 
supplemented  with  curriculum  revision  at  Michigan  and  with  the  rather 
sketchy  knowledge  of  what  some  colleagues  at  other  universities  are  doing 
in  library  education  for  youth  services  with  current  information  from  other 
programs.  Many  library  school  catalogs,  including  Michigan's,  did  not 
reflect  the  most  recent  developments,  and  the  professional  literature 
seemed  to  focus  more  on  what  is  not  being  done  rather  than  what  is  being 
done. 

An  urgent  plea  along  with  a  brief  questionnaire,  "Educational  Pro- 
grams for  Librarians  Who  Work  With  Youth,"  was  sent  in  September  1986 
to  a  representative  of  each  U.S.  institutional  member  of  the  Association  of 
Library  and  Information  Science  Educators  (ALISE).  Both  regular  and 
associate  members  were  included  in  the  survey.  In  most  cases  the  represen- 
tatives were  persons  designated  as  having  graduate  specializations  in 
library  service  for  children  and  young  adults  and/ or  school  library  media 
programs,  as  reported  in  the  Journal  of  Education  for  Library  and  Infor- 
mation Science  directory  issue,  1985-86.  In  spite  of  the  short  time  frame  and 
busy  schedules,  fifty-two  of  the  seventy  institutions  contacted  (74  percent) 
sent  responses.  Findings  are  presented  in  Table  1. 

Table  1  shows  that  forty-nine  of  the  fifty-two  institutions  responding 
(94  percent)  have  curriculum  plans  or  concentrations  for  those  preparing 
at  the  graduate  level  to  be  school  library  media  specialists.  Forty-one  (79 
percent)  reported  having  curriculum  plans  or  concentrations  for  youth 
services  in  public  libraries.  One  might  wonder  whether  failure  to  respond 
meant  that  those  institutions  do  not  have  programs  in  either  of  these  areas. 

129 


130  Managers  and  Missionaries 


TABLE  1 

INSTITUTIONS  WITH  GRADUATE  PROGRAMS  FOR  YOUTH  SERVICES 

Have  Do  Not  Have 

Number    Percentage       Number       Percentage 

School  Library  Media  Curriculum  Plan        49  94  3  6 

Public  Library  Youth  Services  Curric.  Plan        41  79  11  21 

N  =  52  Institutions 


That  should  not  be  assumed,  however.  Several  are  known  to  have  speciali- 
zations in  school  library  media  and/ or  in  public  library  services  for  youth 
and  have  faculty  who  have  expertise  in  these  fields. 

Fifty  institutions  answered  questions  on  number  of  faculty,  full  and 
part  time,  who  teach  courses  related  to  library  services  for  youth  in  school 
or  public  libraries.  The  number  of  full-time  faculty  reported  ranges  from 
zero  to  seven,  and  for  part-time  faculty,  from  zero  to  twenty.  No  institution 
reported  zero  for  both  full-  and  part-time  faculty.  Whether  or  not  they  have 
concentrations  in  youth  services,  all  institutions  represented  in  the  survey 
have  one  or  more  faculty  members  with  expertise  in  this  field.  Although 
two  of  the  respondents  stated  philosophical  commitments  to  adjunct 
faculty  who  are  library  practitioners,  many  others  seemed  to  prefer  a 
balance  between  full-time  faculty  who'have  the  responsibility  to  develop 
curriculum,  conduct  research,  and  counsel  students  as  well  as  to  teach,  and 
the  practitioner  or  doctoral  student  with  recent  experience  in  the  field. 

Forty-four  institutions  responded  to  the  question:  Approximately 
what  percent  of  those  who  graduated  from  your  program  within  the  past 
two  years  have  been  employed  in  public  library  youth  services  or  in  school 
library  media  programs?  The  range  was  5  percent  to  100  percent  with  a 
mean  percentage  of  40.7.  The  median  was  30  percent  and  responses  were 
tri-modal  (10,  30,  and  33  percent).  However,  if  the  eight  institutions  which 
are  virtually  single  purpose  (those  reporting  that  90  percent  or  more  of 
their  graduates  have  been  placed  in  school  or  public  library  youth  services 
positions)  were  excluded,  the  mean  for  the  remaining  thirty-six  would  be 
28.4  percent  and  the  median  would  be  26.5  percent.  For  a  majority  of 
library  schools  responding,  more  than  one-fourth  of  their  graduates  have 
been  placed  in  school  or  public  library  youth  services  positions  within  the 
past  two  years. 

Program  requirements,  in  addition  to  the  courses  required  for  all 
graduates,  differ  from  one  institution  to  another,  but  there  are  consistent 
strands  to  be  found.  For  school  library  media  concentrations,  administra- 
tion of  media  programs;  literature  or  materials  for  children  and  young 
adults  (sometimes  with  several  courses  specified  in  this  area);  the  teaching 


What  Library  Schools  Offer  131 


or  curriculum  role  of  the  library  media  specialist;  design,  production,  and 
use  of  audiovisual  media;  computer  literacy;  and  a  practicum  were  often 
cited. 

For  a  concentration  in  public  library  youth  services,  the  number  of 
required  courses  is  usually  less  although  library  programs  and  services  for 
children  and  young  adults,  literature  or  materials  for  children  and  young 
adults  (several  courses  may  be  specified  in  this  area),  and  a  practicum  are 
often  listed.  Design,  production,  and  use  of  audiovisual  media  and  micro- 
computers in  libraries  were  frequent  additions. 

Some  other  required  courses  for  students  preparing  to  be  youth  ser- 
vices librarians  in  school  or  public  library  settings  were  listed  by  one  or 
more  institutions:  planning  information  systems  for  children  and  young 
adults,  oral  programming  for  libraries,  public  library  interagency  cooper- 
ation, psychology  of  childhood  and  adolescence,  multicultural  librarian- 
ship,  information  transfer  and  children,  communication  and  learning 
theory,  inner  city  seminar,  and  teaching  of  reading.  Most  of  the  electives 
listed  were  variations  of  children's  literature — e.g.,  information  books  for 
children,  fantasy  books  for  children,  folklore  and  storytelling,  multicul- 
tural literature  for  youth,  contemporary  literature  for  children,  criticism  of 
children's  literature,  history  and  development  of  literature  for  children, 
media  for  minorities,  topics  in  literature  for  children  and  young  adults 
(with  variation  from  term  to  term),  puppetry,  and  bibliotherapy.  Another 
elective  of  interest  was  computer  coordination  for  media  centers. 

One  respondent  cautioned  against  too  much  emphasis  on  special 
courses  for  youth  services  librarians.  Many  of  the  courses  in  a  library  school 
curriculum  look  at  the  information  needs  of  youth  as  part  of  a  larger 
perspective,  she  noted.  She  suggested  that  a  content  analysis  of  all  courses 
offered  would  be  a  better  way  of  determining  what  library  schools  are 
offering  that  youth  services  librarians  need.  It  is  indeed  a  point  well  taken 
although  the  task  is  beyond  the  scope  of  this  survey. 

A  recent  curriculum  revision  at  The  University  of  Michigan  was 
developed  by  determining  the  essential  content  (competencies,  skills, 
knowledge)  for  all  graduate  students  in  the  program  and  then  the  addi- 
tional content  needed  by  those  in  each  of  the  special  curriculum  plans 
offered.  This  planning  process  resulted  in  a  number  of  new  courses  and  a 
restructuring  of  most  remaining  ones.  The  faculty,  working  together  over 
time  on  this  revision,  reaffirmed  that,  to  a  considerable  extent,  information 
professionals  of  all  kinds  have  need  for  common  learnings. 

We  found  that  several  of  the  special  emphases  which  had  made  school 
library  media  programs  different — varied  media,  the  understanding  of 
technology  necessary  for  their  use,  and  even  the  instructional  role  of  the 
librarian — have  been  mainstreamed  by  the  profession.  For  example,  a  new 
course  at  Michigan,  "Design  of  Information  Products,"  adapted  from  a 


132  Managers  and  Missionaries 


course  in  instructional  development  which  has  been  taken  almost  exclu- 
sively by  students  in  the  school  library  media  concentration,  was  praised 
recently  as  highly  desirable  for  students  preparing  for  their  own  specializa- 
tions by  academic  and  public  library  members  of  Michigan  Dean  Robert 
Warner's  advisory  committee  as  well  as  by  representatives  from  the  infor- 
mation industry  with  whom  the  school  has  consulted.  In  addition,  a 
program  component  on  "communication,"  long  required  of  school 
library  media  specialists,  is  now  required  for  all  students. 

Table  2  reports  the  increase,  decrease,  and  no  change  in  number  of 
courses  and  faculty,  full  and  part-time,  within  the  past  two  years,  accord- 
ing to  those  responding  to  the  survey  described  earlier.  Ten  institutions  (19 
percent)  have  increased  the  number  of  courses  related  to  children's  and 
young  adult  materials  and  service  which  they  offer.  Only  one  institution 
has  decreased  course  offerings  in  this  area.  Most  institutions  (thirty-four 
or  65  percent)  report  no  change,  and  seven  (14  percent)  did  not  respond 
to  this  question. 

Loss  in  numbers  of  full-time  faculty  within  the  past  two  years  is 
reported  by  five  institutions  (10  percent).  That  is  higher  than  the  decrease 
in  courses  reported  and  should  signal  concern.  Also,  a  slightly  lower 
number  of  institutions  reported  an  increase  in  full-time  faculty  within  the 
past  two  years  than  the  reported  increase  in  courses  offered  (eight  or  15 
percent).  A  large  majority  of  institutions  (71  percent  or  thirty-seven) 
reported  no  change  within  this  time  period.  For  part-time  faculty, 
increases  were  greater  (sixteen  or  31  percent)  within  the  past  two  years. 
Only  one  institution  reported  decreased  part-time  faculty,  and  twenty-six 
(50  percent)  reported  no  change. 

In  reporting  plans  for  program  emphasis  within  the  next  five  years, 
twenty-two  respondents  (42  percent)  said  their  institutions  plan  to 
increase,  two  (4  percent)  said  they  expect  to  decrease  emphasis,  and  twenty- 
six  (50  percent)  said  they  do  not  expect  any  change  in  emphasis.  Only  two 
institutions  (4  percent)  did  not  respond  to  this  question. 


TABLE  2 

CHANGES  IN  GRADUATE  PROGRAMS  FOR  YOUTH  SERVICES  LIBRARIANS 

Increase         Decrease      No  Change     No  Response 
Per-  Per-  Per-  Per- 


Per-  Per-  Per-  Per- 

No.    centage  No.    centage   No.    centage  No.      centage 


Number  of  Courses  (past  2  yrs) 

10 

19 

1 

2 

34 

65 

7 

14 

Number  of  F/T  Faculty  (past  2  yrs) 

8 

15 

5 

10 

37 

71 

2 

4 

Number  of  P/T  Faculty  (past  2  yrs) 

16 

31 

1 

2 

26 

50 

9 

17 

Plans  for  Emphasis  (next  5  yrs) 

22 

42 

2 

4 

26 

50 

2 

4 

N  =  52  Institutions 


What  Library  Schools  Offer  133 


It  should  be  noted  that  a  much  larger  survey,  "School  Library  Media 
Employment  Questionnaire,"  was  distributed  to  institutions  with  pro- 
grams preparing  school  library  media  specialists  by  the  American  Associa- 
tion for  School  Librarian's  Library  Media  Educators  Section.  Results  from 
this  survey  should  be  of  considerable  interest  to  the  field.  That  question- 
naire did  not  seek  information  about  public  library  youth  services  place- 
ment and  projected  need,  however. 

Of  the  fifty-two  institutions  represented  in  the  present  survey,  forty  (77 
percent)  reported  that  they  had  offered  one  or  more  continuing  education 
(CE)  programs  intended  for  school  and/ or  public  library  youth  services 
librarians  during  the  past  two  years.  The  range  for  all  institutions  was  zero 
to  seventeen  within  this  time  period.  Table  3  shows  the  number  of  institu- 
tions which  offered  any  of  the  following  types  of  CE  programs:  (1)  those 
given  for  academic  credit  and  therefore  applicable  for  a  graduate  degree, 
(2)  those  given  for  continuing  education  units  (CEUs)  as  approved  by  the 
institution  or  by  a  state  agency  established  to  coordinate  continuing  educa- 
tion, and  (3)  those  given  as  noncredit  workshops,  conferences,  or  seminars. 
Three  library  schools  offered  six  or  more  continuing  education  courses  for 
academic  credit,  another  five  institutions  offered  three  to  five  CE  programs 
for  academic  credit,  and  seventeen  offered  one  or  two  such  programs  dur- 
ing the  past  two  years.  Twenty-five  institutions,  slightly  less  than  half  of 
the  total  response  group  of  fifty-two,  reported  offering  continuing  educa- 
tion programs  for  academic  credit  to  youth  services  librarians. 

Programs  offering  CEU  credits  were  not  given  quite  as  often  for  this 
audience.  Two  institutions  gave  six  or  more  programs,  six  gave  three  to 
five  programs,  and  fourteen  gave  one  or  two  programs.  The  total  number 
of  institutions  offering  programs  directed  to  youth  services  librarians  for 
CEUs  was  twenty-two. 

Noncredit  programs  for  this  audience  were  given  by  still  fewer  institu- 
tions; none  gave  six  or  more  programs  without  credit,  six  gave  three  to  five 
programs,  and  twelve  gave  one  or  two  during  the  past  two  years.  Although 


TABLE  3 

CONTINUING  EDUCATION  FOR  YOUTH  SERVICES  LIBRARIANS 

WITHIN  THE  PAST  Two  YEARS 

Type  of  Program  Number  of  Programs 

6  or  more       3-5  1-2  0  No  Response 


Academic  Credit 

3 

5 

17 

4 

23 

CEUs 

2 

6 

14 

3 

27 

Noncredit 

0 

6 

12 

3 

31 

Number  of  Institutions  offering  1  or  more  CE  Programs  in  the  past  two  years  =  40  (77  percent) 
Range  of  CE  Programs  offered  =  0-17 


134  Managers  and  Missionaries 


the  total  number  of  institutions  giving  this  type  of  continuing  education 
program  is  smaller  than  the  number  giving  either  of  the  credit  type 
programs  (eighteen),  the  noncredit  activities  described  by  respondents 
seem  to  attract  larger  numbers  of  participants,  often  200  or  more  for  a 
single  event.  Thus  they  do  provide  a  useful  function  in  the  professional 
development  of  youth  services  librarians.  This  may  be  especially  impor- 
tant in  geographic  areas  where  other  agencies — professional  associations, 
regional  service  units,  or  interagency  consortia — are  not  providing  such  a 
function.  But  even  if  other  groups  are  available,  there  is  value  for  the 
library  school  and  for  the  practitioner  to  interact  on  matters  of  updating 
professional  knowledge. 

An  impressive  and  extensive  list  of  CE  topics  for  credit  and  noncredit 
was  offered  by  those  responding  to  the  questionnaire.  They  included  many 
facets  of  materials  and  services  of  interest  to  youth  services  librarians. 
Several  library  schools  offer  updates  on  different  topics  for  this  audience 
each  year.  Some  are  day  long  activities,  others  are  one  week  mini-courses, 
and  still  others  are  offered  via  television  or  on  a  series  of  Saturdays.  It  seems 
safe  to  say  that  most  library  schools  would  respond  positively  to  almost  any 
suggestion  for  continuing  education  activities  they  received  from  youth 
services  practitioners. 

Responses  were  mixed  to  the  question:  Within  the  past  two  years,  to 
what  extent  have  practitioners  who  work  with  youth  participated  in  your 
continuing  education  activities  which  were  not  designed  especially  for  this 
group  (e.g.,  searching  automated  databases,  financial  management  for 
librarians,  using  microcomputers  in  libraries)?  Some  respondents  said 
they  had  no  statistics  to  reflect  the  degree  of  participation  of  any  type  of 
professional  in  their  continuing  education  activities,  and  others  indicated 
little  participation  in  these  general  interest  topics.  One  respondent  inter- 
preted the  question  as  meaning  a  lack  of  importance  in  these  topics  for 
school  or  public  librarians  who  work  with  children  or  young  adults.  This 
was  certainly  not  intended.  A  fair  number  of  library  schools  reported 
experiences  similar  to  those  at  Michigan  in  which  a  growing  number  of 
youth  services  librarians  are  seeking  the  same  kind  of  professional  develop- 
ment as  are  their  colleagues  in  adult  services  in  academic,  special,  and 
public  libraries.  Particularly  in  the  areas  noted  earlier — online  searching, 
management  skills,  and  microcomputer  applications — information  pro- 
fessionals of  many  specialties  seem  to  be  feeling  the  need  for  more  expe- 
rience and  acting  on  that  need  to  gain  or  renew  skills. 

Conclusions 

In  summarizing  the  findings  of  this  survey  and  drawing  conclusions 
from  it,  I  am  modestly  optimistic  about  what  library  schools  are  offering 


What  Library  Schools  Offer  135 


youth  services  practitioners  and  those  who  wish  careers  in  this  arena.  A 
large  majority  of  library  schools  are  offering  graduate  programs  with 
curriculum  plans  in  one  or  both  of  the  youth  services  library  settings, 
school  or  public.  All  but  two  of  the  institutions  from  which  responses  were 
received  report  that  they  have  one  or  more  faculty  members  in  this  area;  for 
forty-nine  (94  percent)  of  the  total  responding  group  of  fifty-two,  at  least 
one  of  these  faculty  members  has  full-time  status.  This  means  that  some- 
one is  there  to  listen  to  the  needs  of  youth  services  librarians  and  to  speak  to 
those  needs  in  curriculum  planning  activities  of  the  institution. 

The  percent  of  graduates  who  have  taken  youth  services  positions  in 
the  past  two  years  varies  from  one  institution  to  another;  for  the  majority  in 
this  survey,  one-fourth  or  more  of  the  total  number  of  graduates  took  such 
a  position.  But  many  institutions,  as  is  true  with  the  library  school  at 
Michigan,  would  welcome  the  opportunity  to  increase  the  number. 
Twenty-two  library  schools  reported  that  they  plan  greater  emphasis  for 
this  specialization  within  the  next  five  years.  Several  are  actively  recruiting 
students  now  to  meet  the  need  for  youth  services  professionals  in  both 
school  and  public  libraries.  These  and  other  library  schools  may  find 
valuable  support  for  such  an  action  from  this  Allerton  Conference  and 
from  the  AASL  survey  mentioned  earlier.  Few  institutions  reported 
decreases  in  number  of  courses  within  the  past  two  years. 

The  most  negative  indicator  is  that  five  institutions  (10  percent)  have 
decreased  the  number  of  full-time  faculty  who  have  teaching  responsibility 
and  expertise  in  materials  and  library  services  for  youth.  It  is  hoped  and 
believed  that  this  figure  will  be  reversed  in  the  next  two  to  five  years. 

Continuing  education  to  meet  the  needs  of  youth  services  practitio- 
ners appears  to  be  healthy;  many  types  of  programs  are  offered  and  most 
library  schools  participate  in  some  CE  activities  for  this  audience.  Not  all 
relevant  CE  is,  or  should  be,  directed  exclusively  to  this  audience.  If  youth 
services  librarians  are  a  part  of  the  mainstream  of  the  information  profes- 
sion, as  they  must  be,  then  all  instructors  must  understand  and  courses 
throughout  the  curriculum  must  address  the  needs  of  this  group  within  the 
context  of  the  total  professional  education  as  well  as  through  separate 
segments  of  that  educational  program. 


JUDITH  A.  DRESCHER 

Director  of  Libraries 

Memphis/Shelby  County  Public  Library  and  Information  Center 
Memphis,  Tennessee 


What  Do  Public  Libraries  Need  From 

Managers  and  Missionaries 

for  Children's  Services? 


As  a  former  children's  services  librarian  and  a  library  administrator  in 
several  public  libraries,  I've  spoken  on  this  topic  numerous  times  over  the 
last  twelve  years.  In  general,  the  audience  expects  to  hear  words  of  wisdom 
about  how  children's  librarians  need  to  know  the  literature  in  the  field  and 
the  wide  range  of  needs  of  their  varied  audiences,  how  to  budget,  how  to 
select  materials  and  do  programming,  and  how  to  get  the  administrator's 
attention.  Certainly  an  M.L.S.,  a  little  experience  in  the  field,  and  some 
continuing  education  will  provide  an  awareness  of  these  needs.  Therefore, 
it  is  obvious  that  libraries  and  children's  services  librarians  can  address 
needs  other  than  those  that  are  specific  to  children's  librarianship. 

Over  the  years  many  librarians  have  realized  that  those  in  children's 
services  need  to  know  more  than  just  the  literature  of  the  field.  For 
instance,  only  after  I  ceased  being  a  children's  librarian  did  I  have  a 
conversation  with  a  friend  who  explained  the  development  of  motor  skills 
in  young  children.  With  chagrin,  I  realized  that  almost  all  the  finger  plays 
selected  for  use  in  programming  had  been  inappropriate  and  probably  very 
frustrating. 

Children's  services  librarians  need  to  know  about  child  development 
(both  mental  and  physical)  as  well  as  how  children  learn  to  read.  Although 
not  all  practitioners  agree  with  the  methods  used  in  schools,  we  need  to 
know  the  current  methods  being  used  in  our  schools  and,  more  impor- 
tantly, we  need  to  be  aware  of  curriculum  changes.  Just  as  we  need  to  know 
about  child  development,  we  need  to  know  how  children  build  vocabulary 
skills,  word  recognition,  sentence  patterns,  and  comprehension. 

Most  children's  services  librarians,  even  in  very  large  systems,  do  their 
own  public  relations  so  they  need  to  know  what  sells  their  programs  and 
how  to  put  it  into  a  format  that  will  "talk"  to  children  or  those  who  pay 

137 


138  Managers  and  Missionaries 


attention  to  library  services  for  children.  Program  planning  is  a  necessity 
for  all  children's  librarians  and  one  that  takes  great  skill.  Children's 
services  librarians  would  do  well  to  spend  time  learning  how  to  put 
together  a  good  program  as  well  as  concentrating  on  the  content. 

But,  I'd  like  to  move  on  to  a  larger  issue.  After  the  basics  are  there, 
what  do  libraries  need  from  children's  librarians?  I  would  suggest  the 
following:  advocacy,  political  savvy,  initiative,  commitment,  pride, 
and  professionalism. 

Although  Frances  Clark  Sayers  (1965)  is  most  often  quoted  for  her 
insightful  comments  on  the  philosophy  of  librarianship  to  children,  I 
particularly  like  her  quote  from  Summoned  by  Books  when  she  says:  "If 
she  (the  children's  librarian)  is  left  outside  the  realm  of  the  intellectual  and 
administrative  concern  of  the  library  staff  with  which  she  works,  she  had 
better  look  to  her  own  attitudes"  (p.  44). 

As  a  library  administrator,  I  market  and  sell  library  services  everyday.  I 
also  react  to  "being  sold"  a  service  or  library  product  that  I  am  convinced 
will  benefit  both  the  public  and  position  the  library  in  a  prominent  and 
respected  place  in  the  community.  Without  well  planned,  specific  advo- 
cacy on  the  part  of  children's  librarians,  the  library  administration  will 
respond  to  its  own  agenda  or  to  those  on  the  staff  who  are  pushing  certain 
services.  Children's  services  librarians  have  consistently  suffered  from  the 
syndrome  of  waiting  for  the  recognition  they  know  they  deserve  and  it's 
obvious  that  that  isn't  working. 

Closely  aligned  with  advocacy  is  political  savvy.  In  other  words,  what 
is  going  on  in  your  community  that  is  such  an  obvious  match  with  service 
to  children  that  you  could  use  it  to  make  children's  services  a  higher 
priority  in  your  library?  Learn  to  translate  local  community  efforts,  inter- 
ests, and  plans  into  needs  for  library  service.  Watch  for  issues  that  surface  in 
every  community — emphasis  on  job  training,  education,  community  edu- 
cation centers,  preschoolers,  reading  readiness — and  make  certain  that  the 
library  is  involved.  Make  a  plan,  call  whoever  is  in  charge,  tell  them  what 
you  can  do  for  them.  Learn  to  think  of  the  library  as  a  place  that  can  offer 
infinite  possibilities  for  services  and  translate  those  possibilities  for  others 
in  the  community  who  don't  think  of  the  library  that  way. 

Libraries  are  always  looking  for  employees  with  initiative,  but  it  is 
believed  that  children's  librarians  need  initiative  more  than  others.  You  are 
often  the  only  professional  who  exclusively  serves  children  in  your  library 
(a  lonely  spot)  so  it  takes  more  and  harder  efforts  to  do  the  work  that  needs 
to  be  done  and  be  the  standard  bearer  for  children's  services.  Make  certain 
that  initiative  is  recognized  by  volunteering  to  give  reports  to  friends 
groups  and  the  library  board  about  what  is  happening  in  children's 
services  and  why.  Parlay  your  ability  and  initiative  into  becoming  recog- 
nized as  a  valuable  and  respected  voice  for  children's  services. 


What  Do  Public  Libraries  Need  139 


Commitment  and  pride  are  two  needs  that  go  closely  together.  I  have 
made  it  a  point  to  always  tell  others  about  my  beginnings  in  the  profession, 
and  I  have  advocated  and  supported  children's  service  as  an  administrator. 
Too  often,  however,  I  have  watched  children's  services  librarians  negate 
their  own  image  by  both  downgrading  what  they  do  and  permitting  others 
to  do  it.  Students  often  ask  me  where  I  learned  to  be  a  library  director  and  I 
always  tell  them  I  learned  two  excellent  skills  as  a  children's  librarian — 
how  to  tell  a  story  and  how  to  manage  a  crowd  of  three-year  olds!  Chil- 
dren's services  librarians  need  to  decide  that  they  are  going  to  commit 
themselves  to  being  a  good  one  and  make  certain  others  know  how  good 
they  are. 

Libraries  need  librarians  who  look,  act,  and  perform  in  a  professional 
manner.  We  can  learn  much  from  professionals  in  other  fields  when  we 
recognize  that  they  are  consciously  portraying  an  image  to  the  public  that 
they  want  the  public  to  believe.  Be  very  aware  that  you  are  always  repre- 
senting the  library  profession  and  the  institution  for  which  you  work — if 
you  don't  like  the  image,  you  are  in  control  of  changing  it. 

Finally,  I  know  what  to  look  for  in  children's  services  librarians.  I 
want  to  know  that  you  decided  to  become  one,  that  you  know  what  you're 
doing,  but,  more  importantly,  why  you're  doing  it,  that  you  have  the 
ability  to  articulate  that  why  to  varied  audiences  (including  me),  that  you 
can  see  the  possibilities  of  library  service  to  children  in  everything  that 
happens  around  you,  and  be  able  to  determine  how  and  why  some  of  them 
fit  into  library  service.  I  look  for  the  philosopher,  the  dreamer,  the  innova- 
tor who  is  part  pragmatic  realist.  Coupled  with  practical  library  skills,  this 
is  what  public  libraries  are  searching  for  in  their  children's  services 
librarians. 


NOTE 

Sayers,  F.  C.  (1965).  Summoned  by  books,  essays  and  speeches  by  Frances  Clarke  Sayers. 
New  York:  Viking. 


DELORES  ZACHARY  PRETLOW 

Supervisor  of  Media  Services 

Richmond  Public  Schools 

Richmond,  Virginia 


What  Do  Schools  Need? 


After  eighteen  years  of  professional  commitment  to  library  media  services 
for  youth,  I  found  myself  perplexed  by  the  question,  What  do  schools  need? 
Perplexed  because  my  personal  perceptions  were  so  clear — or  so  I  thought. 
Yet,  I  could  not  focus  and  translate  them  to  the  written  word.  It  became 
necessary  to  sit  and  recall  years  of  professional  behaviors  and  experiences 
in  the  school  and  public  library.  It  also  became  necessary  to  summon 
relationships  and  accomplishments,  gained  or  lost,  due  to  those  behaviors. 

What  I  saw  showed  growth  and  tremendous  change,  but  not  nearly 
enough.  It  was  frightening  because  I  found  that  the  majority  of  our 
problems  were  due  to  us;  we  did  not  know  who  we  were  or  what  we  should 
be  doing.  I  turned  to  research  and  fellow  professionals  for  help.  I  had  to 
know  what  was  being  done  in  the  school  library  media  centers  of  this 
country.  There  was  too  much  fragmentation  in  my  mind  and  in  the 
evidence  to  determine  what  was  needed  now  and  tomorrow.  What  I  dis- 
cerned schools  to  need  from  librarianship  and  what  I  see  them  needing  in 
the  future  was  tied  to  how  we  perceived  ourselves  as  being  and  what  role  we 
are  willing  to  play. 

Visualize  this  scenario.  The  school  doors  open  at  least  thirty  minutes 
before  the  morning  bell.  The  children  begin  to  enter — slowly,  sleepily,  but 
with  a  destination  in  mind.  The  library  media  center  is  warm,  cozy,  and 
there  is  a  person  there  frantically  trying  to  get  ready  for  the  day.  Some 
books  that  really  need  to  be  processed  came  in  late  yesterday.  A  teacher  is 
waiting  for  them.  There  are  still  four  unusable  media  kits  from  last  week, 
returned  with  parts  missing.  An  order  needs  to  go  out  for  replacement  of 
the  parts.  A  class  is  coming  in  at  first  period  and  the  schedule  shows  that 
classes  will  continue  until  fifth  period.  Lunchtime  work  is  out  of  the 
question — cafeteria  duty.  There  is  a  faculty  meeting  this  afternoon  so  no 
after  school  catch-up.  The  curriculum  team  is  meeting,  and  the  busy 
library  media  specialist  really  wants  to  prepare  some  bibliographies  for  the 
units  to  be  studied  next,  even  though  not  invited  to  do  so.  Two  projectors 

141 


142  Managers  and  Missionaries 


need  to  be  moved  from  their  security  location  to  classrooms  for  first  period, 
and  they  need  to  be  checked  before  going  out. 

The  faces  appear  in  the  door  and  see  the  distressed  expression  of  the 
library  media  specialist.  Some  just  want  to  view  magazines,  some  have 
reports  due,  and  some  are  looking  for  a  book  that  a  friend  returned.  If  you 
were  one  of  the  students,  would  you  ask  the  library  media  specialist  for 
anything?  If  you  were  the  library  media  specialist,  would  you  want  the 
students  to  ask? 

James  Liesner  (1984)  in  "Learning  at  Risk:  School  Library  Media 
Programs  in  an  Information  World"  states  a  premise  school  library  media 
specialists  should  contemplate: 

Considerable  confusion  exists  regarding  the  roles  library  media  specialists  door 
do  not  perform  and  the  roles  they  are  capable  of  performing.  Roles  cannot  be 
performed  and  services  cannot  be  used  effectively  if  they  are  not  perceived  accu- 
rately by  potential  clients  or  if  there  is  a  lack  of  acceptance  of  these  roles  by  either 
the  individuals  receiving  the  benefits  of  them,  or  the  individuals  attempting  to 
perform  them.  Role  conflicts  of  this  sort  almost  inevitably  lead  to  job  dissatisfac- 
tion and  ineffective  performance,  (p.  76) 

"Capable  of  performing"  is  one  significant  phrase  of  this  excerpt.  Most 
school  library  media  specialists  have  educational  backgrounds.  They  have 
been  trained  as  teachers  and,  therefore,  curriculum  theory  and  instruc- 
tional design  are  part  of  the  expertise  brought  to  the  field  of  library  media. 
Skills  instruction — which  by  default,  lack  of  acceptance,  or  ignorance — is 
often  taught  in  isolation.  Library  media  specialists  are  not,  as  a  whole, 
invited  or  even  considered  to  be  a  part  of  the  school  curriculum  team. 

This  brings  up  another  issue  in  Liesner's  excerpt  which  is  "roles 
cannot  be  performed  accurately  by  potential  clients  or  if  there  is  a  lack  of 
acceptance  of  these  roles  by  either  the  individuals  receiving  the  benefits  of 
them  or  the  individuals  attempting  to  perform  them."  Although  the 
library  media  center  has  been  called  the  "hub"  of  the  school,  the  actuality 
of  this  occurring  is  not  universal. 

The  role  designation  of  the  specialists  is  not  seen  as  a  support  posi- 
tion. Olson  (1984)  in  "Unassailable  Truth?  A  Look  at  the  Concept  of 
School  Library  Media  Specialists  as  Teachers,"  cites  "the  problem  is  that 
we  have  been  too  literal  in  our  interpretation  and  demonstration  attempts 
at  curriculum  support.... such  support  should  be  far  more  direct.  In 
fact. ..the  library  is  a  part  of  the  curriculum"  (p.  55).  He  submits  that  we 
must  stop  thinking  about  the  library  as  a  resource,  a  service,  and  start 
thinking  about  it  as  a  subject,  a  course  requiring  direct  instruction  to 
achieve  its  objectives"  (p.  56). 

The  need  is  evident  for  library  media  specialists  to  accept  themselves 
and  to  determine  their  "place"  in  the  scheme  of  educating  children.  Inher- 
ent in  this  acceptance  is  the  need  to  educate  teachers  and  administrators, 


What  Do  Schools  Need  143 


not  just  of  the  importance  of  the  school  media  program,  but,  more  signifi- 
cantly, the  role  the  library  media  specialist  plays  in  the  accomplishment  of 
the  total  program.  Only  with  this  sense  of  being  needed  and  expected  to 
perform  can  both  the  school  and  the  library  media  specialist  attain  the 
desired  results. 

In  order  for  job  satisfaction  to  be  a  basic  part  of  the  work  life  of  the 
library  media  specialist,  evidence  of  self-confident  professionalism  is 
necessary,  even  if  forced.  This  self-confident  professionalism  is  shown 
when  library  media  specialists  come  out  of  the  center  office  performing 
clerical  tasks  only  and  enter  the  mainstream  of  the  school's  instructional 
program. 

Hambleton  (1982)  offers  another  response  to  role  designation  as  seen 
through  an  analysis  of  studies  on  school  library  media  specialists  and 
programs  by  various  school-based  individuals  as  well  as  by  media  special- 
ists themselves. 

In  the  numerous  studies  carried  out  in  the  past  twenty  years,  a  number  of 
conclusions  are  common:  that  the  school  librarian's  perception  of  that  role  differs 
significantly  from  that  of  others  in  the  educational  system,  that  the  school  library 
seems  to  play  only  a  marginal  role  in  the  total  educational  program,  and  that  the 
low  regard  for  the  school  librarian  militates  against  a  direct  involvement  in  the 
instructional  program  of  the  school,  (pp.  18-20) 

The  impact  of  the  perceived  role  designation,  or  lack  thereof,  of  the 
library  media  specialist  was  further  cited  by  Judy  Pitts  (1984)  in  "A  Cre- 
ative Survey  of  Research  Concerning  Role  Expectations  of  Library  Media 
Specialists."  Four  of  these  findings  are  summarized  below: 

1.  Today's  library  media  specialists  preferred  the  traditional  services  of 
acquisition  and  distribution,  as  opposed  to  instructional  development, 
evaluation,  and  utilization. 

2.  Professional   media   specialists  could  communicate  to  teachers  the 
instruction  role  they  played  much  better  than  part-time  or  nonprofes- 
sional  library  media  specialists. 

3.  Librarians  with  more  diversified  interests  exhibited  more  involvement 
in  the  curriculum. 

4.  Librarians  with  low  self-images  spent  more  of  their  work  time  in  the 
media  center  doing  clerical  tasks  and  less  work  with  students  (pp. 
164-69). 

These  findings,  coupled  with  the  research  excerpt  of  Hambleton, 
create  the  frame  of  mind  necessary  to  eliminate  the  negative  aspects  of  what 
we  need  to  be  to  and  for  schools  and  promote  planning  for  the  future. 
Understanding  this  research  may  be  just  the  impetus  for  library  media 
specialists  to  become  more  aggressive  in  their  discipline.  We  must  be 
aggressive  in  order  to  promote  the  field  and  its  necessity,  not  merely 
relevance,  to  the  educational  arena  by  showing  the  achievements  and 


144  Managers  and  Missionaries 


benefits  to  young  people.  "School  library  media  specialists  and  children's 
librarians  have  long  had  specialized  programs  to  meet  special  needs;  then 
some  degree  of  specialization  in  other  areas  became  the  rule"  (Hannigan, 
1984,  p.  24).  The  specialization,  more  than  likely,  has  been  in  a  content 
area,  or  in  general  elementary  education/teaching. 

Just  as  we  promote  freedom  to  read,  we  have  promoted  putting  mecha- 
nisms into  place  to  allow  personal  participation  in  what  children  read  and 
view  outside  the  library  media  center  walls.  "Technological  advancements 
have  redefined  the  role  of  the  school  media  specialist  in  the  1 980's  from  that 
of  a  collector  of  resources  and  administrator  of  a  facility  to  that  of  a  teacher 
and  instructional  designer"  (Hortin,  1985,  pp.  20-21). 

Reading  any  of  the  literature  enhances  the  knowledge  that  school 
media  specialists,  along  with  being  teachers  and  instructional  designers, 
are  setting  priorities  as  participants  in  the  instructional  program.  We  are 
bringing  to  the  table  personal  expertise  in  research  skills,  teaching  metho- 
dology, curriculum  development,  etc.  We  are  integrating  the  standards  of 
learning  and  collection  development  into  the  overall  pattern  of  classroom 
instruction,  which  is  as  it  should  be.  Consequently,  the  role  of  the  library 
media  specialist  becomes  a  more  integral  part  of,  and  reinforces  the  role  of, 
the  classroom  teacher. 

Liesner  states  that  it  is  time  to  accept  and  develop  the  information 
intermediary  function  that  we  perform  and  not  worry  about  whether  we 
are  teachers  or  not.  Of  course  we  perform  a  teaching  function,  but  it  should 
be  based  on  our  own  discipline  and  related  to  the  essential  intermediary 
role  we  are  playing  and  need  to  expand  and  improve  (Liesner,  1984,  p.  85). 
No  longer  do  we  need  to  carry  the  self-imposed  weight  of  feeling  like 
second-class  teachers  or  of  considering  ourselves  as  "enrichment  for  the 
basics  rather  than  as  the  fodder  on  which  learning  can  thrive;  enrichment, 
like  butter  on  bread,  can  be  scraped  off  or  done  without  when  times  get 
tough"  (Loertscher,  1982,  pp.  415-21).  Loertscher  goes  on  to  say:  "If  library 
media  specialists  can  take  the  best  programming  ideas  they  have  now  and 
integrate  them  into  the  instructional  program... they  will  be  demonstrating 
their  worth  instead  of  just  talking  about  it"  (p.  421). 

This,  then,  is  what  we  need  to  be  to  schools.  The  library  media 
specialists,  moving  toward  expansion  of  services  to  meet  the  intellectual 
needs  of  a  more  technologically  advanced  society,  demanding  higher  level 
skills,  and  more  complex  means  of  integrating  those  skills  into  a  multifa- 
ceted  curriculum  design  is,  indeed,  what  we  should  be  accomplishing. 

It  is  universally  understood  that  "the  keeper  of  the  books"  is  now  the 
"information  keeper/ retriever/disseminator."  "The  older  concepts  of  pas- 
sive culture  repositories  or  centers  for  the  development  of  an  enjoyment 
and  appreciation  for  reading  good  books  while  identifying  very  important 
functions,  do  not  appear  to  be  actively  responsive  to  the  entire  range  of 


What  Do  Schools  Need  145 


needs  identified  as  crucial  for  survival  and  achievement  in  an  extremely 
complex,  information  and  rapidly  changing  world"  (Liesner,  1984,  p.  69). 
What  are  school  library  media  specialists  doing  to  secure  their  effectiveness 
in  the  twenty-first  century?  It  is  safe  to  say  that  if  we  are  professionally 
astute,  we  are: 

1.  soliciting  the  support  of  school  administrators; 

2.  sponsoring  and  presenting  in-service  programs  for  the  teachers  with 
whom  we  work; 

3.  producing  much  needed  instructional  materials  not  available  through 
commercial  sources  or  too  expensive  to  purchase; 

4.  managing  media  centers  with  computer  programs  designed  to  provide 
the  much  needed  time  for  student  and  teacher  joint  efforts; 

5.  training  students  to  use  the  electronic  formats  of  information  retrieval 
so  that  a  broader  base  of  research  is  at  their  fingertips; 

6.  accepting  responsibility  for  and  asking  to  be  part  of  contributing  to  the 
curriculum  design  effort  of  the  school  program; 

7.  providing,  for  preview  purposes,  newly  produced/ printed  materials  in 
an  effort  to  bring  teachers  and  administrators  into  the  selection  process; 
in  this  manner  they  gain  a  commitment  to  and  a  responsibility  for  the 
importance  of  collection  development  based  on  the  educational  philo- 
sophy of  the  program; 

8.  acknowledging  that  we  may  be  our  own  worst  enemies  in  not  actively 
seeking  and  establishing  our  role  in  the  total  scheme  of  educating 
children; 

9.  sharing  with  each  other  goals  and  dreams  for  what  can  be  done  and 
what  has  been  done,  and,  in  so  doing,  learning  from,  with,  and  for  each 
other; 

10.  adamantly  stating  personnel  worth  and  justifiably  taking  credit  for 
accomplishments; 

11.  developing  curricula  of  library  skills  to  be  integrated  into  the  subject 
content  areas;  thus  showing  the  significant  impact  of  the  field  on  all 
others,  and  broadening  the  scope  of  educating  youth,  and; 

12.  reaching  out  to  other  libraries  and  agencies  to  supplement  needed  mate- 
rials, gain  additional  support,  and  make  them  active  participants  in  the 
goal  and  knowledgeability  of  the  role  of  the  library  media  specialist. 

If  the  twenty-first  century  is  to  look  bright,  library  media  specialists 
must  become  not  only  accountable,  but  accomplished  in  their  role  and 
with  the  impact  of  it  on  the  education  of  youth.  The  confusion  over  role 
designation  has  not  kept  library  media  specialists  from  moving  forward. 
What  we  should  be  doing  is  evidenced  by  the  apparent  knowledge  and 
understanding  of  what  we  have  been  doing,  the  desire  to  determine  what 
the  schools  need,  and  the  determination  to  reach  that  need,  mitigate  the 
negative  effects  of  what  has  not  been  done  and  cause  us  to  move  forward. 


146  Managers  and  Missionaries 


NOTES 

Hambleton,  A.  (1982,  May /June).  Static  in  the  educational  intercom:  Conflict  and  school  li- 
brarian. Emergency  Librarian,  9,  18. 

Hannigan,  J.  (1984).  Vision  to  purpose  to  power:  A  quest  for  excellence  in  the  education  of 
library  and  information  science  professionals.  In  Libraries  and  the  learning  society: 
Papers  in  response  to  a  nation  at  risk  (p.  24).  Chicago:  American  Library  Association. 

Hortin,  J.  A.  (1985,  September).  The  changing  role  of  the  school  media  specialist.  Tech 
Trends,  36,  20-21. 

Liesner,  J.  W.  (1984).  Learning  at  risk:  School  library  media  programs  in  an  information 
world.  In  Libraries  and  the  learning  society:  Papers  in  response  to  a  nation  at  risk. 
Chicago:  American  Library  Association. 

Loertscher,  D.  (1982a,  February).  School  library  media  centers:  The  revolutionary  past.  Wil- 
son Library  Bulletin,  56,  416. 

Loertscher,  D.  (1982b,  February).  The  second  revolution:  A  taxonomy  for  the  1980s.  Wilson 
Library  Bulletin,  56,  421. 

Olson,  L.  W.  (1984,  Fall).  Unassailable  truth?  A  look  at  the  concept  of  school  library  media 
specialists  as  teachers.  School  Library  Media  Quarterly,  12,  55. 

Pitts,  J.  M.  (1982,  Winter).  A  creative  survey  of  research  concerning  role  expectations  of  li- 
brary media  specialists.  School  Library  Media  Quarterly,  10,  164-169. 


GERALD  G.  HODGES 

School  of  Library  and  Information  Science 

University  of  Iowa 

Iowa  City,  Iowa 


Evaluation  and  Measurement 
of  Youth  Services 


The  current  effort  to  improve  the  quality  of  youth  services  and  to  expand 
these  services  must  be  firmly  grounded  in  a  meaningful  context  of  evalua- 
tion. Evaluation  of  personnel  and  measurement  and  evaluation  of  pro- 
gram are  essential  components  of  any  program  which  is  striving  for 
excellence  in  the  delivery  of  needed  services.  Every  time  personnel  evalua- 
tion is  considered,  I  am  reminded  of  the  principal  at  my  first  position  as  a 
school  library  media  specialist. 

He  felt  that  the  best  methods  of  evaluating  my  performance  (and, 
truthfully,  my  program  by  extension)  was  to  count  the  frequency  with 
which  I  changed  the  bulletin  boards  in  the  library.  I  suppose  you  could 
develop  some  output  measure  for  this.  It  was  very  soon  found  that  students 
were  more  adept  at  this,  and  soon  another  measure  of  performance  (and  of 
my  program)  became  the  number  of  students  who  were  involved  in  library 
media  center  activities.  The  true  problem  encountered  here  was  that  my  job 
description  really  only  evolved — there  was  never  sufficient  prior  planning 
between  me  and  the  principal  for  what  I  intended  to  accomplish.  And  this 
prior  planning  does  appear  to  be  one  of  the  most  important  components  of 
developing  meaningful  methods  for  program  and  personnel  evaluation.  If 
this  does  not  occur,  there  is  the  real  problem  in  schools  of  library  media 
specialists  being  evaluated  on  the  same  basis  as  classroom  teachers,  a 
process  which  does  not  fully  address  all  the  activities  of  library  media 
specialists,  regardless  of  how  much  we  teach. 

Youth  services  librarians,  regardless  of  their  institution,  should  have  a 
major  voice  in  communicating  to  their  superiors  the  types  of  desired 
evaluation  processes  and  methods.  This  input  can  help  administrators  see 
very  clearly  the  relationship  of  library  services  in  a  school  to  the  instruc- 
tional program  or  the  roles  which  children's  and  young  adult  librarians 
are  playing  in  achieving  the  public  library's  goals. 

147 


148  Managers  and  Missionaries 


A  process  of  communication  in  which  goals  are  determined,  in  which 
priorities  among  library  functions  are  established,  and  in  which  perfor- 
mance measures  (or  quality  indicators)  are  defined  is  essential.  There  is  a 
real  need  for  youth  librarians  to  be  evaluated  in  terms  of  their  jobs  and  not 
on  the  basis  of  some  particular  conception  of  librarianship  which  may 
have  little  relationship  to  the  actual  job  at  hand.  If  performance  is  not 
going  to  be  evaluated  by  your  planning  with  teachers,  there  will  likely  be 
little  payoff  for  spending  the  time,  energy,  and  intelligence  which  that 
entails.  On  the  other  hand,  if  you  minimize  in  advance  the  importance  of 
the  clerical  and  technical  aspects  of  your  program,  then  this  conception  of 
librarianship  will  not  play  as  important  a  part  in  performance  evaluation. 
So  then,  performance  evaluation  measures  should  be  planned  in  advance, 
should  be  job  specific,  should  be  viewed  positively,  should  be  ongoing  in 
the  sense  that  they  can  be  modified  as  program  goals  are  modified,  and 
should  provide  some  indicators  and  measures  for  assessing  the  extent  to 
which  the  librarian  is  meeting  or  exceeding  expectations. 

The  process  of  performance  evaluation  should  be  based  upon  the  most 
appropriate  mix  of  methods  for  a  given  situation.  Each  librarian  should 
work  to  make  certain  that  the  best  data  can  be  gathered  to  determine 
effectiveness  and  to  indicate  areas  for  improvement  and  growth.  Methods 
which  might  be  considered  in  determining  the  most  appropriate  mix  are: 
establishing  performance  standards  or  competencies;  establishing  specific 
levels  of  acceptable  performance  on  these  criteria;  supervisor  observation 
of  performance  (here  it  is  extremely  important  that  a  conference  be  held 
prior  to  the  observation  so  that  the  supervisor  will  understand  the  purposes 
of  the  activities);  supervisor  review  of  performance;  peer  and  client  review 
of  performance  (in  a  school  setting,  important  data  for  performance 
improvement  can  be  gained  by  systematically  gaining  input  from  teachers 
and  students);  systematic  self-assessment  (it  truly  is  renewing  to  have  the 
opportunity  to  examine  the  extent  to  which  personal  and  professional 
goals  are  being  attained);  and  objective  assessment  of  the  degree  of  attain- 
ment of  institutional  goals. 

Those  in  youth  librarianship  have  available  a  multitude  of  instru- 
ments which  recently  have  been  developed  to  evaluate  the  performance  of 
youth  librarians.  These  can  be  of  great  assistance  in  the  development  of 
instruments  for  local  use.  A  clever  idea  is  to  make  adaptations  of  existing 
instruments  since  evaluation  in  the  best  sense  is  a  local  process  to  meet 
local  goals. 

Goal  Setting  for  Youth  Library  Programs 

One  of  the  clearest  ways  for  youth  library  services  to  be  more  visible 
and  to  communicate  program  excellence  is  through  the  intricate  and 


Evaluation  and  Measurement  149 


necessary  process  of  the  establishment  of  program  goals.  Without  the 
direction  of  goals,  it  is  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to  evaluate  programs  in 
meaningful  ways.  In  schools,  the  interactive  process  of  working  with 
students,  faculty,  and  administrators  helps  ensure  that  library  program 
goals  are  derived  from  school  goals  and  that  the  program  functions  which 
flow  from  these  goals  are  consistent  with  the  curricular  and  instructional 
objectives  of  the  school.  A  major  benefit  of  this  interactive  involvement  is 
that  many  schools  report  that  library  and  information  skills  goals  have 
become  a  part  of  the  stated  goals  and  priorities  for  the  school. 

In  public  libraries  there  are  numerous  methods  for  the  establishment 
of  goals  for  youth  services  which  are  congruent  with  the  goals  of  the  parent 
institution.  The  Planning  Process  for  Public  Libraries  enables  an  individ- 
ual institution  to  determine  those  goals  and  consequently  the  objectives 
which  will  give  direction  to  library  programs  and  to  budget  allocations. 
We  need  to  begin  to  gather  data  on  a  national  basis  which  will  communi- 
cate the  importance  of  youth  services  within  libraries.  Many  public  librar- 
ies, both  voluntarily  and  as  requirements  for  accreditation,  are  collecting 
and  reporting  output  measures.  There  is  considerable  anecdotal  evidence 
that  youth  services  may  account  for  large  portions  of  the  circulation  per 
capita,  turnover  rate,  attendance  per  capita,  and  registration  per  capita  of 
the  library's  output  measures.  We  should  make  a  concerted  effort  in  each 
library  to  determine  the  proportion  which  youth  services  contribute  as  a 
justification  on  the  local  level  for  staff,  budgets,  etc.,  and  to  make  youth 
services  even  more  visible  to  library  staff  and  trustees.  In  the  effort  to  help 
each  child  in  the  United  States  receive  a  public  library  card  by  the  end  of 
1987,  we  can  certainly  see  youth  services  expanding  across  the  nation.  Now 
is  probably  exactly  the  time  to  begin  to  measure  and  report  our  effective- 
ness and  accomplishments.  A  joint  effort  among  the  youth  divisions 
(YASD,  AASL,  and  ALSC)  of  ALA  should  be  undertaken  to  assist  local 
libraries  in  gathering  and  reporting  data  regarding  the  current  status  of 
youth  services. 

In  all  libraries  serving  youth,  a  critical  part  of  the  evaluation  process  is 
to  use  measures  which  will  gauge  the  satisfaction  of  users,  actual  and 
potential,  with  services  and  collections.  An  analysis  of  demographic  data 
will  indicate  who  our  clients  are.  Measures  need  to  be  developed  which  will 
help  determine  penetration,  or  the  use  of  the  services  by  the  user  popula- 
tion; availability  (why  an  available  service  is  not  being  used  or  to  determine 
why  an  unavailable  desired  service  is  not  being  made  available);  and 
determine  the  degree  of  satisfaction  with  the  services  of  both  users  and  staff. 

Some  cringe  at  the  thought  of  measurement  and  reporting  of  services, 
feeling  that  some  currently  available  measures  are  too  primitive,  mecha- 
nistic, or  rudimentary  to  come  close  to  conveying  the  quality  of  the  human 
interactions  in  library  services.  Some  librarians  say  that  they  simply  do  not 


150  Managers  and  Missionaries 


have  the  time  to  collect  data  in  order  to  report  measures  of  effectiveness.  We 
appear,  however,  to  be  in  an  era  when  the  gathering  and  reporting  of  data 
is  so  essential  to  the  continued  improvement  of  youth  services  that  we 
simply  must  make  time  and  make  certain  that  the  measures  used  do  have 
meaning  for  us. 

As  indicated  earlier,  we  have  the  responsibility  for  determining  the 
goals  and  measures  which  are  appropriate  for  our  library.  This  also  gives 
us  the  responsibility  for  measuring  the  extent  to  which  those  goals  have 
been  achieved  or  exceeded.  When  budget  crunches  come,  we  should  not 
have  to  rely  on  the  good  graces  of  funding  authorities,  hoping  that  they 
nostalgically  will  remember  children's  services.  It  has  become  clear  that  in 
many  school  systems  library  services  are  among  the  first  to  be  considered 
for  cutbacks.  We  must  now  be  prepared  for  interpreting  and  justifying 
current  levels  of  funding  and  services  and  also  be  prepared  for  having 
realistic  plans  for  program  expansion.  An  essential  element  of  this  process 
is  the  identification  of  the  audience  to  be  served.  The  youth  divisions  of 
ALA  have  the  opportunity  and  need  to  define  by  age  who  is  a  child,  an  early 
adolescent,  and  a  young  adult.  In  order  to  present,  on  a  national  level,  a 
status  report  of  youth  services,  we  need  to  be  able  to  define  terms.  If  we  do 
not,  there  will  be  scant  comparability  of  data  and  the  prospects  are  that 
youth  services  may  suffer. 

Measurement  of  Services — Some  New  Possibilities 

The  use  of  output  measures  has  indeed  become  widely  accepted  in 
public  libraries,  and  school  library  media  specialists  should  develop  mea- 
sures which  are  meaningful  for  reporting  progress  in  the  library  media 
program.  The  available  output  measures,  as  noted  earlier,  do  not  address 
some  of  the  important  elements  of  our  programs,  elements  which  merit 
more  sophisticated  methods  of  measurement.  The  extent  to  which  the 
school  library  media  specialist  performs  the  instructional  role,  engages  in 
the  provision  of  access  to  students  and  collection  evaluation,  and  the  extent 
of  promotion  of  materials  through  reading  guidance  are  four  areas  which 
will  serve  as  illustrations  of  where  new  measurement  methods  might  be 
utilized. 

Instructional  Role  Quotient 

In  school  library  media  programs,  we  must  demonstrate  a  high  level  of 
involvement  in  the  instructional  programs  of  schools.  There  is  a  real  need 
to  demonstrate  to  ourselves  and  to  administrators  that  we  are  making  the 
best  possible  uses  of  the  collections  and  of  our  competence  in  instructional 
development.  The  personalization  of  instruction  implies  very  strongly  a 


Evaluation  and  Measurement  151 


systematic  approach  to  the  decisions  regarding  the  best  learning  alterna- 
tives for  each  student.  In  the  past  we  have  typically  relied  on  reporting 
numbers  of  teachers  with  whom  we  have  teamed,  numbers  of  classes  which 
have  used  the  media  center's  collection,  and  percentages  of  students  taught. 
These  appear  to  be  rudimentary  in  that  we  are  penalized  for  that  teacher  who 
simply  will  not  use  materials  other  than  a  textbook  and  a  chalkboard,  and 
these  measures  do  not  allow  for  the  varying  amount  of  time  involved  in 
various  levels  of  working  with  teachers.  I  have  developed  an  Instructional 
Role  Quotient  which  might  help  present  a  more  accurate  and  more  posi- 
tive picture  of  what  we  are  doing  when  working  in  this  capacity.  Also,  after 
gathering  baseline  data,  a  quotient  such  as  this  might  be  used  in  establish- 
ing goals  for  improvement  (see  Figure  1). 


IRQ  = 


a     =     planning,  implementing,  and  evaluating  instruction 
with  teacher(s);  teaching  library  media  skills  when 
appropriate;  certainly  correlating  library  media  center 
materials  with  instructional  objectives;  may  or  may  not 
include  grading  of  student  work;  may  or  may  not  include  local 
production  of  materials;  may  or  may  not  include 
gathering  resources  from  other  information  agencies; 
does  include  evaluating  the  effectiveness  of  the  materials  used. 

b     =     provision  of  materials  to  meet  instructional 

objectives  after  planning  session(s)  with  teachers(s); 
faculty  involvement  in  selection  of  titles  for  these 
objectives  will  count  here.  No  evaluation  of 
effectiveness  of  materials. 

c     —     Provide  guidance  to  students  who  come  from  a  class 

requiring  information,  without  planning  with  teacher(s). 

d    =     Acquire  and  organize  materials  in  the  subject  area. 

e     —     Instructional  materials  are  not  available  to 
support  the  unit. 

n    =     Number  of  applicable  units  in  the  designated  time 
period  (NOTE:  the  time  period  is  your 
decision;  suggestions  are  a  full  year,  semester, 
or  grading  period). 


Figure  1.  Instructional  Role  Quotient  (IRQ) 


152  Managers  and  Missionaries 


This  formula  will  give  credit  for  the  amount  of  work  involved  in 
planning  with  teachers  and  will  not  overly  penalize  for  the  teachers  who  do 
not  use  media  center  materials,  even  when  the  units  are  applicable.  An 
example  of  the  use  of  this  formula  follows: 

_  6a  +  4fr  +  2c  +  d  -  e  _ 
IRQ~  n 

_  6(2)  +  4(12)  +  2(60)  +  19  -  1  =  198 
IRQ  — 

80  80 

IRQ  =  2.475 

In  the  earlier  example,  there  are  eighty  applicable  units  during  the  desig- 
nated time  period  (n).  In  two  (a)  of  the  units,  you  work  with  the  teacher  in 
planning,  implementing,  and  evaluating  instruction.  In  twelve  (b)  you 
correlate  materials  with  the  objectives;  in  sixty  (c)  you  work  with  students 
who  need  information;  in  nineteen  (d)  materials  are  available;  and  in  one 
(e)  there  are  no  materials  available.  In  this  example,  the  IRQ  is  2.475  on  a 
scale  of  6.000  to  negative  1  .000.  Your  goal  then  may  be  to  maintain  an  IRQ 
of  2.475  or  increase  this  quotient  to  a  higher  number. 

Access  Quotients 

Many  libraries  report  attendance  figures,  either  average  daily  atten- 
dance or  visits  per  capita,  or  other.  These  statistics  do  not  reflect  the  pur- 
poses of  use.  Padding  attendance  figures  with  students  who  are  simply 
attending  a  study  hall  and  not  using  materials  or  using  the  library  as  a 
dating  center  are  not  the  best  ways  of  communicating  access.  "Purposes  of 
use"  is  a  concept  which  we  must  help  administrators  (and  users)  consider 
as  priorities.  The  following  Daily  Access  Quotient  (DAQ)  helps  shed  light 
on  the  activities  which  users  pursue  in  our  centers  (see  Figure  2). 

In  the  twenty-day  period  (n),  note  that  950  students  attended  the  media 
center,  and  the  average  daily  attendance  was  47.  500.  The  earlier  mentioned 
DAQ  is  best  used  for  in-house  measurement  of  use  since  it  is  influenced  by 
the  number  of  students  in  the  school  and  other  internal  factors.  A  standard- 
ized figure  would  be  to  consider  enrollment  and  could  be  presented  as  the 
per  capita  access  quotient  (PCAQ). 


s 
s  —  number  of  students 


PCAQ  = 

500 


PCAQ  =  5.500 


Evaluation  and  Measurement  153 


4x  +  4y  +  3z  +  a  -  sh 


x     =     number  of  students  you  teach  library-related 
content,  either  inside  or  outside  the  media 
center. 

y     =     number  of  students  working  on  activities  and 
with  materials  you  have  planned  for  specific 
instructional  objectives  (generally  this  would 
be  in  periods  following  instruction  or  introduction). 

z      =     number  of  students  working  independently  in 
using  library  media  center  materials; 

a     =     number  of  students  attending  with  no 
discernible  purpose; 

sh   =     number  of  students  assigned  to  the  library 
media  center  for  study  hall; 

n     =     number  of  days. 

EXAMPLE: 

4x  +  4y  +  3z  +  a  -  sh 


DAQ  = 
DAQ  = 


n 
4(200)  +  4(200)  +  3(300)  +  250  —  0  =  2750 


2020 
DAQ  =  137.500 


Figure  2.  Daily  Access  Quotient  (DAQ) 


Collection  Evaluation  Measures 

In  measurement  and  justification  of  library  services,  we  often  focus 
exclusively  on  inputs  (e.g.,  twelve  books/student)  and  have  not  done 
enough  in  measuring  the  effectiveness  of  collections.  This  becomes  espe- 
cially critical  when  proposing  additional  expenditures  for  materials. 
Using  a  clever  combination  of  input  and  output  measures  can  paint  a 
clearer  picture  for  funding  bodies  of  how  much  "bang  for  the  buck"  we  are 
getting  from  our  rather  high-cost  collections. 

David  Loertscher  has  developed  methods  for  collection  "mapping"  of 
general  and  specialized  collections  in  terms  of  instructional  objectives. 


154  Managers  and  Missionaries 


This  is  a  means  of  telling  us  where  the  collections  are  strong  and  where 
they  need  more  titles  to  meet  adequately  the  instructional  needs  of  stu- 
dents. School  districts  should  use  this  mapping  approach  to  determine  the 
most  appropriate  statistics  for  determining  exemplary  collections  as 
opposed  to  those  making  progress.  Local  assessment  is  essential  here. 

Public  and  school  libraries  should  both  be  gathering  data  regarding 
in-house  use  of  all  collections.  This  is  particularly  important  for  reference 
collections,  periodicals,  vertical  files,  and  other  collections  whose  use  is 
not  reflected  in  circulation  statistics.  This  is  also  particularly  important 
for  libraries  serving  the  information  needs  of  young  adults. 

In  justifying  any  monies  for  materials,  but  most  importantly  for  those 
high-cost  items  such  as  reference  works,  we  should  provide  data  regarding 
the  cost  per  use.  For  example,  if  an  encyclopedia  set  costs  $500,  some  may 
feel  that  the  old  outdated  set  will  last  another  year.  However,  if  it  is  known 
that  each  set  receives  approximately  2,000  uses  per  year,  then  the  cost  per 
use  is  only  25  cents.  A  means  of  justifying  periodical  subscriptions  is  also 
cost  per  use.  If  a  periodical  costs  $20  and  the  total  uses  of  current  and  back 
issues  is  200  in  a  year,  then  the  cost  per  use  of  that  periodical  for  that  year  is 
10  cents.  These  figures  should  be  readily  available  both  for  in-house  and 
external  reporting. 

It  is  also  becoming  increasingly  important  to  consider  the  concept  of 
document  delivery  rate  or  "lag  time"  in  providing  information  sources  for 
children  and  young  adults.  Baseline  data  should  be  gathered  and  questions 
should  be  posed  regarding  the  acceptability  of  the  lag  time  and  decisions 
made  regarding  steps  to  take  to  reduce  this  figure. 

Reading  Guidance  Quotient 

A  function  dear  to  all  of  us  is  providing  guidance  to  users  of  the 
collections.  An  in-house  measure  to  determine  how  well  materials  are 
promoted  can  be  expressed  as  a  Reading  Guidance  Quotient  (see  Figure  3). 

In  this  example,  fifty  new  titles  were  promoted  using  direct,  specially 
designed  direct  and  indirect  methods  for  each  title.  No  title  went  straight  to 
the  shelves.  The  range  in  this  formula  is  6.000  to  negative  1.000. 

The  purpose  of  this  presentation  has  been  to  reinforce  the  theme  of  the 
conference — managers  and  missionaries.  I  believe  that  youth  services  li- 
brarians are  missionaries  in  the  best  definition  of  that  term.  If  we  can  bol- 
ster fervor  with  measurement  and  evaluation  data  which  justify  our  great 
faith  and  zeal,  then  we  as  managers  of  change  can  hopefully  achieve  the  type 
of  future  sought  for  youth  services.  Cooperative  efforts  among  the  youth  di- 
visions of  ALA,  among  library  school  educators,  and  among  all  librarians 
serving  youth,  regardless  of  type  of  library,  can  help  us  as  a  unified  coali- 
tion bring  about  the  scenarios  established  at  this  landmark  conference. 


Evaluation  and  Measurement  155 


D__  _  3d  +  2sdi  +  id  -  sos 
KGQ 


d       —     number  of  titles  promoted  by  DIRECT  reading 
reading  guidance  techniques;  e.g.,  booktalking, 
book  discussion,  individual  referral  (either 
oral  or  written),  reviews  in  newspapers,  cable 
TV  exposure,  etc. 

sdi     -     number  of  titles  promoted  by  SPECIALLY  DESIGNED 
INDIRECT  techniques;  e.g.,  pathfinders,  "What  to  Read 
After  You  Read...,"  thematic  bookmarks; 
thematic  displays,  etc. 

id      —     number  of  titles  promoted  by  other  INDIRECT 
techniques — e.g.,  display  books,  general 
listing  of  new  arrivals,  etc. 

sos     =     number  of  titles  with  no  promotion 
(straight  on  shelves) 

n       =     number  of  possible  titles  (this  will  vary; 
you  may  be  promoting  one  portion  of  the 
collection,  or  new  arrivals,  or...). 

EXAMPLE: 

_  3d  +  2sdi  +  id  -  sos 
RGQ  — 

n 

_  3(50)  +  2(50)  +  50  -  0  =  300 

KGQ 

50  50 

RGQ  =  6.000 


Figure  3.  Reading  Guidance  Quotient  (RGQ) 


DAWN  H.  HELLER 

Media  Services  Coordinator 

Riverside-Brookfield  High  School 

Riverside,  Illinois 


Developing  a  Youth  Agenda 
for  the  Information  Age 


Looking  at  this  audience  of  some  200  professionals  dedicated  to  improving 
library  services  to  children  and  young  adults,  I  am  reminded  of  a  story 
about  Don  Adcock's  daughter.  Some  of  you  know  Don — director  of 
Library  Services  for  the  Glen  Ellyn,  Illinois  elementary  school  district,  and 
active  in  state  and  national  library  associations. 

Some  years  ago  he  told  me  that  one  of  his  daughters  in  the  early 
elementary  grades  was  asked  as  a  class  assignment  to  draw  a  picture  of  what 
her  mother  or  father  did  as  "their  job."  She  drew  her  dad  driving  a  car. 
During  the  "show  and  tell"  phase  of  this  occupation  study  unit,  she 
explained  her  father's  occupation.  He  wasn't  a  taxi  driver  nor  a  traveling 
salesman.  She  explained  that  her  dad  was  a  librarian — he  went  to  meet- 
ings. There  is  a  postscript  to  this  story.  Don's  daughter  is  now  an  adult  and 
is  now  the  director  of  a  public  library  in  a  small  town  in  Illinois,  and  now 
she  goes  to  meetings  too. 

We  all  have  ways  of  rating  these  library-related  meetings.  In  addition 
to  perceptions  of  the  quality  of  programming  and  vitality  of  participants, 
we  often  have  a  subjective  yardstick  or  measure. 

As  a  "Notable  Quotable"  collector,  I  am  a  collector  of  memorable 
phrases,  apt  euphemisms,  and  vivid  images  offered  by  speakers  at  con- 
ferences and  institutes.  Let  me  share  some  of  these  quotes  that  I  have 
gathered  at  this  Allerton  Institute.  (Incidentally,  on  the  basis  of  both 
quantity  and  quality  of  "Notable  Quotables,"  this  has  to  rate  as  a  Four- 
Star  Meeting.)  Perhaps,  too,  the  process  will  help  relive  the  memorable 
moments  we  have  shared,  and  perhaps  even  help  focus  on  the  task  of  this 
conference. 

Regina  Minudri  reminded  us  that:  "Most  important  people  have  been 
young  adults  at  some  time  in  their  lives!"  She  also  urged  us  to  remember 
that  "while  we  are  speaking  on  issues,  hopefully  if  not  all  in  one  voice,  at 

157 


158  Managers  and  Missionaries 


least  in  the  same  key."  Let's  remember  this  as  work  is  done  on  our  agenda- 
building  task  this  morning. 

And  so  we  are  about  to  embark  on  the  agenda-building  process.  It's 
time  to  work  together  to  create  a  document  to  serve  as  a  plan,  a  road  map  for 
the  future  using  our  higher  order  thinking  skills.  If  we  do  our  work  well 
today,  we  truly  do  have  the  opportunity  to  fulfill  Marilyn  Miller's  pro- 
phesy: "This  Allerton  will  be  viewed  as  a  milestone  in  the  development  of 
library  service  to  youth." 

The  following  are  the  recommendations  of  the  participants  of  the 
1986  Allerton  Institute  for  the  Youth  Agenda.  They  are  presented  by  each 
of  the  three  focus  areas  examined  at  the  institute. 


FOCUS  1 

MANAGEMENT  OF  YOUTH  SERVICES: 
POLITICAL,  FINANCIAL,  AND  SOCIAL  IMPLICATIONS 

Recruitment  of  Youth  Services  Library  Staff  on 
Professional  and  Paraprofessional  Levels 

1 .  Improve  the  image  of  youth  services  workers. 

2.  Attain  pay  equity  within  the  profession. 

3.  Recruit  in  undergrad  programs,  schools  of  education,  and  from  begin- 
ning students  in  library  science  programs. 

4.  Establish  mentorship  programs  and  other  formal  contacts  between 
practitioners  and  students  in  library  school. 

5.  Define  skills  and  qualities  needed  for  youth  services  staff. 

6.  Examine  seniority  issues  in  both  school  and  public  library  settings  so 
that  transferring  from  within  the  profession  is  easier. 

Coalition-Building 

1 .  ALA  youth  divisions  should  work  jointly  to  influence  ALA  legislation 
policy  where  youth  issues  are  involved. 

2.  ALA  youth  divisions  should  train  youth  librarians  to  be  effective  politi- 
cally and  to  build  coalitions. 

3.  Professional  relationships  should  be  established  at  the  local,  state,  and 
national  levels  both  within  and  outside  the  profession.  Individual 
librarians,  state  and  regional  associations,  agencies,  and  the  youth 
divisions  of  ALA  should  be  active  in  coalition-building. 

4.  Identify  and  publicize  liaisons  already  existing  between  youth  divisions 
and  other  youth-serving  associations  and  organizations,  and  identify 
and  publicize  special  projects  which  show  that  cooperation  works  in 
improving  library  service  for  youth. 


Developing  a  Youth  Agenda  159 


5.  Respect  differences  between  youth  services  librarians  and  divisions  at 
all  levels  and  make  commitment  to  working  together. 

6.  Have  ALA  develop  policy  and  guidelines  on  coalition-building. 

7.  Build  active  liaisons  with  associations  such  as  professional  education 
associations. 

Legislation 

1 .  Develop  a  proactive  stand  in  supporting  legislation  for  youth. 

2.  Require  state  ALA  chapters  to  report  annually  on  legislation  to  the 
ALA  council  pertaining  to  all  types  of  libraries. 

Literacy 

1.  Identify  illiterates  including  levels  of  illiteracy  and  examine  motiva- 
tions to  become  literate. 

2.  At  the  national  level,  develop  a  program  that  provides  definition,  an 
awareness  campaign,  funding  for  programs  for  the  various  target 
groups,  the  establishment  of  a  program  clearinghouse,  and  coalition- 
building. 

3.  At  the  state  level,  provide  funding  for  literacy  programs,  legislative 
support,  training  for  library  workers,  and  consultant  support. 

4.  At  the  local  level,  provide  funding,  implement  programs,  work  with 
other  community  agencies  concerned  with  literacy,  and  provide  staff 
and  other  support  to  new  readers. 

Demographics 

1 .  Identify  changes  in  composition  of  the  library  community,  for  example 
the  number  of  mothers  in  the  work  force,  information  on  the  current 
immigrant  population,   and  the  growth/reduction  of  specific  age 
groups,  etc. 

2.  Devise  tools  for  collecting  demographic  data. 

3.  Actual  collection  of  data  on  the  local  level  with  data  compiled  at  the 
state  and  regional  level. 

4.  Evaluate  present  services/ resources  in  light  of  population  changes — at 
the  local  level. 

5.  Library  education  institutions  need  to  recognize  changes  and  adjust 
curriculum  and  recruitment  strategies. 

Librarian  as  Agent  of  Change 

1 .  Youth  services  librarians  should  be  involved  in  the  management  and 
development  of  library  service  in  the  larger  sense  at  the  local,  state,  and 
national  levels. 


160  Managers  and  Missionaries 


2.  Practitioner  and  library  educators  should  work  together  to  change  and 
amend  library  school  curricula  as  needed. 

Access  to  Information  for  Youth 

1 .  Dissemination  of  and  support  of  the  Library  Bill  of  Rights  and  Access 
Statement  for  School  Librarians. 

2.  Removal  of  regulations  denying  access  to  materials  of  all  forms  and 
formats  by  age. 

3.  Education  of  parents/community  on  the  importance  of  open  access  to 
materials  and  information  for  youth. 

4.  Provisions  of  new  technologies  and  use  of  technology  for  obtaining 
information  and  communication  for  youth. 

5.  Development  and  promotion  of  book  selection,  interlibrary  loan,  col- 
lection development,  and  fee  policies  that  include  service  to  youth. 

Youth  Services  Staff  as  Managers 

1 .  Youth  services  librarians  should  have  opportunities  for  involvement  in 
local,  area,  and  state  boards,  including  boards  and  committees  outside 
youth  service. 

2.  Youth  services  librarians  should  be  assertive  as  managers. 

3.  Youth  services  librarians  should  go  outside  parochial  interest  by  show- 
ing interest  in  topics  outside  youth  areas. 

4.  Youth  services  librarians  should  interact  with  committees  and  faculty 
in  library  schools  and  in  teaching  courses  outside. 


FOCUS  2 

THE  RIGHT  STUFF:  RECRUITMENT  AND  EDUCATION 

FOR  CHILDREN'S  AND  YOUNG 

ADULT  SPECIALISTS 

Continuing  Education 

1.  Create  a  clearinghouse  of  educational  programs  for  youth  specialists 
coordinated  with  CLENE. 

2.  Explore  opportunities  for  teleconferencing  and  other  alternative  forms 
of  continuing  education. 

3.  Provide  continuing  education  for  all  youth  services  workers. 

4.  Provide  continuing  education  in  related  disciplines  such  as  child  psy- 
chology and  management. 

5.  Develop  ways  of  funding  continuing  education. 


Developing  a  Youth  Agenda  161 


Youth  Consultants 


1.  Provide  a  state  level  consultant  in  each  state  for  youth  services. 

2.  Work  with  the  state  board  of  education  on  coordinating  programs 
between  school  and  public  libraries. 

3.  Link  libraries  with  literacy  efforts  at  state  and  regional  levels  to  support 
the  rationale  for  youth  consultants. 

4.  Provide  system  and  regional  youth  services  consultants. 

5.  Develop  a  coalition  of  youth  divisions  in  ALA  and  PLA. 

6.  Petition  to  adopt  a  youth  agenda  by  ALA. 

Standards 

1.  Develop  a  list  of  competencies  for  youth  services  workers. 

2.  Set  standards  for  library  and  media  center  programs. 

3.  Explore  the  possibility  of  the  construction  of  a  national  exam  for  youth 
service  workers. 

4.  Gather  data  on  the  various  state  certification  programs.  Identify  or 
develop  a  workable  model  for  certification  of  school  media  specialists. 

5.  Examine  and  revise  as  necessary  library  school  curricula  related  to 
youth  services. 

Image 

1.  Identify  model  individuals  and  programs  in  youth  services  and  publi- 
cize them. 

2.  Be  visible  in  nonyouth-oriented  activities  in  the  library  profession. 

3.  Assume  leadership  roles  in  professional  activities. 


FOCUS  3 

LIVING  UP  TO  EXPECTATIONS:  EVALUATION  OF  SERVICE 
TO  CHILDREN  AND  YOUNG  ADULTS 


National  Coordination 

1 .  ALA  divisions  should  gather,  synthesize,  and  distribute  local  and/or 
state  standards. 

2.  Adapt  Output  Measures  for  Public  Libraries  to  youth  services  needs, 
recognizing  that  tools  and  standards  can  be  used  to  justify  effective 
budget  results. 

3.  Include  training  for  evaluation  in  library  education  and  provide  in- 
service  training  for  youth  service  librarians  on  evaluation  techniques. 


162  Managers  and  Missionaries 


Measurement 

1.  Develop  measures  of  success  in  reaching  target  audiences. 

2.  Create  a  clearinghouse  for  samples  of  evaluations  using  qualitative  and 
quantitative   measurement   techniques.   Publish  results  of  research 
related  to  youth  services. 

3.  Hold  a  national  program  on  this  topic  with  representatives  from  other 
organizations  concerned  with  evaluation. 

4.  Develop  a  research  agenda  for  youth  services. 

Having  developed  a  national  youth  agenda,  it  is  time  to  develop  a 
personal  agenda,  a  commitment — to  list  the  beginnings  or  continuations 
that  you  can  make,  for  this  is  not  a  challenge  to  "they"  but  to  "we."  What 
will  you  do  tomorrow?  What  will  you  do  next  week?  Next  month?  Next 
year?  As  Gerald  Hodges  said:  "We  all  need  to  establish  priorities." 

At  the  opening  session  Marilyn  Miller  said  she  hoped  it  wasn't  a 
"freeze-dried"  speech.  I  can  say  that  I  know  this  is  not  a  freeze-dried  agenda 
we  are  developing. 

I'd  like  to  share  two  final  notable  quotables,  not  from  the  Allerton 
Institute  but  two  of  my  favorites.  Both  relate  to  attitude,  often  an  overrid- 
ing factor  in  the  success  of  any  venture.  First,  Henry  Ford  said:  "If  you 
think  you  can  or  if  you  think  you  can't,  you're  right!"  Second,  as  Yoda  said 
to  Luke  Skywalker:  "There  is  not«T-R-Y — there's  only  DO  or  NOT  DO. 

Let's  do  it! 


CONTRIBUTORS 

JOAN  L.  ATKINSON,  Associate  Professor,  Graduate  School  of  Library 
and  Information  Service,  University  of  Alabama,  Tuscaloosa,  Alabama. 

MARGARET  BUSH,  Assistant  Professor,  Graduate  School  of  Library  & 
Information  Science,  Simmons  College,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 

JULIE  CUMMINS,  Children's  Services  Consultant,  Monroe  County 
Library  System,  Rochester,  New  York. 

JUDITH  A.  DRESCHER,  Director  of  Libraries,  Memphis/Shelby  County 
Public  Library  and  Information  Center,  Memphis,  Tennessee. 

LESLIE  EDMONDS,  Assistant  Professor,  Graduate  School  of  Library  and 
Information  Science,  University  of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign. 

RUTH  FAKLIS,  Youth  Services  Consultant,  Suburban  Library  System, 
Burr  Ridge,  Illinois. 

DAWN  H.  HELLER,  Media  Servies  Coordinator,  Riverside-Brookfield 
High  School,  Riverside,  Illinois. 

CRAIGHTON  HIPPENHAMMER,  Assistant  Children's  Services  Man- 
ager, Cuyahoga  County  Public  Library,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

GERALD  G.  HODGES,  Assistant  Professor,  School  of  Library  and  Infor- 
mation Science,  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 

MARGARET  MARY  KIMMEL,  Professor,  School  of  Library  and  Infor- 
mation Science,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania. 

FRANCES  M.  McDONALD,  Associate  Professor,  Library  Media  Educa- 
tion, Mankato  State  University,  Mankato,  Minnesota. 

MARILYN  L.  MILLER,  Professor  and  Chair,  Department  of  Information 
and  Library  Studies,  University  of  North  Carolina,  Greensboro,  North 
Carolina. 

REGINA  MINUDRI,  Director,  Berkeley  [California]  Public  Library  and 
President  American  Library  Association. 

DELORES  ZACHARY  PRETLOW,  Supervisor  of  Media  Services,  Rich-^ 
mond  Public  Schools,  Richmond,  Virginia. 

SUSAN  ROSENZWEIG,  Information  Manager,  Center  for  Early  Adoles- 
cence, Chapel  Hill,  North  Carolina. 

HELEN  LLOYD  SNOKE,  Professor,  School  of  Library  Science,  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan. 

163 


164  Managers  and  Missionaries 


CHRISTY  TYSON,  Youth  Services  Consultant,  Alabama  Public  Library 
Service  (at  the  time  of  the  Allerton  Conference,  Young  Adult  Services 
Coordinator  at  Spokane  [Washington]  Public  Library). 

JANA  VARLEJS,  Director,  Professional  Development  Studies,  School  of 
Communication,  Information  and  Library  Studies,  Rutgers,  The  State 
University  of  New  Jersey. 


INDEX 


Access,  Information  retrieval,  33 

Access  Quotients:  152;  Daily  Access 
Quotient  (DAQ),  152-53;  Per  Capita 
Access  Quotient  (PCAQ),  152 

Accreditation:  American  Library  Asso- 
ciation, MLS,  103;  National  Council 
on  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Educa- 
tion, 103 

Administration,  budgets,  21 

Adolescents,  5,  14 

The  ALA  Yearbook  of  Library  and  In- 
formation Services,  82 

Aliteracy,  10 

Allen,  Melody,  95 

Alliance  for  Excellence  Task  Force 
Report,  3 

The  American  Association  of  School 
Librarians  (AASL),  5,  62,  96 

Area  2  Library  Services  Authority  in 
Indiana,  119 

The  Association  for  Library  Service  to 
Children  (ALSC),  5,  92,  96 

Association  for  Supervision  and  Curri- 
culum Development  (ASCD),  9 

Atkinson,  Hugh,  Strategies  for  Change: 
Part  1,  39 

Atkinson,  Joan,  2,  103 

Behavioral    Requirements    Analysis 

Checklist,  118 
Book  evaluation:  selection,  cooperative 

efforts,  5-6 
Boss,  Richard,  Grant  Money  and  How 

to  Get  It,  71 
Bottom  Line:  A  Financial  Magazine  for 

Libraries,  66 
Budgets,  20-25 
Buildings,  design,  29 
Bush,  Margaret,  2,  89 

Censorship,  55-63;  library  education, 
60-61;  personal  characteristics,  57; 
professional  ethics,  58-59;  profes- 
sional organizations,  62;  selection,  55 

Center  for  Early  Adolescence,  38 

Certification.  See  Youth  librarians 

Child  development,  137 

Children's  librarians.  See  Youth  li- 
brarians 


Cleveland  Public  Library,  43 

Coalition-building,  11,  15,  18,  41-49; 
survey,  45 

Coalitions.  See  Coalition-building 

Code  of  ethics,  56,  58 

Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  75 

Collaborative  on  Teaching  Thinking,  9 

Collection  development,  12;  policies, 
13;  resource-sharing,  12;  school  and 
public  libraries,  12,  13 

Committee  on  Library  Education 
(SCOLE),  116 

Communication  center,  29-31;  com- 
munity agencies,  29;  public  relations, 
31 

Communication  technology,  9;  elec- 
tronic classrooms,  10 

Community  hub,  36-38;  programs  for 
parents,  37 

Competencies  for  Librarians  Serving 
Youth,  91,  107,  118 

Conant,  Ralph,  97 

Continuing  education:  professional 
organizations,  62;  youth  librarians, 
32,  98,  115-19,  25,  133-34,  160-61 

Continuing  Library  Education  Net- 
work and  Exchange  (CLENE),  116 

Cooperation,  public  and  school  li- 
braries, 5-6,  11-13 

Creative  survey  of  Research  Concerning 
Role  Expectations  of  Library  Media 
Specialists,  143 

Culture,  values  and  curriculum,  8 

Cummins,  Julie,  2,  29 

Cuyahoga  County,  Ohio,  79,  87 

Demographics,  6,  36-37,  39 
Don  Adcock,  157 
Drescher,  Judith,  2,  137 

Edmonds,  Leslie,  3,  96 

Educational  Programs  for  Librarians 
Who  Work  With  Youth,  129 

Educational  programs:  goals  and  pri- 
orities, 10-11 

Education,  youth  librarians,  90-101, 
103-12,  125,  129-35;  Intellectual  free- 
dom, 60-61 

Electronic  classrooms,  10 


165 


166 


Managers  and  Missionaries 


Elleman,  Barbara,  69 
Energy  center,  programming,  35-36 
Evaluation,  of  youth  services,  1,  147-51, 
161-62;  fund-raising,  67 

Faklis,  Ruth,  2,  75 

Ferber,  Even,  46 

Field  trips,  5-6 

First  Amendment:  professional  library 

practice,  60,  63;  intellectual  freedom, 

63 

Ford,  Henry,  162 
Format,  information  retrieval,  33 
Friends  of  the  Library,  19 
Fund-raising,  65-73 
Funding,    youth    services,    18,    65-73; 

Corporations,    70;    foundations,   71; 

Friends  of  the  Library,  69;  LSCA, 

75-76;  patrons,  70;  private  donors,  71; 

PTA,  69 

Grant  Proposal  Writing:  A  Handbook 
for  School  Library  Media  Specialists, 
66 

Grants.  See  Library  Services  and  Con- 
struction Act  (LSCA) 

Hannigan,  Jane  Anne,  91,  97,  106 
Haycock,  Ken,  106,  107 
Heim,  Kathleen,  90 
Heller,  Dawn,  2 
Helping  Teachers  Teach,  107 
Hippenhammer,  Craighton,  2,  79 
Hodges,  Gerald,  2,  97,  147 
Holmes  Group,  108,  111 

Illinois  Library  Association,  44 

Illinois  State  Library,  75,  76 

Information  Age:  157,  developing  a 
youth  agenda,  157 

Information:  communication  techno- 
logy, 9-10 

Information  retrieval,  33,  34;  access,  33; 
format,  33 

Instructional  Role  Quotient,  150-52 

Intellectual  freedom,  62;  censorship,  56; 
First  Amendment,  63 

Job  satisfaction,  121,  126,  143 
Josey,  E.  J.,  18 

Journal  of  Public  and  International 
Affairs,  123 


Kimmel,  Margaret  Mary,  2,  121 

Latchkey  children,  7,  38 

Learning  at  Risk:  School  Library 
Media  Programs  in  an  Information 
World,  142 

Legislation,  159;  legislation  for  youth, 
159 

Libraries  and  the  Learning  Society,  106 

Library  Bill  of  Rights,  56 

Library  Friends.  See  Friends  of  the  Li- 
brary 

Library  programs,  for  parents,  37 

Library  Services  and  Construction  Act 
(LSCA),  75;  grant  application  cri- 
teria, 77;  refund  of  allocated  funds  by 
Illinois  State  Library,  76.  See  also 
Title  I;  Title  II;  Title  III 

Licensing.  See  Youth  librarians 

Liesner,  James,  105,  106,  107,  142,  144 

Literacy,  34;  literacy  programs,  159 

LSCA.  See  Library  Services  and  Con- 
struction Act 

Management:  youth  services,  1,17,  22, 
32,  158-60,  see  also  Youth  services 
management 

Marketing,  of  youth  services,  66,  68, 
79-88;  data  collection,  82;  defined,  80; 
promotion,  83-84;  trends,  81 

Massachusetts  Library  Association,  95 

McDonald,  Frances,  2,  55 

Measurement:  youth  services,  147-51, 
162;  library  services,  153;  effectiveness 
of  collection,  153-54;  mapping,  154; 
lag  time,  154 

Media  specialist.  See  School  library 
media  specialist 

Miller,  Marilyn  L.,  5 

Minudri,  Regina,  2,  17 

Minorities,  7,  37 

Moore,  Anne  Carroll,  11,  43 

Multitype  library  systems,  76 

Myers-Briggs  Type  Indicator:  prefer- 
ence measurement,  47-48 

Nation  at  Risk,  84 
Nebraska  Library  Commission,  44 
New  York  Library  Association,  44 
New    York    Public    Library:    school- 
public  library  cooperation,  43;  mate- 
rials budget,  69 
Nickelsberg,  Marilyn,  98 


Index 


167 


Ohio  Library  Association,  44,  79 

Performance  evaluation.  See  Youth  li- 
brarians 

Perritt,  Patsy,  90 
Planning  Process  for  Public  Libraries 

(ALA),  104,  149 

Policies:  collection  development,  13 
Pretlow,  Delores  Zachary,  2,  141 
Professional    ethics,    63;    censorship, 

58-59 

Promotion.  See  Youth  librarians 
Public    Libraries:    youth    services,    5; 
USSR,    12;  collection  development, 
12-13 

Public  relations,  youth  services,  31,  66, 
68 

Qualifications.  See  Youth  librarians 

Rating:  library  related  meetings,  157 
Reading  Guidance  Quotient  (RGQ), 

154-55 

Recruitment.  See  Youth  librarians 
Resource  sharing,  5-6,  12 
Rhode  Island  State  Library,  95 
Roos,  Jean,  43 
Rosenzweig,  Susan,  2,  65 
Rural  Library  Service  Newsletter,  98 

School  librarians.  See  Youth  librarians 
and  School  library  media  specialists 

School  libraries.  See  School  library 
media  centers 

School  library  media  centers,  1 1;  collec- 
tion development,  12-13;  curriculum 
development,  9;  needs,  141-46;  stan- 
dards, 90-91,  105 

School  Library  Media  Employment 
Questionnaire,  133 

School  library  media  specialists,  141-45; 
qualifications,  90-91;  training,  14. 
See  also  Youth  librarians 

Selection  policies:  examination  of,  13; 
censorship,  5;  intellectual  freedom, 
56 

Seuss,  Dr.,  Once  Upon  a  Time,  35 

Shortage.  See  Youth  librarians 

Simmons  College,  94,  95 

Single  parent  homes,  6 

Snoke,  Helen  Lloyd,  2,  129 

Southern  Connecticut  University,  94 


Standards.  See  Youth  librarians 
Standards  for  children's  services,  43 
Standards  for  Youth  Services  in  Public 
Libraries  of  New  York  State,  92,  107, 
118 

State  Library  of  Iowa,  98 
Surveys:  A  Creative  Survey  of  Research 
Concerning  Role  Expectations  of 
Library  Media  Specialists,  143;  Edu- 
cational Programs  for  Librarians 
Who  Work  With  Youth,  129;  School 
Library  Media  Employment  Ques- 
tionnaire, 133.  See  also  Youth  ser- 


Technologies:    literacy,    34;   trends   in 

youth  service,  10,  81 
Title  I  funds  (LSCA):  services  to  disad- 

vantaged,     77-78;     use    limitations, 

75-76 

Title  II  funds  (LSCA),  75 
Title  III  funds  (LSCA),  77 
Tomorrow's     Teachers.     See    Holmes 

Group 

Training:  library  workers,  159 
Turner,  Philip,  107 
Tyson,  Christy,  2,  41 

Unassailable    Truth?  A   Look  at   the 
Concept   of  School  Library  Media 
Specialists  as  Teachers,  142 
University  of  Rhode  Island,  94 
U.S.  Department  of  Education,  75 
USSR,  libraries  for  children,  12 

Varlejs,  Jana,  2,  115 

Vermont  Department  of  Libraries,  44 

Women,  careers,  122-23 

Yoda,  162 

Young  adult  librarians.  See  Youth  li- 
brarians 

Young  Adult  Services  Division  (YASD), 
5,  62,  96 

Young  Adult  Services  in  the  Public  Li- 
brary, 43 

Young  adults,  5,  17-18;  handicapped,  7; 
illegitimate,  7,  37;  latchkey,  7,  38 

Youth  librarians:  certification,  93, 
103-12,  117;  coalition-building,  158; 
continuing  education,  98,  115-19, 


168  Managers  and  Missionaries 


125,  133-34;  education,  90-101, 
103-12,  125,  129-35;  Illinois,  93; 
image,  32,  86-87,  139,  141,  143;  licens- 
ing, 103-12;  Massachusetts,  95; 
Michigan,  93;  New  England,  94;  pro- 
fessional relationships,  158;  perfor- 
mance evaluation,  148;  promotion, 
24;  qualifications,  90-101,  103-12, 
137-39;  recruitment,  1,90-101, 103-12, 
124,  160-61;  shortage,  79,  94,  97,  99, 
121,  125;  standards,  92,  104-05 

Youth  services:  credibility,  85-86;  con- 
sultants, 161;  design,  29-39;  image, 
161;  librarians,  154;  library  manage- 
ment, 159-60;  library  staff,  158;  man- 
agement, 1,17,  22,  29-39;  public  rela- 
tions, 68;  resource  sharing,  5-6,  12; 
survey,  50-51;  standards,  161;  trends, 
85-87.  See  also  Marketing  of  youth 
services 

Youth  services  management:  158-60; 
recruitment,  158;  legislation,  159;  lit- 
eracy, 159;  demographics,  159;  pro- 
fessional and  paraprofessionaK  158; 
library  management,  159-60